Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Broadcasting / Beasley Broadcast Group

Beasley Broadcast Group

bbgi · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bbgi
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Broadcasting
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Beasley Broadcast Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
INVESTING IN GLOBAL
INFR ASTRUCTURE

www.bb-gi.com

Annual Report 2023 Our purpose:to deliver social infrastructure for healthier, safer and more connected societies, while creating sustainable value for all stakeholdersFinancial statements

 Audit Report

  94 
  98  Consolidated Income Statement
  99 

 Consolidated Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income

 Audit Report

 100  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
 101  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 102  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 103  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 136 
 140  Company Statement of Comprehensive Income
 141  Company Statement of Financial Position
 142  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
 143  Company Statement of Cash Flows
 144  Notes to the Company Financial Statements
 155  Board Members, Agents and Advisers
 156  Glossary
 157  Cautionary Statement

Contents

Strategic report of the 
Management Board

  1  About BBGI
  2  Financial Highlights
  3  Portfolio Highlights
  4  Portfolio at a Glance
  7  Chair Statement
  8  CEO Statement
 12  Our Investment Strategy
 14  Operating Model
 16  Portfolio Review
 20  Portfolio Snapshot: Top Ten Assets
 26  Market Trends and Pipeline
 29  Operating and Financial Review
 33  Valuation
 38  Financial Results
 42  Alternative Performance Measures (‘APM’)
 43  Reconciliation of Investment Basis to IFRS 
 44  Risk
 54  Environment, Social and Governance
 55  ESG Commitments and Progress
 56  Responsible Investment Approach - SDGs
 58  Stakeholder Engagement
 60  Climate Disclosures
62  TCFD Summary Report 

Corporate governance

 66  Governance at a glance
 68  Biographies of Directors – 

  Supervisory Board

70  Biographies of Directors – 

  Management Board

72  Board leadership and purpose
74   Division of Responsibilities
76   Composition, Succession and Evaluation
77  Nomination Committee Report
 80  Audit Committee Report
 84  Remuneration Committee Report
 86  Remuneration at a glance
 92  Viability Statement
 93  Management Board Responsibilities Statement

Find out more
www.bb-gi.com

Image on front cover: E18, Norway

 
 
About BBGI

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. (BBGI, the ‘Company’, and together with its 

consolidated subsidiaries, the ‘Group’) is a global infrastructure investment company 

helping to provide responsible capital to build and maintain critical social 

infrastructure1. 

From hospitals to schools, to affordable housing and safer roads, we partner with 

the public sector to deliver social infrastructure that forms the building blocks of 

local economies, while creating sustainable value for all stakeholders. 

Our purpose: 

Our vision: 

Our values:

We invest to serve and 
connect people.

Our purpose is to deliver 
social infrastructure for 
healthier, safer and more 
connected societies, while 
creating sustainable value 
for all stakeholders.

– Trusted to deliver.

– Dependable partner.

– Investor with impact.

– Present-focused,  
   future-ready.

1  Social infrastructure refers to public infrastructure assets and services. It includes education, healthcare, blue light (fire and police), 
affordable housing, modern correctional facilities, clean energy and transport infrastructure assets. In exchange for providing these 
assets and services, BBGI receives a revenue stream that is paid directly by the public sector.

Annual Report 2023 

1

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsFinancial Highlights2

Investment Basis NAV 

NAV per share  

£1,056.6m

down 1.2% as at 31 December 2023 
(31 December 2022: £1,069.2m)

147.8pps

down 1.4% as at 31 December 2023 
(31 December 2022: 149.9pps)

Annualised total NAV 
return per share

8.6%

(FY 2022: 9.1%)

High-quality inflation linkage 

Ongoing charges 

Cash dividend cover 

0.5%

(FY 2022: 0.5%)

0.93%

(31 December 2022: 0.87%)

1.40x

(FY 2022: 1.47x)

2023 dividend declared 

2024 target dividend 

2025 target dividend 

7.93pps³

+6% increase year-on-year

8.40pps

+6% increase year-on-year

8.57pps

+2% increase year-on-year

2  Refer to the Alternative Performance Measures section of this Annual Report for further details.
3  Pence per share (pps).

Kicking Horse Canyon, Canada

2 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Portfolio Highlights

Strong operational performance of our globally diversified portfolio of 56 high-quality, 
100 per cent availability-style infrastructure assets. 

Maintained a consistently high asset availability rate of 99.9 per cent.

Contracted high-quality inflation linkage of 0.5 per cent.

Cash receipts ahead of projections, with no material lock-ups or defaults.

6 per cent dividend growth targets for 2023 and 2024 reaffirmed.

No drawings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’) as at 31 December 
2023 and no outstanding investment commitments to finance.

No structural gearing at Group level, and, with limited exceptions only, borrowing costs 
are fixed at the Portfolio Company level, providing stability and predictability. 55 of 56 
projects have no refinancing risk during the concession period.

Disciplined approach to capital allocation and potential acquisitions.

Weighted average discount rate increased to 7.3 per cent from 6.9 per cent as at 31 
December 2022, reflecting an equity risk premium of c. 3.7 per cent. 

Hedging strategy aimed to reduce Net Asset Value (‘NAV’) foreign exchange (‘FX’) 
sensitivity to c. 3 per cent for a 10 per cent movement in FX.

Internal management structure which supports alignment with our investors. Ongoing 
charges of 0.93 per cent.

Focus on delivering social impact across portfolio - SFDR Article 8.

High degree of climate resilience independently confirmed across asset portfolio.

Tracking and reporting all Scope 1, Scope 2, and material Scope 3 emissions across all 56 
Portfolio Companies.

Annual Report 2023 

3

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsPortfolio at a Glance

The fundamentals
Based on portfolio value as at 31 December 2023

Investment type
100 per cent availability-style4 revenue stream.

Investment status
Low-risk operational portfolio.

Geographical split
Geographically diversified in stable  
developed countries.

Sector split
Well-diversified sector exposure with large 
allocation to lower-risk availability-style road 
and bridge investments.

Investment life
Long investment life with 41 per cent of 
portfolio by value with a duration of greater 
than or equal to 20 years; weighted average 
life of 19.3 years. Average portfolio debt 
maturity of 15.6 years.

Country rating
All assets located in countries with ratings 
between AA and AAA5.

Investment ownership
79 per cent of assets by value in the portfolio 
are 50 per cent owned or greater.

Top ten investments 
Well-diversified portfolio with no major single 
asset exposure.

4  Availability-style means revenues are paid provided the assets are available for use, so our portfolio has no exposure to demand-based or regulated investments.
5  Source: Standard & Poor’s credit ratings.

4 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Availability-style revenue assets100%Regulated assets–Demand based assets – Operations100%Construction 0%Canada 35%UK33% Continental Europe 13%  US  10%Australia  9%Transport53%Healthcare21%Blue light and modern correctional facilities  12%  Education  8%3%Affordable housing   Clean energy2%1%OtherGolden Ears Bridge (CA)Ohio River Bridges (US)Northern Territory Secure Facilities (AU)  A7 Motorway (DE)  A1/A6 Motorway (NL)  M1 Westlink (UK)Women’s College Hospital (CA)Remaining investmentsMcGill University Health Centre (CA)Liverpool & Sefton Clinics (UK)Victorian Correctional Facilities (AU)11%3%10%  4%  4%  4%3%3%3%3%52%≥25 years≥20 years and <25 years≥10 years and <20 years<10 years22%19% 52%   7%  100%47%≥75% and <100%6%≥50% and <75% 26% <50%  21%  AAA57%AA+10%AA 33% Portfolio at a Glance continued

Projected portfolio cash flow

The Company's underlying assets generate a 
consistent and long-term stream of cash flows 
for the portfolio, extending up to 2051. These 
cash flows have a high degree of visibility and 
certainty, owing to the involvement of 
government or government-backed 
counterparties and the contractual nature of the 
agreements. 

Investing in concessions involves a careful 
balance. On one hand, the long-term 
contractual cash flows are exceptionally 
resilient, indexed to inflation, and inherently 

defensive. However, these benefits are 
tempered by the fact that the cash flows are 
finite, concluding at the end of each 
concession's term. 

investing excess cash flows into new projects, 
while maintaining a progressive dividend, BBGI 
plans to maintain a portfolio with a long 
weighted average life. 

When BBGI went public in 2011, its weighted 
average portfolio life was 24.5 years. Now, 12 
years after the initial public offering, the 
weighted average portfolio life has decreased 
modestly to 19.3 years, with less than one per 
cent of the portfolio subject to hand-back in 
the next five years. By prioritising the 
acquisition of assets with long residual life and 

Based on current estimates, and if there were to 
be no further acquisitions, the portfolio could 
continue to generate a progressive dividend for 
the next 15 years, after which the existing 
portfolio is forecasted to enter into the capital 
repayment phase. 

Illustrative cash flows (£m from 1 January 2024)

Income Phase

Capital Repayment Phase

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

2032

2033

2034

2035

2036

2037

2038

2039

2040

2041

2042

2043

2044

2045

2046

2047

2048

2049 2050 2051

This illustrative chart is a target only, as at 31 December 2023, and is not a profit forecast. There can be no assurance this target will be met. The 
hypothetical target cash flows do not consider any further acquisitions, unforeseen costs, expenses or other factors that may affect the portfolio assets 
and therefore the impact on the cash flows to the Company. As such, the graph above should not in any way be construed as forecasting the actual 
cash flows from the portfolio. There are minor cash flows extending beyond 2051 but for illustrative purposes, these are excluded from the chart above.  

Annual Report 2023 

5

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsPortfolio at a Glance continued

Our global assets

Location breakdown 

Netherlands

3 assets

Norway

1 asset

US

1 asset

Total assets

UK

56

25 assets

Canada

16 assets

Germany

7 assets

Australia

3 assets

6 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

UK25Canada16Germany 7  Australia  33Netherlands   Norway1 US1Chair Statement

On behalf of the Supervisory 
Board, I am pleased to report on 
our strong operational 
performance for 2023. Despite 
facing a turbulent economic 
landscape, our results 
underscore the robustness of 
our approach, our sound 
business model and the 
enduring strength within our 
globally diversified portfolio of 
high-quality, core social 
infrastructure assets.

Sustainable value creation 
Our low-risk investment strategy and well-
managed portfolio have continued to 
demonstrate resilience through the 
macroeconomic volatility experienced during the 
reporting period, and we delivered a well-
covered and growing dividend for our investors. 
BBGI takes a careful approach to capital 
allocation. We have used surplus cash flows 
generated from our investment portfolio to pay 
down our revolving credit facility in 2023, 
positioning ourselves well for the future.

I am pleased to report that the long-term 
predictable nature of our cash flows and our 
high-quality inflation linkage continues to 
support our dividend payment of 7.93 pence per 
share for 2023, a 6 per cent increase on 2022 and 
in line with our target, returning substantial 
inflation-linked gains to shareholders, as well as 
strong dividend cover of 1.4x. We are also 
reconfirming our 2024 dividend target of 
8.40pps, reflecting an increase of 6 per cent year 
on year. We continue our solid track record of 
meeting or exceeding all dividend targets set 
since IPO and providing our investors with a 
progressive dividend that is expected to be fully 
cash covered. 

Uncertain market backdrop 
The effects of rising discount rates were partly 
mitigated by the positive effects of increasing 
deposit rates, changes to forecast inflation, and 
value-accretive activities, which included 
effective lifecycle cost management, Portfolio 
Company cost savings tax and treasury 
management, and optimised cash reserving. 
BBGI was not immune to macro-economic 
factors beyond our control, which resulted in a 
NAV decrease of 1.2 per cent over 2023, or 1.4 
per cent on a per share basis – our first 
year-on-year NAV decrease since our IPO in 
2011. The decrease in NAV was attributable to 
several factors, including the increase in the 
weighted average discount rate (a knock-on 
effect from rising global interest rates and 
general macroeconomic volatility), adverse 
foreign exchange rate movements, and the 
negative effect of proposed Canadian tax 
legislation. 

Weak investor sentiment has affected nearly all 
UK-listed investment companies over the past 

year, and the Board does not believe BBGI’s 
share price adequately reflects the value of our 
portfolio, our high-quality inflation linkage, our 
strong financial position and operational 
performance. As responsible long-term stewards 
of our shareholders’ interests, we are committed 
to monitoring closely these developments and 
taking appropriate steps. Any potential action to 
reduce our NAV discount will only be undertaken 
after thorough consideration, based on our 
disciplined approach to capital allocation and 
taking full account of any longer-term 
implications.

Aligning with shareholder interests 
A significant contributor to our success is our 
commitment to align Management Board and 
shareholder interests. 

With an internally managed structure, unique 
amongst UK-listed infrastructure equity 
investment companies, our Management Board 
is incentivised to prioritise sound portfolio 
construction, value preservation and creation, as 
well as growth in dividends and NAV per share, 
rather than solely focusing on the expansion of 
assets under management.

The Management Board has a significant stake in 
BBGI shares and is incentivised through 
Long-Term Incentive Plan awards, which fully 
vest in shares, as well as Short-Term Incentive 
Plan awards, where 33 per cent of the award is 
settled in shares and deferred for three years. 
While this approach is largely viewed as best 
practice for FTSE-listed companies, it is much less 
common among investment companies. These 
arrangements underscore the Management 
Board's dedication to delivering enhanced 
shareholder value and prudent capital allocation. 

Our two-tier governance structure, comprising 
the Supervisory Board and Management Board, 
ensures robust oversight and strategic direction.  
While we operate with a clear division of 
responsibilities between both Boards, their 
strong and open relationship fosters a culture of 
healthy discourse and diligent inquiry, as well as 
thorough scrutiny and comprehensive oversight. 
We have an experienced Supervisory Board with 
a broad set of relevant skills to lead our business 
forward, including significant sector and 
infrastructure asset management expertise.

Engaging with stakeholders
By fostering open dialogue and transparent 
communication, we strive to build enduring 
relationships with all our stakeholders, ensuring 
we realise our vision and purpose of delivering 
social infrastructure for healthier, safer, and more 
connected societies, while creating sustainable 
value. Together with our Management Board, I 
have continued to engage with stakeholders 
throughout the year. The Supervisory Board also 
met periodically with employees during 2023 
and we remain readily available to engage with 
shareholders, underscoring our commitment to 
transparency and proactive communication. This 
approach is central to our mission of fostering a 
collaborative and inclusive environment for all 
our stakeholders.  

Management team succession
The recent evolution of our Management Board 

reflects our commitment to nurturing talent and 
fostering a culture of continuous growth and 
development. In January 2024, Frank Schramm 
retired after 12 years as Co-CEO alongside 
Duncan Ball. I extend my sincere appreciation for 
his significant contributions to the Company 
since its IPO in 2011. 

Duncan is now sole CEO, Michael Denny has 
additional COO responsibilities alongside his 
CFO duties, and we were delighted to appoint 
Andreas Parzych to the Management Board. 
These changes underscore the depth of senior 
talent at BBGI.

Embracing our diverse experience
As well as a varied range of skills and expertise 
on our Boards and Committees, we endorse 
gender and ethnic equality, including initiatives 
such as FTSE Women Leaders and the Parker 
Review. 

At BBGI, we recognise the importance of 
diversity in all its forms. This is clearly reflected in 
the diverse backgrounds of our team, with 26 
colleagues representing 14 different nationalities. 
The effectiveness of the Supervisory Board is 
strengthened by our commitment to diversity, 
and we remain among the few FTSE 350 
companies with both a female Supervisory Board 
Chair and a female Audit Committee Chair. In 
2023, we retained our 60 per cent female 
representation on the Supervisory Board as well 
as having 39 per cent female representation 
amongst those employees who report directly to 
the Management Board. 20 per cent of the 
Supervisory Board and eight per cent of direct 
reports to the Management Board are 
considered to be from an ethnic minority 
background as categorised by the Parker Review. 

Looking to the future
The investment environment has fundamentally 
altered over the last 24 months, but BBGI’s 
portfolio has all the defensive qualities required 
to deliver a solid income stream.  Our 
management team continues to manage the 
Company’s risk profile with their customary 
attention to detail and will review opportunities 
to extend the life of the portfolio in order to 
maintain the duration of our asset base for the 
benefit of shareholders in the years ahead.  

I would like to thank the dedicated BBGI team 
for their efforts in delivering a resilient 
performance for our shareholders, despite the 
wider market backdrop, and also our clients, 
partners and service providers, who continue to 
support us in providing a critical role in our 
communities. With their steadfast support and 
unwavering determination, I am confident that 
we will continue to deliver sustainable and 
attractive value for all our stakeholders in the 
years to come.

Sarah Whitney
Chair of the Supervisory Board
27 March 2024

Annual Report 2023 

7

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsCEO Statement

Our results for 2023 demonstrate 
our strong portfolio and 
operational performance, 
despite a period of significant 
macroeconomic and market 
shifts. Our consistent and 
disciplined approach to capital 
allocation, combined with our 
value-driven active asset 
management, ensures our 
investments continue to perform 
well and in line with our 
expectations.

Highlights

Dividend

7.93pps

for the year, a six per cent increase and in line 
with our target.

Reconfirmed dividend targets

8.40pps 8.57pps 

 for 2025 

for 2024 
representing a six per cent increase year-on-
year for 2024, and a further two per cent 
increase year-on-year for 2025.

Strong cash dividend cover 

1.4x

in 2023. All target dividends are expected to be 
fully cash-covered.

8 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Sustained progressive dividend policy 
Projected cash flows generated from our 
portfolio of 56 investments can sustain a 
progressive dividend policy for the next

15years

Successive dividend growth 
In March 2024, BBGI joined the AIC’s next 
generation of ‘dividend heroes', in recognition 
of achieving 10 years of successive dividend 
growth.

AIC Next Generation 
'Dividend Hero'

Fully repaid Revolving Credit Facility with 
no outstanding investment commitments as 
of 31 December 2023.

Annualised total NAV return per share 

8.6% since IPO

NAV per share slightly decreased 

1.4% to 147.8pps

Ongoing charges 

0.93%

Internal management structure, which supports 
alignment with our investors.

High-quality inflation linkage 

0.5%

Focus on delivering social impact across 
portfolio

SFDR Article 8

High degree of 

climate resilience 

independently confirmed across the portfolio  
of assets.

Tracking and reporting all Scope 1, Scope 2 
and material Scope 3 emissions across all

56 
Portfolio Companies

CEO Statement continued

The inherent value of our assets and active 
management delivered by our experienced 
internal management team were highlighted 
again during 2023. We continued to manage 
our portfolio responsibly to generate high-
quality, stable, predictable and inflation-linked 
cash flows, with distributions ahead of our 
target. These cash flows supported our strong 
dividend cover of 1.4x in 2023, and allowed us 
to increase dividends by six per cent to 7.93pps 
for the year, in line with our previously stated 
target. We have also reconfirmed our dividend 
target of 8.40pps for 2024, representing a six 
per cent increase year-on-year, and a target of 
8.57pps for 2025. We take pride in our track 
record of meeting or exceeding all dividend 
targets set since IPO and providing our 
investors with a progressive dividend, which has 
always been fully cash covered and has 
increased every year since 2013. 

We have delivered predictable progressive 
income for our shareholders through different 
economic cycles by investing in high-quality 
social infrastructure assets, which contribute to 
healthier, safer and more connected societies. 
Our low-risk, globally diversified infrastructure 
portfolio includes schools, healthcare facilities, 
police and fire stations, affordable housing, 
roads and bridges, modern correctional 
facilities, a clean energy investment and other 
types of social infrastructure, all of which 
generate secure, long-term, contractual 
government-backed cash flows, with high-
quality inflation linkage. 

Strong business model and resilient portfolio 
Our robust and defensive business model 
exemplifies our prudent and low-risk approach 
to investing, generating long-term, sustainable 
value for all our stakeholders. We offer investors 
a contracted, stable and predictable revenue 
stream with high-quality inflation linkage of 0.5 
per cent, underpinned by highly rated, 
creditworthy public sector counterparties. We 
invest in countries with credit ratings between 
AA and AAA, in Australia, Canada, Germany, the 
Netherlands, Norway, the UK and the US. All 
have stable operating environments, with 
independent and proven legal systems. 

Value-driven active asset management
All 56 of our infrastructure assets are 
performing strongly and delivering in line with 
expectations and are now all in full operation. 
Our equity investment in Highway 104 in Nova 
Scotia, Canada achieved substantial completion 
in September 2023 and significantly improves 
efficiency and safety of travel, the flow of goods 
and services, and connects communities in the 
region. In 2023, the Canadian Council for 
Public-Private Partnerships recognised Highway 
104 with the Gold Award in the P3 Design & 
Construction category. 

applying high-quality corporate governance 
frameworks, which helped enable us to maintain 
our track record of no reported lock-ups or 
material defaults at any of our Portfolio 
Companies and generated a consistently high 
asset availability rate of 99.9 per cent. 

We place a high importance on client 
satisfaction and in 2023, we achieved a strong 
overall net promoter scores from our project 
clients, demonstrating our ability to maintain 
strong client relationships and to deliver 
superior performance. As we continue to 
enhance value for our stakeholders, we remain 
dedicated to upholding these high standards 
and reinforcing our position as a trusted 
partner. 

Prudent financial management
Our prudent approach to portfolio construction 
and financial management helped mitigate the 
impact of rising discount rates during the year. 
All our Portfolio Companies are financed on a 
non-recourse basis with 55 out of our 56 assets 
securely financed with fully amortising fixed rate 
debt through the length of the concession 
period (without the need for refinancing), and 
only one asset has a refinancing obligation for a 
tranche of debt. However, this asset benefits 
from a hedged base market interest rate and 
therefore is only sensitive to changes in lenders 
required margins over base interest rates.

Once again, our hedging policy helped mitigate 
the adverse impact of foreign exchange 
movements on the NAV in 2023, and we took a 
proactive approach to treasury management to 
optimise interest earned on reserve accounts at 
our Portfolio Companies. 

Our liquidity position remains robust, with net 
cash of £9.7 million at 31 December 2023. By 
using excess cash that we have generated from 
our portfolio of investments, I am pleased to 
report that we repaid all cash drawings under 
our £230 million RCF by 31 December 2023. 
Additionally, we have no outstanding 
acquisition commitments, placing the Company 
in a strong financial position. Moving forward, 
we remain committed to optimising our 
portfolio construction to maximise value for our 
shareholders.

Our Net Asset Valuation (NAV)
We have not been immune to the significant 
shifts in macroeconomic and investor 
sentiment, which have impacted the broader 
UK-listed investment company sector. 
Increasing interest rates and the volatility of 
underlying risk-free rates have had a ripple 
effect on discount rates, and throughout 2023, 
the listed social infrastructure sector has traded 
at an average NAV discount of 10.5 per cent. 

per cent from the previous year and BBGI's first 
year-over-year decrease since our 2011 listing. 
The shift in market discount rates had the most 
significant negative effect on our portfolio 
valuation, responsible for a 3.8 per cent 
reduction. Adverse currency exchange 
movements further decreased portfolio 
valuation by 2.2 per cent, which was partially 
offset by income arising from foreign exchange 
derivative contracts. We have also decreased 
our portfolio valuation by 1.5 per cent by fully 
provisioning for the anticipated negative effect 
of proposed changes to Canadian tax 
legislation, which are expected to be approved 
in parliament in 2024 with effect from 1 January 
2024. However, these negative impacts on the 
portfolio valuation were partially offset by our 
proactive asset management, which increased 
our NAV by 1.7 per cent, along with changes in 
our macroeconomic assumptions, driven largely 
by the effect of revised deposit rate 
assumptions, contributing to an increase of 2.6 
per cent.

Both the Management Board and the 
Supervisory Board continue to believe that 
BBGI’s share price does not adequately reflect 
the value of our portfolio, our high-quality 
inflation linkage, our strong financial position 
and operational performance. We continue to 
see a disparity between the private market 
valuations of high-quality core infrastructure 
assets and the value ascribed by public markets 
and there were a number of market transactions 
that substantiate our reported NAV. As of 31 
December 2023, BBGI’s implied risk premium 
was 3.7 per cent above the weighted average 
government risk-free rate for our portfolio. We 
view this as attractive for a low-risk investment 
portfolio with high-quality inflation protection, 
delivering real returns, and progressive dividend 
growth, particularly when compared with fixed 
income products.

Focus on disciplined growth and capital 
allocation strategy 
During 2023, we fully repaid all drawings on our 
RCF by using excess cash that we have 
generated from our portfolio of investments, 
helping to reduce our financing costs and we 
currently have no commitments to finance new 
investments. We are focused on the 
construction of our portfolio to ensure that we 
continue to deliver value to our shareholders. 
Our confidence in the robustness of our 
portfolio has allowed us to raise the dividend by 
six per cent in 2023, with a further six per cent 
increase target for 2024, thereby returning to 
shareholders the substantial inflation-linked 
gains accrued in our portfolio. We target a two 
per cent increase for the 2025 dividend, as we 
consider it too early to predict the direction of 
inflation levels.

Our active asset management activities included 

As of December 31, 2023, our NAV per share 
stood at 147.8 pence, a slight decrease of 1.4 

We believe in pursuing disciplined growth that 
prioritises building shareholder value, guided by 

Annual Report 2023 

9

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsCEO Statement continued

our internal management structure, rather than 
seeking to expand our assets under 
management merely for the sake of growth. 
Our governance model ensures full alignment 
between management's interests and those of 
our shareholders.

Our stringent criteria for pursuing new 
investments are influenced by the relative 
attractiveness of alternative capital allocation 
options, while considering the longer-term 
strategic rationale. We will continue to apply 
this approach as we have done since our IPO in 
2011. We have used our RCF responsibly and 
have grown our business in a disciplined 
manner, not overextending our balance sheet 
and not placing an overreliance on the equity 
capital markets. We used our RCF to acquire 
two new assets (John Hart Generating Station in 
Canada and the A7 Motorway in Germany) for c. 
£64.4 million in 2022, which we have now paid 
off in full using free cash flows from our 
portfolio. This demonstrates our ability to grow 
organically and develop our portfolio without 
the need to access the equity market for funds. 
In this context, it is worth noting that our 
current return projections, all else remaining 

equal, are not contingent on new investments. If 
we were to abstain from further investments, 
our existing portfolio alone would sustain our 
progressive dividend policy for the next 15 
years. 

Although we decided not to make any further 
investments during 2023, we continue to 
monitor new investment opportunities in the 
market through our strong network of industry 
relationships. We remain poised to seize the 
right opportunities that are value-accretive, will 
strengthen our portfolio and will enhance our 
overall portfolio composition and key metrics, 
while considering their attractions against 
alternative capital allocation options. Despite 
deciding against new investments in 2023, we 
are actively keeping an eye on new 
opportunities via our extensive industry 
connections. We stand ready to capitalise on 
investments that will add value, bolster our 
portfolio, and improve its overall composition 
and key metrics. Furthermore, we are 
investigating portfolio diversification prospects 
with desirable traits, such as consistent 
long-term cash flows and inflation correlation, 
aligning with our existing investment policy. 

Any new investment opportunity will of course 
be evaluated by comparing their potential 
benefits to other ways of allocating our capital.

Environmental, social and governance 
progress
Environmental, social, and governance (ESG) 
remains a fundamental focus for us, and we are 
pleased to report significant progress in this 
area over the past year. We believe that a 
strong commitment to ESG principles plays a 
crucial role in mitigating risks and supporting 
our business over the long term. Moreover, it 
not only fosters solid relationships with clients 
and partners but also motivates and engages 
our employees. Moreover, it plays a crucial role 
in mitigating risks and supporting our business 
over the long term. Our sustainable investment 
portfolio benefits from a strong social purpose 
and the Company is classified as SFDR Article 8. 

Over the past year, we have further developed 
our approach to sustainability including our 
capacity to measure and report on our progress, 
as well as enhancing our robust approach to 
governance. BBGI is committed to net zero both 
operationally and with our portfolio, and in 

  Our results for 2023 demonstrate our strong 

portfolio and operational performance, despite a period 
of significant macroeconomic and market shifts.”

10 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

CEO Statement continued

secure, predictable cash flows surpassing our 
dividend objectives, and an undrawn £230 
million RCF maturing in May 2026, we are 
well-equipped to navigate evolving markets, 
with both discipline and ambition, and to 
deliver attractive value to all our stakeholders.

Duncan Ball
CEO
27 March 2024

2023 we enhanced our proprietary ESG 
database, including greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) 
emissions data, and published our first SFDR 
Principal Adverse Impact Statement. All our 
Portfolio Company assets have a high degree of 
climate risk resilience, and we now have a 
complete overview of their emissions profiles, 
which will facilitate future decarbonisation 
programmes. Our alignment with global 
standards and high scores from third-party ESG 
ratings is testament to our commitment to 
sustainability.

Looking ahead
This is my first statement as sole CEO, having 
taken on the role in Q1 2024. Concurrently, 
Michael Denny has broadened his remit to 
encompass COO responsibilities alongside his 
CFO duties, and we welcomed Andreas Parzych 
to the Management Board. My collaboration 
with Michael dates back to his initial days as 
CFO following our 2011 IPO, and his 
contribution has been invaluable. Since joining 
us in 2016, Andreas has been instrumental in 
executing our disciplined growth strategy - a 
role he will continue to advance. We have a 
focused succession planning process to ensure 

our business remains well managed and 
prepared for future developments, with a 
committed, high-calibre leadership team in 
place. I would also like to extend my gratitude 
to Frank for his successful tenure and 
commitment as Co-CEO and offer my best 
wishes for his retirement. Additionally, I extend 
my appreciation to all our colleagues for their 
exceptional efforts in 2023. 

I remain optimistic about the long-term 
prospects for BBGI. We will continue to look 
ahead in the management of the portfolio, 
seeking to enhance the assets that we own, 
while also identifying opportunities for new 
investments to maintain or improve the 
portfolio metrics.  Growth in the infrastructure 
asset class will be driven by the imperatives of 
digitalisation, decarbonisation, demographic 
dynamics, and the modernisation or renewal of 
aging infrastructure. As governments continue 
to run deficits and demand for maintaining, 
repairing, and constructing new infrastructure 
grows, there is an increasing need for private 
sector investment in infrastructure, presenting 
long-term opportunities for BBGI. With our 
robust balance sheet, a portfolio that generates 

Annual Report 2023 

11

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statements 
Our Investment Strategy 

BBGI provides access to a globally diversified portfolio of 

infrastructure investments, which generate long-term and 

sustainable returns and serve a critical social purpose in 

their local communities.

Mersey Gateway Bridge, UK

12 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Our Investment Strategy continued

Our portfolio is well diversified across sectors in education, healthcare, blue light (fire and police 
stations), affordable housing, modern correctional facilities, clean energy and transport 
infrastructure assets. 

Our business model serves as the foundation of our success, enabling us to deliver robust 
shareholder returns, a low correlation to other asset classes and sustainable growth, largely 
independent of the economic cycle. The model is structured around four strategic pillars:

(i) low-risk, (ii) internally managed, (iii) globally diversified and (iv) strong ESG approach. 

Low-risk

Internally managed

•  Availability-style investment strategy.
•  Secure, public sector-backed contracted 

revenues.

•  Stable, predictable cash flows, with 
high-quality inflation linkage and 
progressive long-term dividend growth.

• 

In-house management team focused on 
portfolio construction and delivering 
shareholder value, not simply growing 
assets under management.

•  Management interests aligned with those 

of shareholders.

•  Strong pricing discipline and portfolio 

management.

•  Lowest comparative ongoing charges.6 

Globally diversified

Strong ESG approach

•  Focus on highly rated investment grade 

•  ESG fully integrated into the business 

countries.

model.

•  Stable, well-developed operating 

•  Comprehensive climate risk analysis 

environments.

across the portfolio.

•  A global portfolio, serving society 

through supporting local communities.

•  Focus on delivering positive social 

impact – SFDR Article 87  – and high 
degree of climate resilience.

6  In comparison to the latest publicly available information for all closed-ended, London Stock Exchange-listed equity infrastructure investment companies.
7  SFDR disclosure requirements. The Company is designated as an Article 8 Fund under SFDR and reports on criteria for a socially beneficial investment.

Annual Report 2023 

13

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardOperating Model

We follow a proven operating 
model based on three principles: 
value-driven active asset 
management, prudent financial 
management and a selective 
acquisition strategy, which are 
fundamental to our success. This 
model aims to preserve and 
create value, while achieving 
portfolio growth, ensuring that 
ESG considerations are 
embedded in our processes.

Our active asset management approach seeks 
to ensure stable operational performance, 
preservation of value and, where possible, 
identification and incorporation of value 
enhancements over the lifetime of the assets 
under our stewardship. Our approach aims to 
reduce costs to our public sector clients and 
asset end-users, to enhance the operational 
efficiency of each asset and to generate a high 
level of asset availability, underpinning the 
social purpose of our portfolio.

Our prudent financial management approach 
focuses on efficient cash and corporate cost 
management and the implementation of our 
foreign exchange hedging strategy. Due to our 
portfolio’s geographical diversification, we are 
exposed to foreign exchange volatility, which 
we actively seek to mitigate.

We pursue a selective acquisition strategy, so 
our Management Board’s focus remains within 
its area of expertise, and we uphold the 
strategic pillars defined by our investment 
proposition. We actively seek, through portfolio 
construction, acquisitions with long-term, 
predictable, and inflation-protection 
characteristics that support our contracted, 
high-quality, inflation linkage of 0.5 per cent.

Our operating model

-driven active
anagem e nt

e
lu
a
V

 m
t
e
s
s
a

Prude

nt fi 

n

a

n

c
i

a

l

m

a

n

a
g
e
m
e
n
t

Preserve value
and achieve
portfolio growth

S

elective acquisitio n   s t
strategic investment   p a r

r

y a n d
h i p

s

r

a

g

e
t
t n e

14 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

A7 Motorway, Germany

 
Operating Model continued

Selective acquisition strategy 
and strategic investment 
partnership
We maintain strategic discipline in our 
acquisition strategy and portfolio composition 
to ensure we pursue growth that builds 
shareholder value, not just for growth’s sake, 
including: 

 – broad industry relationships throughout 

multiple geographies;

 – pre-emption rights to acquire co-

shareholders’ interests;

 – visible pipeline through a North American 

strategic partnership, which offers an option, 
but not an obligation, to transact;

 – global exposure to benefit from geographical 

diversification;

 – robust framework embedding ESG principles 

into investment due diligence;

 – revolving corporate debt facility to support 

transaction execution; and

 – focus on the Management Board’s core areas 

of expertise.

Value-driven active  
asset management 

Prudent financial 
management 

We pursue a standardised approach across our 
portfolio to preserve value, to derive 
operational and value enhancements, and to 
improve clients’ experience, including: 

 – strong client relationships, by prioritising 

regular meetings and active engagement to 
achieve high rates of client satisfaction;
 – focused asset management, to ensure 

distributions are on time, and on or above 
budget;

 – focused cost management and portfolio-
wide cost-saving initiatives, to leverage 
economies of scale or outperform the base 
case, such as portfolio insurance and 
standardised management contracts for 
Portfolio Companies, and thorough lifecycle 
cost reviews;

 – comprehensive monitoring, to ensure we 

fulfil our contractual obligations;

 – detailed climate risk assessment and ESG 
KPI tracking tool, which includes over 100 
KPIs and questions, to evaluate the 
sustainable performance of each of our 
investments, ensure good governance and 
mitigate risk;

 – maintaining high availability levels by 

proactively managing any issues, including 
site visits to all significant investments;
 – monitoring and periodically reviewing 
Portfolio Company debt facilities and 
investigating potential refinancing benefits; 
and

 – measured exposure to construction risk to 
support NAV uplift by de-risking assets 
over the construction period.

We focus on cash performance at both the asset 
and portfolio level to drive efficiencies, 
including: 

 – progressive future dividend growth, 

underpinned by high-quality inflation 
linkage and strong portfolio distributions. 
Assuming a scenario where no additional 
investments are made, the projected cash 
flows in the income phase from BBGI's 
current portfolio of 56 investments could 
sustain the Company’s progressive dividend 
policy for 15 years;

 – low ongoing charges through our efficient 
and cost-effective internal management 
structure;

 – managing and mitigating foreign exchange 
risk through our hedging strategy: hedging 
forecast portfolio distributions, balance 
sheet hedging through foreign exchange 
forward contracts, and borrowing in 
non-Sterling currencies;

 – euro-denominated running costs, which 
provide a natural hedge against Euro-
denominated portfolio distributions;

 – efficient treasury management processes to 
maximise interest income on deposits in 
the underlying Portfolio Companies; and
 – maintaining modest cash balances at the 

corporate level to limit cash drag, facilitated 
through access to the RCF.

We leverage strong relationships with leading 
construction companies to source potential 
pipeline investments, which support our 
low-risk and globally diversified investment 
strategy. Typically, these contractors have 
secured the mandate to design and build new 
assets, but often look to divest financially after 
the construction period has finished – thereafter 
often maintaining facility management 
contracts through a long-term partnership. 
BBGI is an attractive partner for several reasons: 

 – We are considered a reliable source of 
liquidity should a construction partner 
decide to sell.

 – Having a financial partner is a prerequisite 
for some construction companies so they 
can avoid consolidating Portfolio Company 
debt onto the balance sheet of their parent 
company.

 – We have extensive asset credentials and a 
strong track record, which can assist with 
the shortlisting process for new projects.

 – We are a long-term investor, which is 

attractive to government and government-
backed counterparties.

We operate within a niche of the infrastructure 
sector characterised by transactions of a more 
modest scale, which affords us specific 

advantages. In recent times, a significant 
portion of capital has flowed into substantial, 
unlisted infrastructure funds, many of which aim 
for fund targets exceeding US $10 billion. These 
larger funds prioritise the deployment of 
substantial amounts of capital and, as a result, 
do not actively engage in the smaller 
transaction space where we excel. Within our 
market niche, we are recognised as a 
dependable source of capital and consequently 
have very good visibility of potential 
opportunities.

Annual Report 2023 

15

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsPortfolio Review

Portfolio summary
Our investments as at 31 December 2023 
consisted of interests in 56 high-quality, 
availability-style social infrastructure assets, 100 
per cent of which are fully operational (by 
portfolio value). The portfolio is well diversified 
across sectors in education, healthcare, blue 
light (fire and police stations), affordable 

housing, modern correctional facilities, clean 
energy, and transport infrastructure assets.

Located in Australia, Canada, Germany, the 
Netherlands, Norway, the UK, and the US, all 
Portfolio Companies are in stable, well-
developed, and highly rated investment grade 
countries.

No. Asset

Country

Percentage 
holding %

No. Asset

Netherlands

37.1

35

North Commuter Parkway 

Country

Canada

Canada

UK

UK

UK

USA

UK

Canada

Germany

Australia

UK

Canada

Canada

UK

UK

Percentage 
holding %

50

100

60

100

100

50

100

66.7

100

80

50

100

100

40

100

85

100

90

100

36 North East Stoney Trail 

37

North London Estates Partnership 
(LIFT) 

38 North West Fire and Rescue 

39

North West Regional College 

40 Northwest Anthony Henday Drive 

Canada

41

Northern Territory Secure Facilities 

Australia

42 Ohio River Bridges 

Poplar Affordable Housing & 
Recreational Centres  

Restigouche Hospital Centre

Rodenkirchen Schools

Royal Women's Hospital 

Scottish Borders Schools 

South East Stoney Trail

Stanton Territorial Hospital 

Stoke & Staffs Rescue Service 

Tor Bank School 

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

Unna Administrative Centre 

Germany

Victorian Correctional Facilities 

Australia

54 Westland Town Hall  

Netherlands

100

55 William R. Bennett Bridge 

56 Women's College Hospital 

Canada

Canada

80

100

*  Projects listed above are in alphabetical order

Canada Line, Canada

A1/A6 Motorway  

A7 Motorway 

Germany

Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route  UK

Avon & Somerset Police HQ

Ayrshire and Arran Hospital 

Barking Dagenham & Havering 
(LIFT)

Bedford Schools 

Belfast Metropolitan College 

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Burg Correctional Facilities 

Germany

Canada Line 

Champlain Bridge 

Canada

Canada

Clackmannanshire Schools 

UK

Cologne Schools

Coventry Schools 

E18 Motorway 

East Down Colleges 

Frankfurt Schools

Fürst Wrede Barracks

Gloucester Royal Hospital 

Golden Ears Bridge 

Highway 104 

John Hart Generating Station 

Kelowna & Vernon Hospitals 

Kent Schools 

Germany

UK

Norway

UK

Germany

Germany

UK

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

UK

Kicking Horse Canyon Highway

Canada

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

Lagan College 

Lisburn College

Liverpool & Sefton Clinics (LIFT) 

29 M1 Westlink 

30 M80 Motorway 

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

31 McGill University Health Centre 

Canada

32 Mersey Care Hospital 

33 Mersey Gateway Bridge 

UK

UK

34 N18 Motorway

Netherlands

52

16 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

49

33.3

100

100

60

100

100

90

26.7

25

100

50

100

100

100

50

50

50

100

50

80

100

50

50

100

100

60

100

50

40

79.6

37.5

Portfolio Review continued

Operating model in action

Preserving and enhancing value through 
active asset management
The increase in short-term interest rates across 
all jurisdictions over the past 12 to 18 months 
has led to a renewed emphasis on treasury 
management and optimisation. During the 
reporting period, we have finalised cash pooling 
arrangements in the UK and Canada to 
maximise interest generated on cash deposits 
of our Portfolio Companies. 

Value-accretive activities, including effective 
lifecycle cost management, Portfolio Company 
savings, change order revenue, tax and treasury 
management and optimised cash reserving, 
contributed approximately £18.5 million to the 
NAV. 

The operational performance of the Portfolio 
Companies continued to be strong. Through 
our active value-driven approach to asset 
management and the robustness of our 
portfolio, we have achieved an asset availability 
level of approximately 99.9 per cent. Deductions 
were either borne by third-party facility 
management companies and road operators or 
were part of planned expenditures. 

There were no material lock-ups, default events 
or covenant breaches in the underlying debt 
financing agreements reported during the year. 
This means that all our investments contributed 
to our strong dividend cover with portfolio 
distributions ahead of projections. We are very 
proud of this achievement. 

Client satisfaction is paramount to us, and in 
2023, our efforts were reflected in consistently 
high Net Promoter Scores from our project 
clients. These metrics underscore our sustained 
commitment to fostering robust client 
relationships and delivering excellence. 

High-quality inflation linkage
During the reporting period, inflation rates 
began to decline but remained at elevated 
levels in the jurisdictions where BBGI invests. 
Similarly, the volatility in long-term interest 
rates during 2023 had an impact on discount 
rates.  

Our equity cash flows are positively linked to 
inflation at approximately 0.5 per cent. If 
inflation is one per cent higher than our 
assumptions for all future periods, returns 
should increase from 7.3 per cent to 7.8 per 
cent. We achieve this high-quality inflation 
linkage through contractual indexation 
mechanics in our Project Agreements with our 
public sector clients at each Portfolio Company 
and update the inflation adjustment at least 
annually. 

8  As at 30 September 2023

We pass on the indexation mechanism to our 
subcontractors – on whom we rely on to 
support our assets’ operations – providing an 
inflation cost hedge to manage effectively our 
cost base. The Portfolio Companies enter into 
facilities management and operating 
subcontracts that mirror the inflation 
arrangements contained in the Project 
Agreement. In the UK, Project Agreements tend 
to have a Retail Price Index (‘RPI’) adjustment 
factor, while other regions commonly use 
Consumer Price Index (‘CPI’) indexation. 
However, some Project Agreements have 
bespoke inflation indices that reflect expected 
operations and maintenance costs.

The extent of a Portfolio Company’s linkage to 
inflation is determined by the portion of income 
and costs linked to inflation. In most cases, cash 
flows are positively inflation-linked as the 
indexation of revenues is greater than the 
indexation of expenses.

The high-quality and defensive nature of our 
inflation linkage is underpinned by: 

Contractual increases: The adjustment for 
inflation is a contractual component of the 
availability-style cash flows for each Portfolio 
Company, supported by creditworthy 
government or government-backed 
counterparties in AA to AAA-rated countries. 
While other types of assets may offer a strong 
theoretical inflation linkage (e.g., the ability to 
raise prices in response to an increase in CPI), 
they may be subject to changes in elasticity of 
demand. For example, toll roads and student 
accommodation projects may have the 
potential to increase prices in response to an 
increase in CPI but may be hindered by 
market demand from increasing revenue, 
while costs may simultaneously rise. Such 
assets would therefore need to be priced at an 
appropriate risk-adjusted basis.  

Protection against rising costs: We transfer the 
indexation mechanism to our subcontractors, 
who are crucial in supporting the operations 
of our assets. This arrangement serves as an 
inflation cost hedge, helping us to control 
efficiently our cost base. Similarly, in most 
cases, the risk of energy cost increases rests 
with our public sector client or has been 
passed down to the subcontractor.

No dependence on regulatory review: The 
inflation adjustment is automatic and 
contractual and is not subject to regulatory 
review or substantial lags. Once the relevant 
reference factor is published, the adjustment 
is mechanical. 

Portfolio approach: Our inflation linkage 
comes from diverse Portfolio Companies in 
different countries.

Prudent financial management
Our assets continued to perform well during the 
reporting period with cash receipts during the 
period ahead of projections. Our net cash 
position as of 31 December 2023 was £9.7 
million with no cash drawings outstanding 
under the RCF.

We have efficient cash management in place, 
which aims to avoid cash drag. We employ a 
proven financing strategy by initially drawing on 
our RCF to bridge finance acquisitions, with the 
cost of borrowing being 165 basis points (bps) 
over the reference bank rate. Subsequently, we 
raise new equity or use free cash flows 
generated by the Portfolio Companies to repay 
the RCF, thereby clearing the temporary debt. 
The committed amount available to the 
Company from the RCF is £230 million, which 
matures in May 2026. Furthermore, the 
Company has the possibility of increasing the 
quantum to £300 million by means of an 
accordion provision. This provides us with the 
ability to execute larger acquisitions in an 
efficient manner, and ensures we are a trusted 
and repeat partner in our key markets.

We have managed our RCF with prudence and 
discipline, expanding our portfolio without 
overleveraging our financial statements and 
acknowledging that the equity capital market is 
not perpetually accessible. In 2022, we utilised 
our RCF to secure two new assets — the John 
Hart Generating Station in Canada and the A7 
Motorway in Germany — for approximately 
£64.4 million. The RCF drawings for these 
acquisitions have been fully repaid using 
surplus cash flows generated by our portfolio, 
showcasing our capacity for organic growth 
without resorting to external capital resources. 

Each of our Portfolio Companies is financed on 
a non-recourse basis, with 55 of our 56 assets 
securely financed and not subject to refinancing 
requirements. One Portfolio Company has a 
refinancing obligation in December 2025. 
However, the Portfolio Company benefits from 
a hedged base market interest rate and is 
therefore only sensitive to changes in lenders 
required margins over base interest rates. In line 
with our loan agreements, we maintain 
substantial cash reserves within these Portfolio 
Companies. As at 30 September 2023, BBGI’s 
proportionate share in the total cash balances 
held by the Portfolio Companies was 
approximately £385 million8, an amount 
equivalent to 36 per cent of our NAV. 

Annual Report 2023 

17

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsPortfolio Review continued

O&M contractors

Latent defects limitations/  
warranty period remaining

Our strategic hedging policy has enabled us to 
mitigate the effects of foreign exchange 
fluctuations. Moreover, we have adopted a 
proactive treasury management approach to 
optimise the interest earned on the reserve 
accounts of our Portfolio Companies.

Despite the increasing cost pressures attributed to 
heightened levels of inflation, our diligent 
approach to cost management has allowed us to 
maintain our ongoing charges at a competitive 
level of 0.93 per cent. 

Selective acquisition strategy
During the period, we remained active in the 
market and carefully assessed numerous new 
investment opportunities. Although we evaluated a 
variety of opportunities, the Management Board 
chose not to pursue them as they did not meet our 
criteria for accretive inflation linkage, attractive 
yield or growing NAV profile.

Our commitment to disciplined growth is centred 
on enhancing shareholder value, reinforced by our 
unique internal management structure, rather than 
merely increasing assets under management. As 
the only internally managed equity infrastructure 
investment company listed on the London Stock 
Exchange, we are confident that our governance 
model ensures the interests of our management 
are in harmony with those of our shareholders.

We adhere to strict criteria when evaluating new 
investments, carefully weighing the relative appeal 
of different capital deployment options, all the 
while keeping an eye on the long-term strategic 
objectives, including the desire to maintain or 
lengthen the life of the portfolio. We will continue 
with this judicious approach as we pursue 
sustainable growth and value creation for our 
shareholders.

Supply chain monitoring 
The Management Board consistently monitors the 
potential concentration risk posed by operations 
and maintenance (‘O&M’) contractors that provide 
counterparty services to our assets. The table 
above left depicts the level of O&M contractor 
exposure as a percentage of portfolio value9. 

The Management Board has thoroughly assessed 
the risk exposure and has not identified any 
significant risks. We have a strict supply chain 
monitoring policy, maintain a diverse contractor 
base, and implement risk mitigation measures to 
address proactively any potential issues in our 
supply chain.

Construction defects
We proactively monitor the quality of our assets to 
identify promptly any construction defects. When 
necessary, we take appropriate remediation 
measures to ensure the highest standard of our 
portfolio. The responsibility for, and the cost of 
remediation and related deductions lie with the 
relevant construction subcontractor on each asset, 
in line with statutory limitation periods. This plays 
an important role in our effective counterparty risk 
management.

Golden Ears Bridge, Canada

18 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

9 

For this illustration, when a project has more than one FM contractor and/or O&M contractor, the exposure is allocated  
equally among the contractors.

Portfolio Company inhouseCapilano Highway ServicesAtkinsRéalis O&MBlack & McDonaldCushman and WakefieldIntegral FMHochtief Solutions AGHoneywellCarmacks Maintenance ServicesAmey Community LtdIntertoll LtdGraham AMGuildmore LtdGalliford Try FMBEAR ScotlandRemaining investments12% 11% 9% 6% 5% 5% 4% 4% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 23%100% 12%11%9%6%5%5%4%4%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%23%ExpiredWithin 1 year1–2 years2–5 years5–10 years10+ years50%11%4%18%11%6%100% Expired,50%Within 1 year, 11%1–2 years,4%2–5years,18%5–10 years,11%10+ years,6% 
Portfolio Review continued

Latent defects risk was mitigated during the 
reporting period, with 50 per cent of portfolio 
value covered by either limitation or warranty 
periods and there were no material defects 
reported on any of our portfolio assets.

Project hand-back
At the end of a concession, the private partner 
transfers control and management of the 
project back to the public sector. This process is 
termed 'hand-back'. The concessions for two of 
the Company’s UK accommodation assets will 
expire in January 2026 and August 2027. 
Preparations for their hand-back is underway. 
Following the Infrastructure and Projects 
Authority UK's guidelines, collaborative working 
groups have been established, comprising 
representatives from the Client, the FM 
contractor, and the Portfolio Companies, each 
involved in the projects. The FM contractor 
bears the hand-back risk for both assets.

The hand-back process is progressing positively, 
with notable advancements made so far. 
Interactions and cooperation among all parties 
are robust, fostering strong relationships. As at 
the reporting date, no risks that could affect 
either of the Portfolio Companies have been 
detected in the process. We have established 
transparent communication channels with our 
subcontractors and public partners, fostering a 
robust partnership built on measurable 
outcomes, including clear hand-back 
requirements.

Less than one per cent of the Portfolio is subject 
to hand-back in the next five years.

Poplar Affordable Housing & Recreational Centres, UK

Annual Report 2023 

19

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsPortfolio Snapshot: Top Ten Assets
Our ten largest assets

The following summary of our top 10 assets provides a snapshot, offering key data and achievements over time, which are not necessarily limited to 

the current reporting period.

1  
Golden Ears Bridge 

Type: 
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI: 
100 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity): 
C$1.1 billion

Financial close/operational: 
March 2006/June 2009

Concession period: 
32 years (post-construction)  
ending in 2041

Golden Ears Bridge represented the largest 
private financing for a greenfield Public Private 
Partnership (‘PPP’) in Canada at the time of its 
launch. The project involves the design, build, 
financing, operation and maintenance of the 
Golden Ears Bridge in Vancouver, which is a 1 
km, six-lane road that spans the Fraser River 
and connects Maple Ridge and Pitt Meadows to 
Langley and Surrey. The road opened in March 
2009 and includes more than 3.5 km of ramps, 
viaducts, minor bridges and underpasses, and 
more than 13 km of mainline roadway; a large 
part of which has been landscaped.

The project brought close to C$1 billion in 
construction-related activity to the area, while 
commuters using the bridge now save up to 40 
minutes per peak-hour round-trip from Maple 
Ridge to Langley. 

In 2023, a four-year replacement program, 
coordinated with the asset operator, was 

successfully concluded. This initiative involved 
transitioning all traditional lighting to LED 
technology. Since 2019, this transition has 
delivered annual energy savings in excess of 
400,000 kWh. Anticipated further reductions are 
expected with the completion of this final 
phase.

20 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Portfolio Snapshot: Top Ten Assets continued

2  
Ohio River Bridges

Type: 
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI: 
66.7 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity): 
US$1.175 billion

Financial close/operational: 
March 2013/December 2016

Concession period: 
35 years (post-construction)  
ending in 2051

The project includes a 760 m cable-stay bridge, 
a 500 m long twin vehicular tunnel and 2.25 km 
of associated six-lane interstate highway, with 
more than 21 bridges and multiple roundabout 
style interchanges. The asset greatly improves 
connectivity, public safety and economic 
growth, which benefits residents, businesses 
and visitors in the Southern Indiana region, 
particularly for road-users travelling to and 
from the state of Kentucky.

In October 2021, a US$528 million green bond 
offering was completed to refinance its existing 
indebtedness. This transaction allowed the 
Portfolio Company to optimise its financing 
costs over the remaining term of the contract 
thereby further strengthening its financing 
structure, while also benefiting the public sector 
client through a reduction in future service 
payments. 

The monitoring of Ohio River Bridge’s energy 
reduction programme indicates ongoing 
reductions in GHG emissions. Since the 
installation of solar panels on the O&M 
buildings, the surplus renewable electricity 
generated has exceeded the amount consumed. 
Specifically, over 40,000 kWh of renewable 
electricity generated on-site was subsequently 
sold back to the grid. Additionally, the transition 
of the project’s fleet to electric-powered 
vehicles has halved the fleet’s fuel since 2019. 

Annual Report 2023 

21

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsPortfolio Snapshot: Top Ten Assets continued

3  
Northern Territory 
Secure Facilities 

Type: 
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI: 
100 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity): 
A$620 million

Financial close/operational: 
October 2011/November 2014

Concession period: 
30 years (post-construction)  
ending in 2044

4  
A7 Motorway

Type: 
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI: 
49 per cent

Total investment volume (incl. state subsidy 
of €213 million): 
€773 million

Financial close/operational: 
September 2014/December 2019

Concession period: 
30 years (post-Financial Close)  
ending in 2044

22 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Located near Darwin, Northern Territory (the ‘Territory’), the project involves the design, build, 
financing, operation and maintenance of three separate centres including: a 1,000-bed multi-
classification male and female correctional centre, a 24-bed secure mental health and behavioural 
management centre (the first of its kind in the Territory), and a 48-bed supported accommodation 
and programme centre for community-based offenders. The latter is designed to support the 
Australian Government’s goals of enhanced rehabilitation, education and reduced reoffending rates 
in the Territory.

The asset is one of the largest social infrastructure projects in the Territory and is the largest PPP 
ever procured to date. BBGI acquired its initial 50 per cent interest in the asset while it was still in 
construction and subsequently acquired the remaining 50 per cent stake in July 2015.

The modern correctional facility was designed with a focus on providing educational and support 
services to prisoners, prioritising rehabilitation to aid their reintegration into the community. 
Prisoners have access to a range of programmes, including education, training, rehabilitation, and 
treatment services, all aimed at decreasing the incidence of reoffending.

The A7 Motorway project is an availability-based design, build, finance, operate and maintain 
project located between the cities of Neumünster and Hamburg in Germany. The project comprises 
c. 65 km of highway widening from four to six lanes including 11 interchanges, six parking facilities, 
four rest areas and 79 engineering structures including a 550 m noise tunnel at the City of 
Schnelsen. 

The noise tunnel provides green spaces and parks, including 400 allotment gardens which 
reconnect two previously divided neighbourhoods. Additionally, over 100,000 square metres of 
noise protection barriers were built to meet local requirements. Wildlife crossings were 
implemented along the motorway to preserve natural habitats and wildlife migration patterns. 

In 2023, the Portfolio Company has started the transition process of its vehicle fleet to electric 
vehicles. The project is also committed to install solar panels on the O&M buildings, which is 
expected to deliver approximately 450,000 kWh p.a. of renewable energy once available. 

Portfolio Snapshot: Top Ten Assets continued

5  
A1/A6 Motorway

Type:
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI:
37.14 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity): 
€727.4 million

Financial close/operational: 
February 2013/June 2017

Concession period: 
25 years (post-construction)  
ending in 2042

6  
Victorian Correctional 
Facilities 

Type: 
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI: 
100 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity): 
A$242 million 

Financial close/operational: 
January 2004/March 2006 

Concession period: 
25 years (post-construction)  
ending in 2031

At the time of its launch, the A1/A6 Motorway project represented one of the largest greenfield PPP 
projects in the Netherlands and forms part of the wider Schiphol – Amsterdam – Almere (‘SAA’) 
corridor. The project is for the design, construction, financing, and maintenance of 18 km of the A1 
and A6 motorways to the south of Amsterdam and involves re-routing and widening of the A1 (to 
two x five lanes and two reversible lanes), reconstruction of two major interchanges, expansion of 
the A6 (to two x four lanes and two reversible lanes) and the construction of various new bridges, 
an aqueduct and the longest free span railway bridge in Europe, as well as demolition of the old 
part of the A1.

The project forms part of a wider programme of five connected and adjacent projects, which 
together provide for significant extra road traffic capacity, reduced journey times and improved 
accessibility of the north flank of the economical heart of the Netherlands around Amsterdam. As a 
result, the liveability of the area has been improved significantly. 

Since replacing 2,000 fixtures of traditional street lighting with LED in 2020, the project has reduced 
its electricity consumption by approximately 600,000 kWh per year compared to the annual 
consumption in 2019.

The Victorian Correctional Facilities project is an 
availability-based PPP including the design, 
finance, construction and maintenance of two 
correctional facilities for the State of Victoria, 
Australia (the ‘State’). The first facility, the 
maximum security Metropolitan Remand Centre 
(‘MRC’), accommodates up to 1,009 male 
offenders and is located approximately 20 
kilometres from Melbourne city centre. The 
second, smaller facility is the medium security 
Marngoneet Correctional Centre (‘MCC’) that 
accommodates up to 599 male offenders and is 
located approximately 65 kilometres from 
Melbourne city centre. 

The project is currently undertaking a significant 
expansion of both facilities which will see the 
bed capacity numbers increase to 1,210 at MRC 
and 653 beds at MCC. The Portfolio Company is 
delivering these works via an augmentation with 
the State, with works expected to be completed 
in 2024. Energy reduction and waste 
management programmes are in place at both 
facilities, with monitoring indicating continuous 
reductions in GHG emissions. To date, 
approximately 80% of traditional lighting has 
been replaced by LED. Additionally, photovoltaic 
panels have been installed at both facilities, 
generating renewable electricity that is sold 
back to the grid. In 2023, approximately 120 
tonnes of waste were diverted from landfill by 
either recycling or incineration.

Annual Report 2023 

23

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsPortfolio Snapshot: Top Ten Assets continued

7  
Liverpool and Sefton 
Clinics (LIFT) 

Type: 
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI: 
60 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity): 
£89 million 

Financial close/operational: 
June 2004 – November 2011/June 
2005 – February 2013

Concession period: 
25 or 30 years (post construction) last 
facility ending in 2043

Long-term, public private strategic partnering 
agreement to provide strategic estates services 
and develop, fund, build, operate and manage 
primary healthcare facilities in Liverpool and 
Sefton. The Project includes a development 
company that has a long-term strategic 
partnering agreement to provide estate services 
and new project developments for public sector 
organisations within its contract area. Each new 
development is delivered by a Portfolio 

Company sitting under this development 
company. To date there are five such Portfolio 
Companies and 14 completed facilities. Typical 
services include GP practices, chiropody, speech 
and language therapy, community nursing, 
dental surgery and family planning.

The project is currently constructing a new 
capital development scheme for MerseyCare 
NHS Foundation Trust on the Mossley Hill site 
in Liverpool for a new 80 bed low secure mental 
health facility which is due to complete in 2025. 
The project companies have for a long time 
worked to make their buildings a part of the 
local communities, which are typically in 
disadvantaged areas, with spaces within the 
buildings being made available for community 
groups and fundraising activities. BBGI, along 
with its management services providers, 
regularly funds programmes in partnership with 
social care charities, targeting young or 
vulnerable people. In 2023, a two-year 
replacement program was finalised, converting 
all traditional lighting to LED across all sites. 
This transition was facilitated by leveraging 
existing automated control systems used for 
managing electricity usage throughout the 
sites.

8  
McGill University 
Health Centre 
(MUHC)

Type:
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI:
40 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity, 
incl. government subsidy): 
C$2 billion

Financial close/operational: 
July 2010/October 2014 

Concession period: 
30 years (post construction) ending in 
2044

24 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

The project involves the design, build, finance, operation and maintenance of MUHC’s campus in 
Montreal. It comprises two hospitals, a cancer centre and a research institute with a total of 500 
beds. MUHC is one of the most innovative academic health centres in North America, and at 214,000 
sqm, it is the largest English-speaking hospital in Quebec. One integrated campus consolidates the 
Montreal Children’s Hospital, the Royal Victoria Hospital and the Montreal Chest Institute, as well as 
the new Cedars Cancer Centre and the Research Institute of the MUHC. 

The campus project achieved a Gold certification for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design 
(‘LEED’) in 2016. The Portfolio Company regularly makes a financial contribution to the MUHC 
Foundation, supporting medical research programmes at MUHC.

Portfolio Snapshot: Top Ten Assets continued

9  
M1 Westlink 

Type: 
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI: 
100 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity): 
£161 million 

Financial close/operational: 
February 2006/November 2009

Concession period: 
30 years (post financial close) ending 
in 2036

10  
Women's College 
Hospital

Type:
Availability-style

Status: 
Operational

Equity holding BBGI:
100 per cent

Total investment volume (debt and equity, 
incl. government subsidy): 
C$421 million

Financial close/operational: 
July 2010/May 2013 and September 
2015

Concession period: 
30 years (post construction phase 1) 
ending in 2043

The project required the design, upgrade, 
finance and operation of 60 km of two to five 
lane motorway and dual carriageway and 
associated assets including structures, street 
lighting, and safety barriers. The project 
involved the widening of 4.5km of the M1 and 
A12 between Stockman's Lane and Divis 
junction to a dual three-lane carriageway and 
grade separation of three major junctions. In 
addition, a third lane was added to the 5km of 
the downhill section between Sandyknowes and 
Greencastle junctions on the M2, including the 
construction of 4 new bridges. 

In 2023 the Portfolio Company and the operator 
agreed to replace the current conventional 
lighting by LED lighting. The investment 
programme will be funded by the Portfolio 
Company, with financial contributions from the 
operator. This investment is expected to 
generate savings in electricity consumption.

The project comprises the design, build, finance, 
operation and maintenance of the Women’s 
College Hospital project in Toronto, Ontario. The 
hospital is a multi-story building (approximately 
60,000 sqm) consisting of ambulatory care, 
surgical research and educational facilities, as 
well as administrative, parking, and other 
non-clinical space to support Women’s College 
Hospital’s comprehensive and integrated 
approach to providing quality women’s health 
care to patients with a need for diagnostics, 
extended treatments and chronic care. The 
project was delivered in two phases. The 
ambulatory hospital facility includes 200 beds.

The project achieved a Gold certification for 
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design 
(‘LEED’) in 2017. In 2023, the replacement 
program for traditional lighting was continued, 
transitioning 50% of the site to LED lighting. The 
Portfolio Company is partnering with the client 
to upgrade and expand the number of electric 
vehicle charging stations located at the facility 
from 14 to 20. In 2023, BBGI funded through the 
Portfolio Company, and facilitated the 
construction of a rooftop Medicine Wheel 
Garden. The Garden is a place to harvest native, 
medicinal plants and to be enjoyed by the 
Indigenous community.

Annual Report 2023 

25

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsMarket Trends and Pipeline

BBGI continues to operate in a 
volatile macroeconomic and 
geopolitical environment. 
Financial markets have oscillated 
between hopes for a soft 
economic landing and fears of 
sustained high interest and 
inflation rates during the 
reporting period.

This culminated in interest rate peaks in autumn, 
followed by a repricing in the bond market 
before year-end. This volatility continues to be a 
primary driver of public market valuations across 
the infrastructure assets sector and will remain 
an important factor until markets establish 
greater certainty over the future economic path. 
Resilient valuations evidenced during this period 
continue to demonstrate a disconnect between 
private and public markets for attractive core 
infrastructure assets. Ultimately, core 
infrastructure remains an attractive asset class 
that can serve as a hedge against both inflation 
and macroeconomic stress.

In 2023, the broader infrastructure asset class 
endured a sluggish period marked by 
diminished fundraising activities in both public 
and private markets, along with lower than 
typical transaction volumes. Challenging 
macroeconomic conditions have continued to 
impact negatively the share prices of listed 
infrastructure companies, thereby limiting public 
market participants' access to equity capital. 
Similarly, transactional activity levels were 
subdued in the second half of the year. In core 
social infrastructure, it is evident that the 
progress of new procurements for greenfield 
social infrastructure assets remains slow in many 
relevant markets. Additionally, while there have 
been several secondary transactions observed, 
transaction volumes were muted compared to 
recent years, possibly because the asset class 
continues to perform well, and consequently 
there have been very few forced sales.

We believe that infrastructure assets with 
established customer bases, robust market 
positions, and/or contractual and regulatory 
protections offer a cushion against economic 
uncertainty and a prolonged higher interest rate 
environment. Additionally, these assets provide 
a collateral-based exposure to secular trends, 
thereby mitigating risks. Specifically, core 
infrastructure remains an attractive asset class 
due to its defensive nature, predictable cash 
flows and inflation linkage.

As long-term investors in the sector, we believe 
that uncertain market environments can present 
intriguing opportunities. Investing in assets that 
underpin essential social infrastructure has 
proven effective in providing inflation linked 
returns and stability during economic 

26 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

uncertainty. Historically, the most compelling 
opportunities have arisen after challenging 
periods. Looking ahead, growth in the 
infrastructure asset class will be driven by the 
imperatives of digitalisation, decarbonisation, 
demographic dynamics, and the modernisation 
or renewal of ageing infrastructure. 

With our strong balance sheet and an untapped 
RCF, we are well positioned to navigate the 
dynamic landscape of core infrastructure. We 
will maintain our disciplined approach, pursuing 
only those transactions that add value, bolster 
our portfolio, and improve our overall portfolio 
composition, duration and other key metrics. 
Our primary objective remains to deliver 
long-term, predictable, and inflation-linked cash 
flows that are value accretive to our 
shareholders.

New opportunities 
The most significant long-term driver for 
infrastructure investment is the immense, unmet 
global demand for it. According to the Global 
Infrastructure Hub, the disparity between 
government infrastructure spending and the 
required amount will reach US$ 15 trillion by 
2040. Infrastructure investment remains pivotal 
in supporting GDP growth and economic 
progress. The next decades will witness a 
transformative shift in how we create a social 
and secure environment for individuals, 
generate and use energy, transport goods and 
people, foster community connectivity, and 
reshape the environment.

Extensive public investment in infrastructure 
appears to be constrained, with governments 
ruling out significant fiscal expansions due to 
considerable  debts and ongoing government 
deficits. If governments are not able to take on 
the role of infrastructure owner-investors 
themselves, many infrastructure market 
participants, including BBGI, believe that private 
capital is well placed to step in and fill the gap.

In this landscape, we are committed to 
identifying attractive opportunities that will 
allow us to diversify and expand our essential 
social infrastructure portfolio. We are exploring 
prospects for portfolio diversification that 
exhibit desirable characteristics, including 
consistent long-term cash flows and inflation 
correlation, in line with our established 
investment policy. Such investments may 
include extended concessions or outright asset 
ownership. We will pursue these opportunities 
with strict adherence to ESG standards, ensuring 
that any new investment opportunity is 
thoroughly evaluated by comparing their 
potential benefits with other capital allocation 
options.

 North America

Canada
Canada's 'Investing in Canada Plan' commits 
over CAD 180 billion until 2035 for infrastructure 
projects. It is designed to achieve three 
objectives: create long-term economic growth 
to build a stronger middle class; support the 
resilience of communities and transition to a 
clean growth economy; and build social 
inclusion and socioeconomic outcomes for all 
Canadians. To promote these objectives, the 
plan delivers investments across five streams: 
Public Transit; Green; Social; Trade and 
Transportation; and Rural and Northern 
Communities. To date, the plan has invested 
over CAD 144 billion in more than 94,000 
projects.

To support Canada’s investment ambitions, the 
Canadian Infrastructure Bank (‘CIB’) has a 
mandate to invest in revenue-generating 
infrastructure that benefits Canadians and 
attracts private capital. The following areas 
remain priorities for CIB investment: Public 
Transit (CAD 5 billion); Green Infrastructure (CAD 
10 billion); Clean Power (CAD 10 billion); Trade 

Champlain Bridge, Canada

Market Trends and Pipeline continued

and Transportation (CAD 5 billion); and 
Broadband Connectivity (CAD 3 billion). CIB's 
role is continuously evolving, and new areas 
such as clean fuel production; hydrogen 
production, transportation and distribution; 
carbon capture, utilisation, and storage; and 
large-scale zero-emission vehicle charging and 
refuelling infrastructure, have been added to its 
mandate.

BBGI has benefited from Canada’s infrastructure 
investments in the past and has built a portfolio 
of 16 social infrastructure assets in the country. 
With a reputation as a highly credible purchaser 
and manager of such assets, BBGI is well-
positioned to take part in infrastructure 
investments going forward. While opportunities 
in traditional PPP procurements have reduced 
over the last years, we anticipate there will 
continue to be a diverse range of social 
infrastructure investment opportunities in 
Canada, in addition to the continued push into 
energy, communication, and community 
services investments.

US
Deglobalisation is an important megatrend that 
will bolster private infrastructure investments. 
The onshoring of manufacturing capacity and an 
increased focus on energy security will 
necessitate significant investments. Macro data 
is beginning to reflect this trend. US 
construction spending for manufacturing 
reached a record high of over USD 130 billion in 
2022, following six years of stagnation, and 
further accelerated to USD 214 billion in 2023. 
However, billions of dollars will not be spent 
without certainty around energy supply, 
transportation networks, utility services, and 
high-speed internet access. These tailwinds 
support investments across all core 
infrastructure sectors in the US.

US government policies are playing a significant 
role. The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act 
(‘IIJA’), also known as the Infrastructure Bill, 
provides for USD 1.2 trillion in spending, USD 
550 billion of which will be new federal spending 
to rebuild roads and bridges, improve clean 
water infrastructure resilience, enhance EV 
charging infrastructure, expand broadband 
access, and more. The IIJA also expands how 
states and municipalities may use private activity 
bonds to help finance projects involving private 
investment, such as carbon capture and 
broadband access. The historic investments 
included in the IIJA will significantly reshape the 
future of infrastructure in the US. There is 
optimism that an attractive pipeline of 
infrastructure projects will continue to emerge, 
whether through PPP projects at the federal, 
state, and municipal levels, under alternative 
procurement models, or through private-led 
initiatives.

 Europe

EU
European Union (‘EU’) frameworks and initiatives 
will continue to support significant infrastructure 
investments in the region. The European 
Commission's (‘EC’) priorities include objectives 
such as becoming the first climate-neutral 
continent (European Green Deal), creating an 
economy that ensures social fairness and 
prosperity for all, modernising Europe for the 
digital age, and enhancing Europe's role and 
influence in the global arena.

Reducing emissions remains a key focus for the 
EC, which recently recommended a 90 per cent 
net greenhouse gas emissions reduction by 
2040 compared to 1990 levels, as part of its 
commitment to achieving climate neutrality by 
2050 under the European Green Deal. All 27 EU 
Member States have committed to this target. 
Setting a 2040 climate target sends important 
signals on how to invest and plan effectively for 
the long term, thereby minimising the risks of 
stranded assets. The energy and transportation 
sectors are significantly impacted by the 
ambitions of the European Green Deal. Similarly, 
the EU's digital strategy, with a clear focus on 
data, technology, and infrastructure, aims to 
make digital transformation beneficial for 
people and businesses, while also contributing 
to the target of a climate-neutral Europe by 
2050.

In 2021, the European Commission unveiled a 
significant infrastructure investment strategy 
aimed at mobilising up to EUR 300 billion of 
investments in global development by 2027. The 
Global Gateway strategy aims to develop 
physical infrastructure worldwide in five key 
sectors: digital, climate and energy, transport, 
health, and education and research. This 
strategy allows the EU to leverage both public 
and private investment in priority areas.

By clearly defining its priorities and providing 
supporting initiatives, the EU establishes a 
framework that significantly influences 
infrastructure investments across various 
sub-sectors in its member states. We anticipate 
a continuous flow of pipeline opportunities in 
the core infrastructure space, which we will 
diligently review according to our mandate. 
BBGI has established a strong investment 
presence in two key EU countries, Germany and 
the Netherlands. With seven existing PPP assets 
in Germany and three in the Netherlands, we are 
well positioned to capitalise on future social 
infrastructure opportunities. We have the 
necessary internal resources, including native 
BBGI senior team members, to engage 
efficiently in forthcoming transactions. As seen 
over the last years, PPP deal flow in greenfield 
and brownfield assets has been inconsistent and 
we do not anticipate a swift change. 

Nonetheless, we continue to monitor and 
evaluate alternative infrastructure activities, 
particularly focusing on decarbonisation and 
digitalisation investments. We believe that 
Continental European infrastructure markets 
remain active and are likely to offer attractive 
investment opportunities over the medium 
term.

UK:
The Infrastructure and Projects Authority (‘IPA’) 
published the 2023 Analysis of the National 
Infrastructure and Construction Pipeline in 
February 2024. This report provides a robust 
assessment of infrastructure investments over 
the next decade in the UK, estimated at a total 
of GBP 700-775 billion. Like other jurisdictions, 
the report identifies the most pressing 
investment needs in energy, transportation, and 
social infrastructure in the short and medium 
term. The IPA maps out the expected funding 
mix, highlighting that energy and utilities, both 
privatised sectors, have high proportions of 
privately financed infrastructure projects. In 
contrast, transport and social infrastructure 
projects are predominantly funded by the public 
sector or through a mixed funding approach 
(public and private). In total, the IPA estimates 
current or future opportunities for private 
investment worth GBP 63 billion over the 
10-year pipeline.

Established in 2021, the UK Infrastructure Bank 
(‘UKIB’) focuses on increasing domestic 
infrastructure investment by partnering with the 
private sector and local governments. UKIB has 
two strategic objectives: to address climate 
change and to support regional and local 
economic growth by enhancing connectivity, 
creating new job opportunities, and increasing 
productivity levels. The bank invests across the 
infrastructure landscape, primarily targeting 
economic infrastructure in five priority sectors: 
clean energy, transport, digital, water, and waste. 
This sector-based approach aligns with the UK 
Government's net zero strategy, aiming for a 
100 per cent reduction in greenhouse gas 
emissions by 2050.

By understanding UK government priorities and 
having access to supporting initiatives like UKIB, 
private partners can contribute to the tasks 
ahead. Private capital has been essential for 
maintaining and developing the UK's existing 
infrastructure, as well as financing new projects, 
and will continue to do so in the future. Despite 
some high-profile setbacks, we believe the UK 
has a well-established and attractive 
infrastructure market for private investors. The 
Private Finance Initiative (‘PFI’) was a preferred 
method of involving the private sector in 
delivering essential infrastructure in the UK, but 
it has not been utilised in recent years (being 
discontinued in 2018). We have observed the 
development of alternative procurement models 
with similar attributes, such as the Mutual 

Annual Report 2023 

27

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsMarket Trends and Pipeline continued

Investment Model used for several 
procurements in Wales. Additionally, we see 
bespoke partnership models being applied in 
other social infrastructure areas, such as health, 
and there remains openness to consider 
next-generation procurement models with 
well-understood attributes and risk and return 
profiles.

With the UK government continuing to 
recognise the importance of infrastructure 
investment alongside private partners in 
creating jobs, boosting the economy, and 
reaching its net zero targets, we remain 
confident and committed that opportunities to 
engage in the future UK investment pipeline will 
emerge. We are actively seeking opportunities 
to expand our essential social infrastructure 
portfolio in the UK, searching for investments 
with long-term, inflation-linked revenue streams 
involving public sector counterparties or with a 
link to the public sector. We also ensure that our 
investments align with our strong ESG approach.

 Australia

In Australia, an independent review of the 
Infrastructure Investment Program was 
announced in May 2023, with the aim of 
ensuring that significant projects had an 
adequate business case that would support 
funding from the Australian Government. At the 
announcement of the review, it brought about 
reassurance that the Australian Government 
remained committed to a ten-year, AUD 120 
billion infrastructure pipeline. In November 2023 
the Australian Government released its 
Infrastructure Policy Statement, which aims to 
define nationally significant transport 
infrastructure, sets out three strategic themes 
that will guide investment decisions, and 
outlines how the Government will put these 
themes into action. 

With the focus on nationally significant 
infrastructure projects, this will continue 
benefitting investments in the land transport 
network and/or other key freight routes, but 
also in projects supporting other broader 
national priorities such as housing. Productivity 
and resilience, liveability and sustainability are 
the three strategic themes identified from the 
policy. While all themes are centred around 
transportation, sustainability provides a strong 
link to the Australian Government’s commitment 
to cut emissions by 43 per cent by 2030 and 
achieve net zero by 2050. Here the Government 
will look to decarbonise transport assets 
through the design, construction, and operation 
of transport infrastructure, and will encourage 
projects to facilitate the take-up of low or zero 
emission transport technologies, which is 
consistent with the Government’s National 
Electric Vehicle Strategy. With the additional 
planned activities from the State and Territory 
governments, we believe that there will also be 
significant effort towards energy transformation 

28 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

and social infrastructure, including hospitals, 
education and housing.

Over the last decade, Australia has been very 
active in the development of core social 
infrastructure projects and has demonstrated 
that it is open for public and private 
collaboration. With three large operational PPP 
assets in Australia, BBGI has a well-established 
foundation in the country. We will continue to 
monitor actively the market for investment 
opportunities, which we believe will continue 
emerging from the infrastructure investment 
activities envisaged at both State and Federal 
level.

Outlook

BBGI remains committed to expanding our 
core infrastructure portfolio. Since 2011, our 
portfolio has grown from 19 social 
infrastructure assets to 56, including roads, 
schools, healthcare facilities, transportation, 
and modern correctional facilities. This 
growth was achieved while maintaining price 
discipline and a selective approach to 
evaluating potential investment 
opportunities. As governments continue to 
run deficits and the demand for repairing and 
constructing new infrastructure grows, there 
is an ongoing need for private sector 
investment in infrastructure. We remain 
poised to seize the right investment 
opportunities that are value-accretive, with 
long-term predictable and inflation-linked 
revenues. These future investments will 
further diversify and strengthen our portfolio 
and enhance our overall portfolio 
composition and key metrics, ensuring 
sustainable returns for our shareholders.

A1/A6 motorway, Netherlands

Operating and Financial Review

The Management Board is pleased to present the Operating and Financial Review  
for the year ended 31 December 2023. 

Highlights and Key Performance Indicators 
Certain key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) for the past five years are outlined below: 

KPI

Target

Dec-19

Dec-20

Dec-21

Dec-22

Dec-23

Commentary

Dividends  
(paid or declared)

Progressive long-term 
dividend growth in 
pence per share

7.00 

7.18 

7.33

7.48

7.93

NAV per share

Positive NAV per 
share growth

2.0%

1.2%

2.1%

6.6% (1.4%)

Achieved
Targets: 8.40pps for 
2024 and 8.57pps for 
2025

Not achieved during the 
reporting period

Annualised total NAV per 
share return since IPO

7% to 8% annualised  10.0% 8.9%

8.8%

9.1%

8.6% Achieved

Annualised total 
shareholder return since 
IPO

7% to 8% annualised  11.3% 11.0% 10.4% 8.8%

7.6% Achieved

Ongoing charge

Competitive cost 
position

0.88% 0.86% 0.86% 0.87% 0.93% Achieved

Cash dividend cover

>1.0x

1.30x

1.27x

1.31x

1.47x

1.40x

Achieved

Asset availability

> 98% asset 
availability

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Achieved

Single asset concentration 
risk (as a percentage of 
portfolio)

To be less than 25% of 
portfolio immediately 
post-acquisition

10%  
(GEB)

9% 
(GEB)

11%  
(ORB)

11%  
(ORB)

11%  
(GEB)

Achieved

Availability-style assets  
(as a percentage of portfolio)

>= 75% availability-
style assets

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Achieved

Annual Report 2023 

29

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsOperating and Financial Review continued

Asset Management
Cash performance
Our portfolio performed well during the period, 
with total cash flows ahead of projections and 
the underlying financial models. 

Construction exposure 
Our investment policy is to invest principally in 
assets that have completed construction and 
are operational. Accordingly, investments in 
assets that are under construction are limited to 
25 per cent of the portfolio’s value. We aim to 
produce a stable dividend, while gaining 
exposure to the potential NAV uplift that occurs 
when assets move from successful construction 
to the operational phase.

As the year closed, all our infrastructure assets 
were fully operational. The equity investment in 
Highway 104, Nova Scotia, Canada reached 
substantial completion in September 2023, 
notably enhancing the region's travel efficiency 
and safety, facilitating the flow of goods and 
services, and strengthening community 
connections. 

This significant achievement was acknowledged 
in 2023 when the Canadian Council for 
Public-Private Partnerships honoured Highway 
104 with the Gold Award for P3 Design & 
Construction. 

Investment performance 
Returns track record
The Company’s share price has not been 
immune to the market turbulence affecting the 
alternative investment trust sector, leading to 
the Company’s shares trading at a discount to 
NAV for a significant part of the year. This trend 
of share price softness, reflective of concerns 
over high interest rates, high inflation, and 
potential consumer downturns, has extended to 
our UK-listed counterparts within the 
infrastructure and wider alternatives sector. 
Nevertheless, the Board does not believe BBGI’s 
share price adequately reflects the value of our 
portfolio, our high-quality inflation linkage, our 
strong financial position and operational 
performance. 

With a focus on long-term investment, our 
Company’s portfolio of low-risk, long-duration 
assets, allows us to navigate through these 
episodes of market volatility. The Board remains 
vigilant in monitoring the share price discount, 
considering it within the broader scope of our 
capital allocation strategy. Any measures aimed 
at reducing the discount are contemplated 
carefully, with the overarching goal of ensuring 
they align with the long-term interests of the 
Company and its shareholders.

Against the FTSE All-Share, the Company has 

shown a low ten-year beta of 0.2810 

The share price closed at 141.60 pence on 31 
December 2023, representing a 4.2 per cent 
discount to the NAV per share at the period-
end. 

The total NAV return per share from IPO to 31 
December 2023 was +8.6 per cent on an 
annualised basis. 

Distribution policy
Distributions on the ordinary shares are 
planned to be paid twice a year, normally in 
respect of the six months to 30 June and the six 
months to 31 December. 

Dividends 
In April 2023, we paid a second interim 
dividend of 3.74pps for the period 1 July 2022 
to 31 December 2022. Together with the first 
interim dividend (which was paid in October 
2022), the total dividend for the year ended 31 
December 2022 amounted to 7.48pps. The 
Board approved a 2023 interim dividend of 
3.965pps which was paid in October 2023. In 
February 2024, after the year-end, the Company 
declared a second interim dividend of 3.965pps, 
which is in line with its dividend target for the 
year of 7.93pps. Furthermore, the Board is 
reaffirming its 2024 dividend target of 8.40pps 

BBGI Total Shareholder Return

200%

180%

160%

140%

120%

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

BBGI

FTSE All Share

Dec 2011

n 2012

Ju

Dec 2012

n 2013

Ju

Dec 2013

n 2014

Ju

Dec 2014

n 2015

Ju

Dec 2015

n 2016

Ju

Dec 2016

n 2017

Ju

Dec 2017

n 2018

Ju

Dec 2018

n 2019

Ju

Dec 2019

n 2020

Ju

Dec 2020

n 2021

Ju

Dec 2021

n 2022

Ju

Dec 2022

n 2023

Ju

Dec 2023

10  Refer to the Alternative Performance Measures section of this Annual Report for further details.

30 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Operating and Financial Review continued

Proven progressive dividend policy
Pence per share

9

8

7

6

5

4

+6%
8.40

+2%

8.57

+6%
7.93

3 . 4 %   a v e r a g e  

i n c r e a s e

6.75

6.50

7.00

7.18

7.33

7.48

5.50

5.50

5.76

6.25

6.00

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024
target

2025
target

Average annual dividend 
increases from 2012 to 2023

3.4%

outpacing UK CPI over the same 
period

FY 2024 target reconfirmed 

FY 2025 target reconfirmed 

8.40pps

a 6 per cent increase

8.57pps

a 2 per cent increase

and a dividend target for 2025 of 8.57pps. 

Investor communications
The Company places great importance on 
communication with its shareholders and 
welcomes their views. We intend to remain at 
the forefront of disclosure and transparency in 
our sector, and therefore, the Management 
Board and, where required, the Supervisory 
Board, regularly review the level and quality of 
the information that the Company makes 
public. 

The Company formally reports twice a year 
through its Annual and Interim Reports. Other 
Company information is provided through the 
Company’s website and through market 
announcements. At Shareholder General 
Meetings, each share is entitled to one vote. All 
votes validly cast at such meetings (including by 
proxy) are counted, and the Company 
announces the results on the day of the 
relevant meeting. 

The Management and Supervisory Boards are 
keen to develop and maintain positive 
relationships with the Company’s shareholders. 
As part of this process, immediately following 
release of the Annual and Interim Reports at the 

end of March and August each year, members 
of the Management Board present the 
Company’s results to market analysts and 
subsequently conduct investor roadshows and 
offer shareholder meetings to discuss the 
results, explain the ongoing strategy of the 
Company, and receive feedback. Webcasts of 
the results presentations are available for 
viewing on BBGI's corporate website and 
through the London Stock Exchange website.

Outside of these formal meetings, feedback 
from investors is received by the Management 
Board and the Corporate Brokers and, together 
with the feedback from results meetings, is 
reported to the Supervisory Board. Throughout 
the year, Management Board have made 
themselves available to shareholders and sector 
analysts, for discussion of key issues and 
expectations around Company performance. 
The CEO and CFOO intend to continue to be 
available to meet with shareholders periodically 
to facilitate an open two-way communication 
on the development of the Company. 
Shareholders may contact members of both the 
Management and Supervisory Boards at the 
registered office of the Company, the address 
for which can be found at the end of the Annual 
Report or on the Company’s website at www.

bb-gi.com. 

While shareholder engagement is typically 
conducted by the CEO and CFOO, the Chair of 
the Supervisory Board and Chairs of each 
committee make themselves available 
throughout the year to understand shareholder 
views on governance and performance. 

In 2021, we undertook a comprehensive 
materiality assessment among our employees, 
shareholders, clients, partners and 
subcontractors to identify ten material topics 
influencing our ESG strategy. These ten topics 
have informed key ESG commitments and KPIs 
that we are now tracking to ensure incremental 
progress in our delivery of positive stakeholder 
outcomes. A progress update of each KPI is 
provided annually in our ESG Report. 

Given this level of engagement with 
shareholders and other stakeholders, the 
Management and Supervisory Boards consider 
that they meet the requirements of Association 
of Investment Companies (‘AIC’) Code of 
Corporate Governance Principle 5D.

Share capital
The issued share capital of the Company is 

Annual Report 2023 

31

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsOperating and Financial Review continued

Cumulative dividend growth vs UK CPI
per cent

39.2

33.0

36.0

28.8

30.5

27.3

15.3

16.5

22.7

13.4

33.3

19.4

5.0

2.6

9.1

7.0

6.5

4.7

18.2

10.8

13.6

8.0

Dec 12

Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

Dec 16

Dec 17

Dec 18

Dec 19

Dec 20

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

Cumulative UK CPI growth since IPO (%)

Cumulative BBGI dividend growth since IPO (%)

714,876,637 ordinary shares of no-par value. All 
of the issued ordinary shares rank pari passu. 
During the year ended 31 December 2023, the 
Company issued 1,545,560 ordinary shares.

Voting rights
There are no special voting rights, restrictions, 
or other rights attached to the ordinary shares, 
nor are there any restrictions on the voting 
rights they carry.

Discount management
The Management Board actively monitor any 
discount to the NAV per share at which the 
ordinary shares may trade and report to the 
Supervisory Board on any such discount and to 
the extent appropriate, propose actions to 
mitigate this. 

Purchase of ordinary shares by the Company 
in the market 
In order to assist in the narrowing of any 
discount to the NAV at which the ordinary 
shares may trade from time to time and/or to 
reduce discount volatility, the Company may, 
subject to shareholder approval:

 – make market purchases of up to 14.99 per 
cent annually of its issued ordinary shares; 
and

 – make tender offers for ordinary shares.

No shares have been bought back during the 
year ended 31 December 2023. The most recent 
authority to purchase ordinary shares, which 
may be held in treasury or subsequently 
cancelled, was granted to the Company on 28 
April 2023. This authority expires on the date of 

the next Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) to be 
held on 30 April 2024, at which point the 
Company will propose to renew its authority to 
buy back ordinary shares.

Continuation vote
The Company’s Articles of Association (‘Articles’) 
require the Boards to offer a continuation vote 
to the Company’s shareholders at every second 
AGM to allow the Company to continue in its 
current form. On 28 April 2023, at the 
Company’s AGM, the shareholders voted 
unanimously for the continuation of the 
Company. In accordance with the Articles, a 
further continuation vote will be offered to 
shareholders at the AGM due to be held on 30 
April 2025.

William R. Bennett Bridge, Canada

32 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Valuation

The Management Board is responsible for carrying out the fair market valuation of the Company’s investments, which is then presented to the 
Supervisory Board for consideration as part of its approval of the Annual and Interim Reports. The valuation occurs semi-annually on 30 June and 31 
December and is reviewed by an independent third-party valuation expert. 

The Company’s investments are principally non-market traded investments with predictable long-term contracted revenue; therefore, the valuation is 
determined using the discounted cash flow methodology. Our forecast assumptions for key macroeconomic factors impacting cash flow include 
inflation rates and deposit rates, changes in tax legislation, and enacted changes in taxation rates during the reporting period. These assumptions are 
based on market data, publicly available economic forecasts, and long-term historical averages. We also exercise judgement in assessing the future 
cash flows from each investment, using detailed financial models produced by each Portfolio Company and adjusting these models, where necessary, 
to reflect our assumptions as well as any specific cash flow assumptions. The Company’s consolidated valuation is a sum-of-the-parts valuation with no 
further adjustments made to reflect scale, scarcity, or diversification of the overall portfolio.  

The fair value of each investment is then determined by applying an appropriate discount rate, alongside contracted foreign exchange rates, or 
reporting period-end foreign exchange rates, and withholding taxes (as applicable). 

The discount rates applied consider investment risks, including the phase of the investment (construction, ramp-up or stable operation), investment-
specific risks and opportunities, and country-specific factors. 

Our determination of appropriate discount rates involves judgement based on market knowledge, insights from investment and bidding activities, 
benchmark analysis with comparable companies and sectors, discussions with advisers and publicly available information. As a reasonability check to 
our market-based approach and providing further guidance to determine the appropriate market discount rates, the Company complements its 
market-based approach by using the capital asset pricing model (‘CAPM’) where government risk-free rates plus a risk premium are used to calibrate 
discount rates.

A sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions is provided further in this Valuation section.

The below illustrates the breakdown of movements in the NAV.

NAV movement 31 December 2022 to 31 December 2023
The NAV at 31 December 2023 was £1,056.6 million (31 December 2022: £1,069.2 million), representing a decrease of 1.2 per cent.

£m

1125

1075

1025

975

925

875

1,069.2

Net Asset
Value as at
31 December
2022

1,097.0

27.9

(90.9)

1,006.2

93.7

(41.0)

11.4

(23.3)

9.5

1,047.1

% change in NAV

8.8%

(3.8%)

1.1%

(2.2%)

Portfolio value
 31 December
2022

Distributions 
from
investments(ii)

Rebased 
opening portfolio 
value 1 January 
2023

Portfolio 
Return(iii)

Change 
in market
discount rate

Change in
macroeconomic
assumptions

Foreign 
exchange
net movement

Portfolio value
 31 December
2023

Add other 
net 
liabilities as at
31 December
2022(i)

1,056.6

Net Asset
Value as at
31 December
2023

Other 
net assets
as at
31 December
2023(i)

(i)  These figures represent the net assets of the Group after excluding the investments at fair value through profit or loss (‘Investments at FVPL’) and the net position on currency hedging instruments. 

Refer to the Pro Forma Balance Sheet in the Financial Results section of this Annual Report for further detail. 

(ii)  While distributions from Investments at FVPL reduce the portfolio value, there is no impact on the Company’s NAV as the effect of the reduction in the portfolio value is offset by the receipt of cash 

at the consolidated Group level. Distributions in the above table are shown net of withholding tax.

(iii) Portfolio return comprises the unwinding of the discount rate, portfolio performance, the net effect of actual inflation, and updated operating assumptions to reflect current expectations.

Key drivers for NAV change
The rebased opening portfolio value, after cash distributions from investments of £90.9 million, was £1,006.2 million. 

Portfolio return consists of several components, including the unwinding of the discount rate, portfolio performance, the net effect of 
actual inflation, and updated operating assumptions:
During the period, the Company recognised a £93.7 million portfolio return, representing an 8.8 per cent increase in the NAV resulting from the 
unwinding of discount rates, and portfolio performance, which reflects current expectations based on the Company’s hands-on active asset 
management. As the portfolio moves closer to forecasted investment distribution dates, the time value of those cash flows increases on a net present 
value basis and this effect is called unwinding. £18.5 million of the £93.7 million is attributable to value enhancements delivered by our active asset 
management approach. These value-accretive activities included effective lifecycle cost management, Portfolio Company savings, change order 
revenue, tax and treasury management and optimised cash reserving.

Change in market discount rates:
The Company has increased the weighted average discount rate to 7.3 per cent (31 December 2022: 6.9 per cent), which the Management Board 
believes to be appropriate for a portfolio of availability-style social infrastructure investments. This increase resulted in a reduction of £41.0 million, 
representing a 3.8 per cent decrease in the NAV. 

To determine the appropriate discount rate for each jurisdiction, the Company employs its judgement using a multifaceted approach; combining, 
transactional analysis, benchmarking with comparable companies and sectors, discussions with advisers in the relevant markets, and utilising publicly 
available information. Complementing this approach when there is reduced market transaction data, is the CAPM, which integrates government 

Annual Report 2023 

33

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsValuation continued

e
t
a
r

t
n
u
o
c
s
i
D

10%

9%

8%

7%

6%

5%

4%

3%

2%

1%

Average discount rates(i)

8.6% 8.4% 8.6% 8.6% 8.5% 8.5% 8.5%

8.4% 8.4% 8.4%

8.5%

7.9% 8.0%

7.4% 7.5%

8.2% 8.1% 7.9% 7.8%

7.6% 7.5% 7.4%

7.2% 7.2% 7.1% 7.1% 7.0%

6.8%

6.6% 6.6% 6.6%

6.9%

7.2% 7.3%

%
7
2

.

%
1
3

.

%
3
3

.

%
5
4

.

%
3
4

.

%
3
4

.

%
7
4

.

%
7
4

.

%
7
4

.

%
7
5

.

%
9
5

.

%
9
5

.

%
2
5

.

%
9
4

.

%
3
5

.

%
8
5

.

%
5
5

.

%
5
5

.

%
1
6

.

%
4
5

.

%
4
5

.

%
3
5

.

%
1
5

.

%
2
5

.

%
6
5

.

%
5
5

.

%
2
6

.

%
9
5

.

%
1
5

.

%
1
5

.

%
6
3

.

%
1
3

.

%
4
3

.

%
7
3

.

%
8
4

.

%
3
4

.

%
6
4

.

%
5
3

.

%
1
4

.

%
3
4

.

%
8
3

.

%
8
3

.

%
9
3

.

%
9
2

.

%
6
2

.

%
7
2

.

%
2
3

.

%
5
3

.

%
1
3

.

%
3
2

.

%
5
2

.

%
4
2

.

%
7
1

.

%
2
2

.

%
1
2

.

%
1
2

.

%
1
2

.

%
0
2

.

%
5
1

.

%
5
1

.

%
8
0

.

%
9
0

.

%
5
1

.

%
5
1

.

%
0
3

.

%
8
3

.

%
8
3

.

%
6
3

.

Jun
07

Dec
07

Jun
08

Dec
08

Jun
09

Dec
09

Jun
10

Dec
10

Jun
11

Dec
11

Jun
12

Dec
12

Jun
13

Dec
13

Jun
14

Dec
14

Jun
15

Dec
15

Jun
16

Dec
16

Jun
17

Dec
17

Jun
18

Dec
18

Jun
19

Dec
19

Jun
20

Dec
20

Jun
21

Dec
21

Jun
22

Dec
22

Jun
23

Dec
23

Weighted average risk free government bonds (ii)

Risk premium

(i)  Sector average from listed peers for the period from Dec-2007 until Dec-2010 and the BBGI discount rate from Dec-2011.
(ii)  Based on the weighted geographical breakdown of BBGI portfolio as at each valuation period; considering the following 

securities yield rates: Canadian Government Debt – 20 Years, UK Government Debt – 20 Years, Australian Government Debt – 
15 Years, US Treasury Bond – 30 Years, German Government – 20 Years, Norway Swap Rate - 10 Years and Netherlands 
Government Debt – 20 Years.  

risk-free rates and a risk premium, with 
adjustments made to account for observed 
volatility in risk-free rates during the year. 

While there is no direct correlation between 
government bond yields and the risk premium 
on the one hand and market discount rates on 
the other, the risk premium is a useful 
additional data point. 

Transaction volumes showed an increase in the 
first half of 2023 compared to the latter half of 
2022, but slowed in the second half of 2023, 
and whilst at subdued levels, still provided 
relevant market data. During the first half of 
2023, we obtained at least one relevant 
transactional data point for each currency in 
which we invest, except for the Norwegian 
krone. The CAPM analysis acts as a reasonability 
check, providing guidance for potential 
discount rate adjustments in instances where 
transaction data is more limited. 

The period saw ongoing macroeconomic 
uncertainty, marked by significant volatility in 
government bond yields between December 
2022 and December 2023, ultimately closing at 
or below the levels observed in December 2022. 
These fluctuations contributed to a cautious 
environment in the infrastructure secondaries 
market as mentioned above. 

Individual risk-free rates have generally closed 
at or below the December 2022 rates, resulting 
in a reduction in the weighted average risk-free 
rate to 3.6 per cent (31 December 2022: 3.8 per 
cent). The decision to increase the discount rate 
to 7.3 per cent on a weighted average basis 
represents a risk premium of approximately 3.7 
per cent. 

A risk premium of 3.7 per cent is within historic 
ranges. The Management Board believes this to 
be appropriate for the Company’s investment 
portfolio, particularly considering the 
heightened macroeconomic volatility observed 
during the period.

Going forward, the Company is confident that 
investment demand for stable and resilient 
social infrastructure assets, offering long-term, 
predictable and inflation-linked cash flows, will 
remain strong. 

Specific discount rates consider risks associated 
with the investment including the phase the 
investment is in, such as construction, ramp-up 
or stable operation, investment-specific risks 
and opportunities, and country-specific factors. 
For investments in the construction phase, we 
apply a risk premium to reflect the higher-risk 
inherent during this stage of the investment’s 
lifecycle. Currently, the portfolio has one 
investment in the ramp-up phase, Highway 104, 
which represents approximately 0.6 per cent of 
the overall portfolio value. 

Furthermore, we have applied risk premiums or 
discounts to a limited number of other 
investments based on their individual 
circumstances. For example, we have adjusted 
acute care hospitals in the UK, where a risk 
premium of 50bps continues to be applied. The 
only UK acute care hospital in the portfolio is 
Gloucester Royal Hospital, representing less 
than 1 per cent of the overall NAV. This risk 
premium reflects the ongoing situation in the 
UK, where some public health clients are facing 
cost pressures and are actively seeking cost 
savings, including deductions. To date, BBGI has 
not been affected. 

GBP/

AUD

CAD

EUR

NOK

USD

Valuation 
impact

FX rates as of 
31 December 2023

FX rates as of 
31 December 2022

1.8690

1.6871

1.1532

12.9571

1.2731

1.7743

1.6386

1.1298

11.9150

1.2097

FX rate 
change

(5.34%)

(2.96%)

(2.07%)

(8.75%)

(5.24%)

34 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Change in macroeconomic assumptions:
During the period, the Company recognised an 
increase in the portfolio value of £11.4 million, or 
a 1.1 per cent increase in the NAV, attributed to 
changes in macroeconomic assumptions. The 
primary drivers of this increase included positive 
revisions to short-term and long-term deposit 
rate assumptions, as well as inflation assumptions. 
These positive revisions were partially offset by 
the negative effect of proposed changes in 
Canadian tax legislation.  

Short-term and long-term deposit rates 
accounted for £25.7 million of this increase. 
Short-term deposit rates have risen in conjunction 
with the increase in underlying benchmark rates 
and are expected to remain at elevated levels in 
most jurisdictions. We also believe it appropriate 
to update some of our long-term deposit rate 
assumptions to reflect the current rate 
environment, bringing them in line with long-
term averages. The effect of revised deposit rate 
assumptions resulted in a £25.7 million, or a 2.4 
per cent increase in NAV.

The net effect of changes to inflation forecasts 
represented a further increase of £4.2 million. 

The final legislation of the Canadian excessive 
interest and financing expenses limitation rules 
(‘EIFEL’) were released in late 2023 (see the risk 
section for further details). These rules are 
expected to have an additional negative impact 
of £16.3 million on the Company’s Canadian 
portfolio, adding to the £9.8m provision taken in 
FY2022. As a result, the Company’s NAV at 31 
December 2023 fully reflects the expected impact 
of the final legislation. 

Foreign exchange:
A significant proportion of the Company’s 
underlying investments are denominated in 
currencies other than Sterling. The Company 
maintains its accounts, prepares the valuation and 
pays dividends in Sterling. Accordingly, 
fluctuations in exchange rates between Sterling 
and the relevant local currencies will affect the 
value of the Company’s underlying investments. 

The forecasted distributions from investments are 
converted to Sterling at either the contracted 
foreign exchange rate, for 100 per cent of 
non-Sterling and non-Euro-denominated cash 
flows forecasted to be received over the next four 
years, or at the closing foreign exchange rate for 
the unhedged future cash flows. 

During the period ended 31 December 2023, the 
appreciation of Sterling (‘GBP’) against the 
Canadian Dollar (‘CAD’), Australian Dollar (‘AUD’), 
the Euro (‘EUR’), the US Dollar (‘USD’), and the 
Norwegian Krone (‘NOK’) accounted for a net 
decrease in the portfolio value of £23.3 million. 
Since IPO in December 2011, the net cumulative 
effect of foreign exchange movements on the 
portfolio value, after considering the effect of 
balance sheet hedging, has been an increase of 
£2.0 million, or 0.2 per cent of the 31 December 
2023 NAV.

 
Valuation continued

The table below shows the closing exchange 
rates, which were used to convert unhedged 
future cash flows into the reporting currency at 
31 December 2023.

Although the closing rate is the required 
conversion rate to use for the unhedged future 
cash flows, it is not necessarily representative of 
future exchange rates as it reflects a specific 

point in time.

The Group uses forward currency swaps to (i) 
hedge 100 per cent of forecasted cash flows 
over the next four years on an annual rolling 
basis, and (ii) to implement balance sheet 
hedging in order to limit the decrease in the 
NAV to approximately three per cent, for a ten 
per cent adverse movement in foreign 

exchange rates11.  This is achieved by hedging a 
portion of the non-Sterling and non-Euro 
portfolio value.  Forecasted distributions in Euro 
are not hedged, as a natural hedge is in place 
due to a significant portion of the running costs 
incurred at the consolidated level being 
denominated in Euro. The effect of the 
Company’s hedging strategy can also be 
expressed as a theoretical or implicit portfolio 

Macroeconomic assumptions 
In addition to the discount rates, we use the following assumptions (‘Assumptions’) for the cash flows:

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Inflation

UK(i) RPI/CPIH

5.20% (actual) for 2023; 3.80% for 2024 then 3.00% 
(RPI) / 2.25% (CPIH)

13.40% (actual) for 2022; 5.80% for 2023 then 2.75% 
(RPI) / 2.00% (CPIH)

Canada

Australia

3.90% (actual) for 2023; 2.50% for 2024; 2.10% for 2025 
then 2.00%

6.30% (actual) for 2022; 4.00% for 2023; 2.30% for 2024 
then 2.0%

4.50% for 2023; 3.50% for 2024 3.00% for 2025 then 
2.50%

8.00% for 2022; 4.75% for 2023; 3.25% for 2024 then 
2.50%

Germany(ii)

3.70% (actual) for 2023; 2.70% for 2024; 2.10% for 2025 
then 2.00%

8.40% for 2022; 6.30% for 2023; 3.40% for 2024 then 
2.00%

Netherlands(ii)

3.80% (actual) for 2023; 2.70% for 2024; 2.10% for 2025 
then 2.00%

8.40% for 2022; 6.30% for 2023; 3.40% for 2024 then 
2.00%

Norway(ii)

4.80% (actual) for 2023; 4.50% for 2024; 2.50% for 2025 
then 2.25%

5.90% (actual) for 2022; 4.90% for 2023 then 2.25%

US

UK

3.40% (actual) for 2023 then 2.50%

6.50% (actual) for 2022; 3.40% for 2023 then 2.50%

4.50% to Q4 2024 then 2.50%

2.00% to Q4 2024 then 1.50%

Canada

4.75% to Q4 2024 then 2.50%

3.50% to Q4 2024 then 1.75%

Australia 

4.75% to Q4 2024 then 3.50% 

3.25% to Q4 2024 then 3.00% 

Germany/ 
Netherlands

3.25% to Q4 2024 then 2.00%

0.50% to Q4 2024 then 1.00%

Norway

4.75% to Q4 2024 then 2.75%

2.00% to Q4 2024 then 2.00%

US

UK

4.50% to Q4 2024, then 2.50%

3.75% to Q4 2024, then 1.50%

25.00%

19.00% until March 2023 then 25.00%

Canada(iii)

23.00% / 26.50% / 27.00% / 29.00%

23.00% / 26.50% / 27.00% / 29.00%

Deposit 
rates  
(p.a.)

Corporate  
tax rates  
(p.a.)

Australia 

30.00%

Germany(iv)

15.83% 

Netherlands

25.80% 

Norway

22.00%

US

21.00%

30.00%

15.83% 

25.80% 

22.00%

21.00%

(i) On 25 November 2020, the UK Government announced the phasing out of the Retail Price Index (‘RPI’) after 2030 to be replaced with the Consumer Prices Index including owner occupiers 

Housing costs (‘CPIH’). The Company’s UK portfolio indexation factor changes from RPI to CPIH beginning on 1 January 2031. 

(ii) Consumer Price Index (‘CPI’) indexation only. Where investments are subject to a basket of indices, a projection for non-CPI indices is used.
(iii) Individual tax rates vary among Canadian provinces: Alberta; Ontario; Quebec; Northwest Territories; Saskatchewan; British Columbia; New Brunswick. 
(iv) Including solidarity charge; individual local trade tax rates are considered in addition to the tax rate above. 

11  Based on the portfolio composition on the date the balance sheet hedge contracts are entered into.

Annual Report 2023 

35

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsValuation continued

Sensitivities

Discount rate +/- 1%

Inflation rate -/+ 1%

Inflation rate +2% for 3 years

Inflation rate +2% for 1 year

Foreign Exchange +/- 10%

Combined -1% inflation, deposit rates, 
and discount rates

Combined +1% inflation, deposit rates, 
and discount rates

Lifecycle costs +/- 10%

Deposit rate -/+ 1%

Corporate tax rate +/- 1%

Refinancing – 
senior debt rate + 1%

GDP -/+ 0.5%

Expressed as % of NAV

(7.3%)

8.4%

(3.9%)

4.3%

1.1%

2.9%

2.9%

(2.9%)

1.9%

2.2%

2.0%

1.1%

(1.5%)

(2.4%)

(2.1%)

(1.2%)

(0.8%)

0.0%

Positive change in variable

Negative change in variable

(10%)

(8%)

(6%)

(4%)

(2%)

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

allocation to Sterling exposure. In other words, 
on an unhedged basis, the portfolio allocation 
to Sterling exposure at 31 December 2023 
would need to be approximately 72 per cent to 
obtain the same NAV sensitivity to a ten per 
cent adverse change in foreign exchange rates, 
as shown in the foreign exchange sensitivity 
table below. 

Macroeconomic events 
The quality and predictability of portfolio cash 
flows has come into sharper focus given 
uncertainty in the markets generally and 
continued elevated inflation levels. Against this 
backdrop, the Company is well-positioned 
through its high-quality inflation linkage, which 
is achieved through annually updated 
contractual indexation in the Company’s Project 
Agreements. 

Additionally, there has been no material adverse 
effect on the portfolio valuation resulting from 
current global conflicts. This is primarily because 
the Company holds a low-risk portfolio with 
contracted cash flows, coupled with strong 
stakeholder collaboration to identify and 
mitigate any potential adverse effects.

Decrease by 1% to c. 
6.3%

£88.3 million, i.e. 
8.4%

(i)  Based on the weighted average rate of 7.3 per cent.

Inflation has increased in all jurisdictions across 
Inflation has increased in all jurisdictions across 
BBGI’s geographies, and interest rates have 
risen from historical lows, although in some 
jurisdictions these trends have reversed over 
the period. Should long-term interest rates 
change substantially further, this is likely to 
further affect discount rates, and as a result, 
impact portfolio valuation.

Combined sensitivity: inflation, deposit rates 
and discount rates
It is reasonable to assume that macroeconomic 
movements would affect discount rates, deposit 
rates and inflation rates, and not be isolated to 
one variable. To illustrate the effect of this 
combined movement on the Company’s NAV, 
two scenarios were created assuming a one 
percentage point change in the weighted 
average discount rate, and a one percentage 
point change in both deposit and inflation rates 
above the macroeconomic assumptions. 

Discount rate sensitivity
The weighted average discount rate applied to 
the Company’s portfolio of investments is the 
single most important judgement and variable. 

Combined sensitivity: 
inflation, deposit rates 
and discount rates

Increase by 1%  

The following table shows the sensitivity of the 
NAV to a change in the discount rate. 

Decrease by 1%  

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

£(16.3) million, i.e. 
(1.5)%

£19.9 million, i.e. 
1.9%

Discount rate 
sensitivity(i)

Change in NAV  

31 December 2023

Increase by 1% to c. 
8.3% 

£(77.0) million, i.e. 
(7.3)%

Inflation sensitivity
The Company’s investments are contractually 
entitled to receive contracted revenue streams 
from public sector clients, which are typically 
adjusted every year for inflation. Facilities 

36 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

management subcontractors for 
accommodation investments and operating and 
maintenance subcontractors for transport 
investments have similar indexation 
arrangements. The portfolio cash flows are 
positively linked with inflation (e.g. RPI, CPI, or a 
basket of indices). 

This inflation linkage is achieved through 
contractual indexation mechanics in the various 
Project Agreements with the public sector 
clients at the Portfolio Companies and the 
inflation adjustment updated at least annually. 

Inflation sensitivity
The table below shows the sensitivity of the 
NAV to a change in inflation rates compared to 
the assumptions in the table above:

Inflation sensitivity

Inflation +1%

Inflation −1%

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

£45.4 million, i.e. 
4.3%

£(40.9) million, i.e. 
(3.9)%

Short-term inflation sensitivity
Inflation may continue to be elevated for the 
short-term before diminishing. To illustrate the 
effect of persistent higher short-term inflation 
on the Company’s NAV, two scenarios were 
created assuming inflation is two percentage 
points above our assumptions for the next one 
and three years.

Short-term inflation 
sensitivity

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

Inflation +2% for 
one year

£11.7 million, i.e. 
1.1%

Valuation continued

Inflation +2% for 
three years

£30.7 million, i.e. 
2.9%

Foreign exchange sensitivity
As described above, a significant proportion of 
the Company’s underlying investments are 
denominated in currencies other than Sterling. 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the 
NAV to a change in foreign exchange rates:

Foreign exchange 
sensitivity(i)

Increase by 10%

Decrease by 10%

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

£(30.8) million, i.e. 
(2.9)%

£31.1 million, i.e. 
2.9%

(i) Sensitivity in comparison to the spot foreign exchange rates 
as at 31 December 2023 and considering the contractual 
and natural hedges in place, derived by applying a ten per 
cent increase or decrease to the Sterling/foreign currency 
rate. 

Deposit rate sensitivity
Portfolio Companies typically have cash 
deposits that are required to be maintained as 
part of the senior debt funding requirements 
(e.g. six-month debt service reserve accounts 
and maintenance reserve accounts). The asset 
cash flows are positively correlated with the 
deposit rates. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the 
NAV to a percentage point change in long-term 
deposit rates compared to the long-term 
assumptions in the table above: 

Deposit rate 
sensitivity

Deposit rate +1%

Deposit rate −1%

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

£21.0 million, i.e. 
2.0%

£(21.7) million, i.e. 
(2.1)%

Lifecycle costs sensitivity
Lifecycle costs are the cost of planned 
interventions or replacing material parts of an 
asset to maintain it over the concession term. 
They involve larger items that are not covered 
by routine maintenance and, for roads, will 
include items such as replacement of asphalt, 
rehabilitation of surfaces, or replacement of 
equipment. Lifecycle obligations are generally 
passed down to the facility maintenance 
provider, except for transportation investments, 
where these obligations are typically retained 
by the Portfolio Company.

Of the 56 investments in the portfolio, 20 
investments retain the lifecycle obligations. The 
remaining 36 investments have this obligation 
passed down to the subcontractor. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the 
NAV to a change in lifecycle costs:

Lifecycle costs 
sensitivity(i)

Increase by 10%

Decrease by 10%

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

£(24.9) million, i.e. 
(2.4)%

£22.8 million, i.e. 
2.2%

(i) Sensitivity applied to the 20 investments in the portfolio 

that retain the lifecycle obligation i.e. the obligation is not 
passed down to the subcontractor. 

Corporate tax rate sensitivity 
The profits of each Portfolio Company are 
subject to corporation tax in the country where 
the Portfolio Company is located. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the 
NAV to a change in corporate tax rates 
compared to the assumptions in the table 
above: 

Corporate tax rate 
sensitivity

Tax rate +1%

Tax rate −1%

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

£(12.2) million, i.e. 
(1.2)%

£12.0 million, i.e. 
1.1%

Refinancing: senior debt rate sensitivity 
Assumptions are used where a refinancing of 
senior debt is required for an investment during 
the remaining investment concession term. 
There is a risk that such assumptions may not 
be achieved. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the 
NAV to a one percentage point increase in the 
forecasted debt rate. 

Senior debt 
refinancing sensitivity

Change in NAV 31 
December 2023

Debt rate +1%

£(7.9) million, i.e. 
(0.8)%

Refinancing sensitivity relates to the Northern 
Territory Secure Facilities, as it is common 
practice in the Australian infrastructure market 
to have senior debt durations that are typically 
between five and seven years. We assume three 
refinancings for the Northern Territory Secure 
Facilities, between the fourth quarter of 2025 
and the fourth quarter of 2038. Long-term 
interest rate hedges fully mitigate base rate risk, 
leaving exposure only to potential changes in 
margin.

Gross Domestic Product sensitivity 
Our portfolio is not sensitive to movements in 
GDP.

The principal risks faced by the Group and the 
mitigants in place are outlined in the Risk section.

Key Portfolio Company and portfolio  
cash flow Assumptions underlying the  
NAV calculation include:

The discount rates and the Assumptions, as 
set out above, continue to be applicable. 

The updated financial models used for the 
valuation accurately reflect the terms of all 
agreements relating to the Portfolio 
Companies and represent a fair and 
reasonable estimation of future cash flows 
accruing to the Portfolio Companies.

Cash flows from and to the Portfolio 
Companies are received and made at the 
times anticipated.

Non-UK investments are valued in local 
currency and converted to Sterling at either 
the period-end spot foreign exchange rates 
or the contracted foreign exchange rate.

Where the operating costs of the Portfolio 
Companies are contractually fixed, such 
contracts are performed according to 
terms, and where such costs are not fixed, 
they remain within the current forecasts in 
the valuation models.

Where lifecycle costs/risks are borne by the 
Portfolio Companies, they remain in line with 
current forecasts in the valuation models.

Contractual payments to the Portfolio 
Companies remain on track and contracts 
with public sector or public sector-backed 
counterparties are not terminated before 
their contractual expiry date.

Any deductions or abatements during the 
operations period of Portfolio Companies 
are passed down to subcontractors under 
contractual arrangements or are part of the 
planned (lifecycle) forecasts. 

Changes to the concession period for 
certain investments are realised.

In cases where the Portfolio Companies 
have contracts which are in the construction 
phase, they are either completed on time or 
any delay costs are borne by the 
construction contractors.

Enacted tax rates, enacted regulatory 
changes, or expected regulatory changes 
with a high probability, on or prior to this 
reporting period-end with a future effect 
materially impacting cash flow forecasts, 
are reflected in the financial models.  

In forming the above assessments, BBGI uses its 
judgement and works with our Portfolio 
Company management teams, as well as using 
due diligence information from, or working 
with, suitably qualified third parties such as 
technical, legal, tax and insurance advisers. 

Annual Report 2023 

37

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsFinancial Results

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2023 are in the Financial Statements section of this Annual 
Report.

Basis of accounting
We have prepared the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards accounting standards 
(‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’). In accordance with IFRS, the Company qualifies as an Investment Entity and, as such, does not 
consolidate its investments in subsidiaries that qualify as investments at fair value through profit or loss. Certain subsidiaries that are not Investments at 
FVPL, but instead provide investment-related services or activities that relate to the investment activities of the Group, are consolidated. As an 
Investment Entity, the Company recognises distributions from Investments at FVPL as a reduction in their carrying value. These distributions reduce the 
estimated future cash flows which are used to determine the fair value of the Investments at FVPL. The accounting principles applied are in line with 
those principles applied in the prior year reporting. 

Income and costs 

Pro forma Income Statement
Investment Basis

Income from Investments at FVPL(i)

Other operating income

Operating income

Administrative expenses

Other operating expenses(i)

Net finance result

Net gain/(loss) on balance sheet hedging(i)

Profit before tax

Tax expense – net

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive income

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Year ended
31 Dec 23
£ million

Year ended
31 Dec 22
£ million

44.5

1.4

45.9

(12.1)

(1.1)

(2.5)

13.4

43.6

(3.3)

40.3

(0.8)

39.5

5.6

154.0

0.1

154.1

(11.7)

(5.3)

(2.0)

(12.6)

122.5

(3.5)

119.0

(0.5)

118.5

16.7

(i) Prior year comparative figures have been reclassified to ensure consistency with the current year's presentation.  The realised gain or loss on the settlement of cash flow hedges is presented under Other operating income (expenses), and balance sheet 

hedging is presented under Net gain(loss) on balance sheet hedging. The unrealised components on the marked-to-market of the cash flow and balance sheet hedges are included under Income from Investments at FVPL. This reclassification does not change 

the previously reported profit for the year nor the prior period NAV. 

During the year, the Group recognised income from Investments at FVPL of £44.5 million (31 December 2022: £154.0 million). This income comprises 
the following components:

Investment Basis

Discount unwinding

Change in market discount rate

Value enhancements

Change in macroeconomic assumptions

Net movement on foreign exchange

Others

Income from investments at FVPL

Year ended
31 Dec 23
£ million

Year ended
31 Dec 22
£ million

75.2

(41.0)

18.5

11.4

(23.3)

3.7

44.5

67.8

(28.5)

13.8

60.7

37.1

3.1

154.0

Administrative expenses include personnel expenses, legal and professional fees, and office and administration expenses. For more details, refer to the 
Group Level Corporate Cost analysis provided on the next page.

38 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Financial Results continued

Group Level Corporate Cost Analysis
The table below is prepared on an accrual basis.

Personnel expenses 

Legal and professional fees

Office and administration

Acquisition-related costs

Corporate costs

Year ended
31 Dec 23
£ million

Year ended
31 Dec 22
£ million

8.0 

2.7 

1.4 

0.1 

7.9 

2.6 

1.2 

0.6 

12.2 

12.3

Acquisition-related costs incurred for the year amounted to £0.1 million (31 December 2022: £0.6 million), and include unsuccessful bid costs of £0.1 
million (31 December 2022: less than £0.1 million).

Taxes
Taxes for the year ended 31 December 2023 totalled £3.3 million (31 December 2022: £3.5 million).  This includes withholding taxes from the countries 
of origin for certain portfolio distributions received by consolidated entities, the Company’s annual subscription tax and both current and deferred 
taxes of the consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company, being an undertaking for collective investment in Luxembourg, is exempt from corporate income tax and instead incurs a 0.05 per cent 
annual subscription tax on its total net assets. As a SICAV, it is not liable for capital gains or income taxes. Taxes on all other consolidated subsidiaries 
adhere to the rates applicable in their respective jurisdictions.

Net finance result

Finance costs on loan and borrowings 

Interest income on bank deposits

Net finance result

Year ended
31 Dec 23
£ million

Year ended
31 Dec 22
£ million

3.1 

(0.6) 

2.5

2.2

(0.2)

2.0

The net finance result for the year amounted to £2.5 million (31 December 2022: £2.0 million).  This figure includes borrowing costs, commitment fees, 
and other related fees associated with the RCF. As of 31 December 2023, the Group had no outstanding borrowings under the RCF.

Ongoing Charges
The Ongoing Charges (‘OGC’) percentage presented in the table below is prepared in accordance with the AIC recommended methodology, latest update 
published in April 2022.

Ongoing Charges Information

Ongoing Charges (using AIC recommended methodology)

Year ended
31 Dec 23
£ million

Year ended
31 Dec 22
£ million

0.93%

0.87%

In accordance with the AIC recommended methodology, fees that are linked to investment performance could be viewed as analogous to performance 
fees paid by externally-managed investment companies and should therefore be excluded from the principal OGC calculation. 

Fees directly linked to investment performance recorded in 2023 as a percentage of average NAV were 0.11 per cent (2022: 0.09 per cent). Combined, 
the aggregate of Ongoing Charges plus investment performance fees was 1.04 per cent in the year (2022: 0.96 per cent). 

Annual Report 2023 

39

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsFinancial Results continued

The table below provides a reconciliation of Ongoing Charges and the Ongoing Charges Percentage to the administrative expenses under IFRS.

Corporate costs to 31 December 

Less:  Non-recurring costs as per AIC guidelines

Non-recurring professional and external advisory costs 

Non-recurring personnel costs

Acquisition-related advisory costs

Compensation linked to investment performance

Recurring costs per AIC guidelienes(i)

Divided by: 
Average undiluted Investment Basis NAV for 2023

(average of 31 December 2023: £1,056.6 million and 30 June 2023: £1,056.7 million)

Ongoing Charges percentage(i)

(i)  Figures reported are based on actual results rather than the rounded figures presented in this table.

Movement in net cash / debt

Net cash/(debt) at the beginning of the year

Distributions from Investments at FVPL(i) 

Dividends paid

Net cash flows used in operating activities

Additional Investments at FVPL and other assets

Realised hedging gain/(loss) on investing activities

Impact of foreign exchange movements 

Net cash/(debt) at the end of the year

Year ended  
31 Dec 23 
£ million 
(except %)

Year ended  
31 Dec 22 
£ million 
(except %)

12.2

12.3

(0.6)

(0.5)

(0.1)

9.8

(0.6)

(0.8)

(0.6)

9.3

1,056.7

0.93%

1,069.0

0.87%

Year ended
31 Dec 23
£ million

Year ended
31 Dec 22
£ million

(26.3)

94.5 

(53.5) 

(19.4)

–

13.4

1.0

9.7

26.9

96.3 

(51.7) 

(20.3)

(64.5)

(12.6)

(0.4) 

(26.3)

(i)  Distributions from Investment at FVPL are shown gross of withholding tax. The associated withholding tax outflow is included in ‘Net cash flows used in operating activities’.

The Group's portfolio of investments continued to perform strongly over the year, with gross distributions ahead of forecast. 

During the year, the Company made a total repayment of £71.4 million on the RCF and had no drawdowns outstanding as at 31 December 2023. All 
drawdowns relating to the previous year’s John Hart and the A7 portfolio acquisitions were repaid in full by utilising free cash flow generated by the 
Group’s operations.

Refer to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for further details on cash flows during the year ended 31 December 2023. 

Cash dividend cover
For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Group achieved a cash dividend cover ratio of 1.40x (year ended 31 December 2022: 1.47x) calculated as 
follows:

Distributions from Investments at FVPL

Less: Net cash flows used in operating activities

Net distributions

Divided by: Cash dividends paid

Cash dividend cover (ratio)

40 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

31 Dec 2023  
£ million 
(except ratio)

31 Dec 2022 
£ million 
(except ratio)

94.5

(19.4)

75.1

53.5

1.40x

96.3

(20.3)

76.0

51.7

1.47x

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Results continued

The strong cash dividend coverage for the year was underpinned by BBGI’s contracted, high-quality inflation-linked portfolio cash flows. We are 
reconfirming our progressive dividend policy and we expect our dividend target for 2024 of 8.40pps to be fully covered.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet

Investment Basis

Investments at FVPL

Trade and other receivables 

Other assets and liabilities 

Net cash (debt)

NAV attributable to ordinary shares

Three-year comparative of Investment Basis NAV

NAV (millions)

NAV per share (pence)

31 Dec 2023
£ million

31 Dec 2022
£ million

1,047.1

1,097.0

0.9

(1.1)

9.7

0.9

(2.4)

(26.3)

1,056.6

1,069.2

31 Dec 23

31 Dec 22

31 Dec 21

1,056.6

147.8

1,069.2

149.9

1,001.6

140.7

The NAV decreased by 1.2 per cent to £1,056.6 million at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: £1,069.2 million), and by 1.4 per cent on an NAV per 
share basis. The NAV per share is calculated by dividing the NAV by the number of Company shares issued and outstanding at the end of the reporting 
period. This information presents the residual claim of each shareholder to the net assets of the Group.

Annual Report 2023 

41

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsAlternative Performance Measures (‘APM’)

APM is understood as a financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows, other than a financial measure 
defined or specified under IFRS. The Group reports a selection of APM as summarised in the table below and as used throughout this Annual Report. 
The Management Board believes that these APM provide additional information that may be useful to the users of this Annual Report.

The APM presented here should supplement the information presented in the Financial Statement section of this Annual Report. The APM used are not 
measures of performance or liquidity under IFRS and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of profit, or as an indicator 
of the Group’s operating performance or cash flows from operating activities, as determined in accordance with IFRS.

APM

Explanation

Annualised total 
NAV return per 
share

On a compounded annual growth rate basis. This represents the steady state 
annual growth rate based on the NAV per share at 31 December 2023 assuming 
dividends declared since IPO in December 2011 have been reinvested. 

Annualised Total 
Shareholder 
Return Since IPO 
(‘Annualised TSR’)

On a compounded annual growth rate basis. This represents the steady state 
annual growth rate based on share price as at 31 December 2023, assuming 
dividends declared since IPO in December 2011 have been reinvested. 
Investment performance can be assessed by comparing this figure to the seven 
per cent to eight per cent TSR target set at IPO.

Asset availability

Calculated as a percentage of actual availability payments received, as a 
percentage of scheduled availability fee payments. The Company targets a rate in 
excess of 98 per cent. A high asset availability rate can be viewed as a proxy to 
strong underlying asset performance.

Cash dividend 
cover ratio

The cash dividend cover ratio is a multiple that divides the total net cash 
generated in the period (available for distribution to investors) by the total cash 
dividends paid in the period based on the cash flow from operating activities 
under IFRS. A high cash dividend cover ratio reduces the risk that the Group will 
not be able to continue making fully covered dividend payments.

Inflation linkage

Represents the contractual, index-linked provisions, which adjust annually to 
provide a positive and high-quality link to inflation. The measure represents the 
increase in portfolio returns if inflation is one percentage point higher than our 
modelled assumptions for all future periods. Under current assumptions, the 
expected portfolio return would increase from 7.3 per cent to 7.8 per cent for a 
one percentage point increase to our inflation assumptions. 

Net cash/(debt)

This amount, when considered in conjunction with the available commitment 
under the Group’s RCF (unutilised RCF amount of £228.9 million as at 31 
December 2023), is an indicator of the Group’s ability to meet financial 
commitments, to pay dividends, and to undertake acquisitions. 

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

8.6%

9.1%

7.6%

8.8%

99.9%

99.9%

1.40x

1.47x

0.5%

0.5%

£9.7 million

£(26.3) million

Ongoing charges

Represents the estimated reduction or drag on shareholder returns as a result of 
recurring operational expenses incurred in managing the Group’s consolidated 
entities and provides an indication of the level of recurring costs likely to be 
incurred in managing the Group in the future. 

0.93%

0.87%

Target dividend

Represents the forward-looking target dividend per share. These are targets 
only and are not a profit forecast. There can be no assurance that these targets 
will be met or that the Company will make any distribution at all.

8.40 for 2024; 
8.57 for 2025 

7.93 for 2023; 
8.40 for 2024; 
8.57 for 2025

Ten-year beta

Calculated using the FTSE All-Share, ten-year data representing the ten years 
preceding 31 December 2023. This performance measure demonstrates the level 
of volatility of the Company’s shares in comparison to the wider equity market.

0.28

0.24

Total Shareholder 
Return since IPO 
(‘TSR’)

The TSR combines share price appreciation and dividends paid since IPO in 
December 2011 to represent the total return to the shareholder expressed as a 
percentage. This is based on share price at 31 December 2023 and after adding 
back dividends paid or declared since IPO. 

141.1%

152.6%

Weighted average 
portfolio life

Represents the weighted average, by value, of the remaining individual project 
concession lengths. Calculated by reference to the existing portfolio at 31 
December 2023, assuming no future portfolio additions.  

19.3

20.2

12  Calculated using the Morningstar methodology.

42 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Reconciliation of Investment Basis to IFRS

Reconciliation of Consolidated Income Statement 

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Income from Investments at FVPL(i)

Other operating income(ii)

Operating income

Administrative expenses

Other operating expenses(ii)

Net finance result

Net gain/(loss) on balance sheet hedging(ii)

Profit before tax

Tax expense – net

Profit from continuing operations

Investment 
Basis
£ million

44.5

1.4

45.9

(12.1)

(1.1)

(2.5)

13.4

43.6

(3.3)

40.3

Adjust
£ million

(5.6)

9.2

3.6

–

0.9

–

(4.5)

–

–

–

Consolidated 
IFRS 
£ million

Investment 
Basis
£ million

Adjust
£ million

Consolidated 
IFRS 
£ million

38.9

10.6

49.5

(12.1)

(0.2)

(2.5)

8.9

43.6

(3.3)

40.3

154.0

0.1

154.1

(11.7)

(5.3)

(2.0)

(12.6)

122.5

(3.5)

119.0

5.5

–

5.5

–

(7.5)

–

2.0

–

–

–

159.5

0.1

159.6

(11.7)

(12.8)

(2.0)

(10.6)

122.5

(3.5)

119.0

(i)  As outlined above, prior year comparative figures have been reclassified to ensure consistency with the current year's presentation.  This reclassification does not change the previously reported 

profit for the year nor the prior period NAV.

(ii)  The adjustment to Other operating income, Other operating expenses and Net gain/(loss) on balance sheet hedging relates to the unrecognised net results from our hedging transactions. 

While these transactions are presented separately under IFRS, they are partly included as part of Income from Investments at FVPL under Investment basis reporting.

Reconciliation of Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Investments at FVPL

Trade and other receivables 

Other net liabilities

Net cash (debt)

Derivative financial liability - net

Investment 
Basis
£ million

1,047.1

0.9

(1.1)

9.7

–

NAV attributable to ordinary shares

1,056.6

Adjust(i)

£ million

Consolidated 
IFRS
£ million

Investment 
Basis
£ million

Adjust
£ million

Consolidated 
IFRS
£ million

0.1

–

0.1

–

(0.2)

–

1,047.2

1,097.0

5.8

1,102.8

0.9

(1.0)

9.7

(0.2)

0.9

(2.4)

(26.3)

–

1,056.6

1,069.2

–

–

–

(5.8)

–

0.9

(2.4)

(26.3)

(5.8)

1,069.2

(i)  Under IFRS, unrealised positions on foreign exchange hedging contracts are reported separately under derivative financial asset (liability).

Annual Report 2023 

43

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRisk

We follow a risk-based approach to internal 
controls. Our risk management function 
facilitates the Management Board’s duty to 
effectively govern and manage the risks we 
face. Given the nature of our assets and our 
interaction with the capital markets, we do not 
operate in a risk-free environment. In an 
uncertain environment, we take proactive action 
to address risks, and to achieve our business 
and investment objectives.

We identify, analyse, assess, report, and manage 
all material risks, and aim to identify risks we 
face as early as possible, so we can minimise 
their impact. 

We classify risks into the following risk 
categories: 

 – Market risks
 – Credit risks
 – Counterparty risks 
 – Liquidity risks
 – Operational risks 
 – Sustainability risks

We analyse all identified risks during the risk 
reporting process to understand the range of 
possible impacts on BBGI. By undertaking this 
risk review, we can determine material risks to 
analyse and respond to, and which risks require 
no further attention. This gives the 
Management Board a universal interpretation 
of risk. 

Our risk management function performs a risk 
assessment to determine the likelihood that a 
predefined event will occur and any subsequent 
impact it may have; it also estimates risk levels 
for a particular situation, compares these 
against benchmarks or standards, and 
determines an acceptable level of risk. 

In the Risk Profile all identified risks are 
classified according to risk type, in line with the 
risk categories above. For material risks 
identified, BBGI’s Risk Manager advises on key 
risk indicators to include in the risk profile and 
suggests appropriate quantitative and 
qualitative limits to mitigate the potential 
impact of those risks, which are discussed and 
approved by the Management Board before 
being formally included in the Risk Profile.

Risk reporting process

We have assessed inherent risk and have 
applied relevant mitigating factors to arrive at a 
remaining residual risk that the Management 
Board deems manageable and acceptable. 

The following table summarises our material 
risks but is not an exhaustive list of all the 
potential risks BBGI faces. There may be other 
unknown risks, or those regarded as less 
material, that could, in the future, materially 
impact our performance, our assets, and our 
capital resources.

Risk
s t rategy

id

e

n

R

t
i
fi 

i

s

k

c

a

t

i

o

n

analysis
Risk

Risk
assessm e n t

agem ent
Risk

n
a
m

R

e

p

o

r

t
i

n

g

44 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Risk continued

Market risks

Risk  description

Risk mitigation

Volatility of 
discount rates 

We use a discounted cash flow methodology to 
value our portfolio of investments. Higher discount 
rates have a negative impact on valuation and the 
ultimate rate of return realised by our investors, 
while lower discount rates may have a positive 
impact.

Our most important judgement and variable is the 
discount rate we apply to individual investments in 
our portfolio. Appropriate discount rates are key to 
deriving a fair and reasonable portfolio valuation. 

Changes in market rates of interest (in particular, 
government bond yields) may impact the discount 
rates used to value our future projected cash flows, 
and thus our valuation. 

BBGI primarily uses a market-based valuation to determine a base 
discount rate for steady-state, operational investments in the 
different jurisdictions in which we operate, and we use our 
judgement in arriving at the appropriate discount rates. 

During the review period, government bond yields experienced 
significant fluctuations. As at 31 December 2023, relevant bond 
yields had shown a modest reduction on average compared to the 
year-end figures of 2022. Over the same period transaction activity, 
whilst still at subdued levels, provided some relevant market data. 

In this environment, BBGI has continued to complement its 
market-based approach by utilising the principles of the CAPM 
approach, where risk-free rates plus a risk premium are employed to 
calculate discount rates. While there is no direct correlation between 
government bond yields and the risk premium on the one hand, 
and market discount rates on the other, the risk premium serves as 
a valuable supplementary data point. This method serves as a 
reasonability check for our market-based approach, particularly in 
periods such as the last 12 months, where the number of observed 
transactions in the market was fewer than in previous years. 

As discount rates, government bond yields, deposit rates, and 
inflation rates are in principle interlinked - while the individual rates 
may not move in lockstep - this concept acts as mitigation for a 
change in discount rates. Changes in discount rates often coincide 
with shifts in government bond yields, deposit rates and inflation, 
but are also reflective of overall market sentiment. Higher inflation 
rates and deposit rates offset, partially at least, increased discount 
rates in our portfolio valuation and vice versa. 

A sensitivity analysis to changes in discount rates, and the resulting 
effect on NAV, is provided in the Valuation section of this Report. 

Foreign 
exchange 

A significant proportion of our underlying 
investments – 67 per cent of the portfolio value at 
31 December 2023 - are denominated in currencies 
other than Sterling.

Currency-hedging arrangements for portfolio distributions 
denominated in Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Norwegian 
Krone and US Dollar are in place for a rolling period of four years to 
mitigate some foreign exchange risk.

We maintain our financial statements, prepare the 
portfolio valuation, and pay dividends in Sterling. 

There is a risk that fluctuations in exchange rates 
between Sterling and relevant local currencies will 
potentially adversely affect the value of our 
underlying investments, distributions and the 
ultimate rate of return realised by our investors.

In addition to cash flow hedging, we also hedge a portion of the 
non-Sterling, non-Euro portfolio value, and aim to reduce NAV 
sensitivity to approximately 3 per cent for a 10 per cent adverse 
foreign exchange movement.

Euro-denominated fund running costs currently provide a natural 
hedge against the Euro-denominated portfolio distributions.

Furthermore, the ability to draw on the RCF in the currency of the 
underlying asset distributions provides an additional hedging 
alternative. 

BBGI has investments in five currencies other than Sterling, thereby 
providing some natural diversification among underlying currencies.

A sensitivity analysis to the movement in foreign exchange rates, 
and the resulting effect on NAV, is provided in the valuation section 
of this Report.

Annual Report 2023 

45

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRisk continued

Market risks (continued)

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Interest and 
deposit rates 

Inflation 

Our performance may be adversely affected by 
changes in interest rates. BBGI has a direct  
exposure to interest rates through borrowings 
under the RCF, unhedged debt at the Portfolio 
Company level and cash deposits.

The Portfolio Companies typically have some cash 
reserves and deposits. From a financial modelling 
perspective, we assume that deposits can be placed 
at a forecast rate, which varies depending on 
country. 

If deposit rates exceed or fall below projections for 
short-term and long-term rates, the effect on 
investment returns will depend on the amount of 
deposits.

We have observed varying levels of inflationary 
pressure, and the resulting valuation effects, across 
the portfolio. Our portfolio’s valuation and the 
ultimate rate of return realised by our investors may 
be adversely or positively impacted by lower or 
higher than expected inflation. Prolonged periods 
of deflation could potentially result in defaults 
under Portfolio Company loan arrangements. 

The revenues and expenditures of our Portfolio 
Companies frequently undergo partial or complete 
indexation. 

From a financial modelling perspective, it is typically 
assumed that inflation will increase at a 
predetermined rate (which may vary depending on 
country). The impact on investment returns, if 
inflation surpasses or falls short of the projections 
for this rate, typically depends on how each 
Portfolio Company’s costs and revenues are 
influenced by inflation and the underlying 
indexation provisions.

Our Portfolio Companies have sought to hedge substantially all of 
their floating rate interest liabilities against changes in underlying 
interest rates with interest rate swaps. We have no underlying base 
rate exposure across our portfolio. We have a single asset that 
carries refinancing risk. However, this risk is confined to the margin, 
as the base rate for the loan has been fully mitigated for its entire 
term.

At the Group level, we maintain deposits at low levels. At 31 
December 2023, the Group had no borrowings outstanding under 
its RCF. 

A sensitivity analysis to movement in the senior debt rate, and the 
resulting effect on NAV, is provided in the Valuation section of this 
Report.

A scenario of persistent high inflation across our jurisdictions 
presents the risk of declining real returns to investors.

We typically mitigate inflation risk for our Portfolio Companies to 
some extent by seeking to match the indexation of the revenues to 
the indexation of the operational cost.

It is also important to note that BBGI’s equity cash flows are 
positively linked to inflation at 0.5 per cent across the BBGI 
portfolio. 

A sensitivity analysis to movements in inflation rates, and the 
resulting effect on NAV, is provided in the Valuation section of this 
Report.

The level of inflation linkage across the investments held varies and 
is inconsistent. The consequences of higher or lower levels of 
inflation than assumed by the Company will not be uniform across 
our investments. 

46 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Risk continued

Market risks (continued)

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Changes to tax 
legislation, 
treaties, and 
rates 

There continues to be a risk that enacted changes 
in tax law, tax rates and global tax initiatives, 
including the OECD’s recommendations regarding 
base erosion and profit shifting or tax treaty 
eligibility, could adversely affect our cash flows and 
reduce investors’ returns. 

Certain risks, such as changes to corporation tax rates (including 
those arising from fiscal constraints), cannot be prevented or 
mitigated. 

We value our portfolio of investments based on enacted tax rates. 
Our management team works closely with our global tax advisers 
and is briefed periodically on relevant tax developments.  

In Canada, the legislation for Excessive Interest and Financing 
Expenses Limitation (‘EIFEL’) rules, which limit the deduction of 
'interest and financing expenses' to a fixed percentage of earnings 
before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation for Canadian 
income tax purposes, is now in its final stage, and is scheduled to 
take effect from 1 January 2024. The latest draft legislation does not 
currently provide for the grandfathering of existing related party 
debt, a matter for which the PPP industry representative body 
continues to lobby. In light of these developments, and with the 
draft bill likely to be enacted in its present form, BBGI recorded an 
additional provision of approximately GBP 16.3 million in December 
2023.

In addition to these specific legislative changes in Canada, it is 
important to recognise that certain risks, such as changes in 
corporation tax rates, are beyond our control and cannot be 
effectively mitigated. However, BBGI's approach of maintaining a 
globally diversified portfolio of assets is instrumental in reducing 
the tax concentration risk associated with any single country. This 
diversification forms a crucial part of our strategy in managing the 
overall risk exposure of our investment portfolio. 

A sensitivity analysis to movements in corporate tax rates, and the 
resulting effect on NAV, is provided in the Valuation section of this 
Report. 

Annual Report 2023 

47

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRisk continued

Market risks (continued)

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Lifecycle or 
operational 
cost risk

During the life of an investment, components of our 
assets - such as asphalt or concrete for roads and 
bridges; or roofs and air handling plants for 
buildings - are likely to need to be replaced or 
undergo a major refurbishment. 

Of the 56 assets in the BBGI portfolio, 20 Portfolio Companies retain 
the lifecycle obligations and hand-back obligations at the end of the 
concession period and two of those Portfolio Companies self-deliver 
the operations. The remaining 36 assets have these lifecycle and 
hand-back obligations passed down to the subcontractor. 

There is a risk that the actual cost of replacement or 
refurbishment of these lifecycle obligations will be 
greater than the forecasted cost, or that the timing 
of the intervention may be earlier than forecasted.

Additionally, a potential risk arises if there is a 
disparity in the interpretation of hand-back 
obligations at the end of the concession period, 
when the Portfolio Company transfers control and 
management of the project back to the public 
sector. This could lead to a budgetary overrun in 
lifecycle or operational costs.

There is also the general risk that other operational 
costs may be higher than budgeted. This typically 
relates to insurance costs and management service 
contracts or where Portfolio Company management 
teams are responsible for operational service 
delivery.

Each Portfolio Company forecasts, models, and provides for the 
timing and costs of such replacements or refurbishments. This is 
based on internal or external technical advice to assist in forecasting 
of lifecycle timings, scope of work and costs. Operation & 
maintenance activities are tailored to the ongoing needs of the asset 
and with a view to performing in line with contractual hand-back 
requirements. A robust review process is put in place and in many 
cases reviewed by the Lenders technical advisor to ensure that 
sufficient hand-back funds are available to meet pre-defined 
contractual requirements. Less than 1% of the BBGI Portfolio is 
subject to hand-back in the next five years. The concessions for two 
of the Company’s UK accommodation assets will expire in January 
2026 and August 2027 respectively. Preparations for their hand-back 
are underway and following the Infrastructure and Projects Authority 
UK's guidelines, collaborative working groups have been established, 
comprising representatives from the public sector, the 
subcontractors, and the Portfolio Companies, involved in the 
projects.

Additionally, as part of acquisition due diligence, we review 
budgeted costs and assess their adequacy.

A sensitivity analysis to movements in lifecycle costs is provided in 
the Valuation section of this Report.

The risk of insurance cost increases is partly mitigated by a 
contractual premium risk-sharing mechanism with certain public 
sector clients. For other Portfolio Companies, the risk is borne 
entirely by the public sector client but for a limited number of 
Portfolio Companies there is no mitigation available.

48 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Risk continued

Counterparty risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Failure of 
subcontractor 
performance or 
credit risk 
(construction 
contractors, 
facility 
managers, 
operations and 
maintenance 
contractors)

The risk of a subcontractor service failure, poor 
performance or subcontractor insolvency, which is 
sufficiently serious to cause a Portfolio Company to 
terminate or to be required by the client or lenders 
to terminate a subcontract. 

There may be a loss of revenue during the time 
taken to find a replacement subcontractor. The 
replacement subcontractor may also levy a 
surcharge to assume the subcontract, or charge 
more to provide the services.

Regarding assets under construction, which currently do not feature 
in our portfolio, we implement several mitigants and steps to 
effectively manage this risk: 
 – A construction joint venture with two or more counterparties is 
typically jointly and severally liable: if one party fails, the other 
is obligated to take over the obligations.

 – We perform a contractor replacement analysis as part of our 
initial investment due diligence. Most subcontractors on our 
investments are well established, with several competing 
providers. Therefore, we expect that a pool of potential 
replacement supplier counterparties is available if a service 
counterparty fails, although not necessarily at the same cost. 
 – Construction subcontractors are typically required by lenders 

to provide a robust security package, often consisting of letters 
of credit, parent company guarantees and/or performance 
bonding.

The latter two mitigants are also in place for investments once they 
become operational. However, any liability of subcontractors is 
typically capped at contractually agreed amounts.  
Other mitigants during operations include:
 – periodic benchmarking of defined soft facility services on some 

investments;

 – a diversified group of subcontractors, with no substantial 

concentration risk; and

 – ongoing subcontractor monitoring for our investments, as well 
as contingency plans as appropriate, to ensure we mitigate the 
risk of counterparty failure. 

Liquidity risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Access to 
capital

Prolonged disruptions in the equity markets could 
hinder our ability to raise new capital. Such market 
disruptions may potentially limit our capacity for 
growth and our ability to repay any future debt that 
might be incurred under our RCF.

As of 31 December 2023, there were no outstanding drawings 
under the RCF and the Company has no investment transaction 
commitments outstanding. The Company has adequate access to 
capital with a net cash position of GBP 9.7 million and with GBP 229 
million available for drawing under the RCF as required. 

We will continue to be disciplined in our approach to 
capital allocation and will only consider investment 
opportunities when they are clearly value accretive. 
Although we have maintained an RCF since July 2012 
and have refinanced it subsequently, there is no 
absolute certainty that this facility will always be 
available to us in the future. Additionally, the ability 
to issue further shares in the market cannot be 
guaranteed.

Our RCF expires in May 2026. We can seek to refinance the RCF to 
extend its maturity and reduce a near-term requirement to repay 
any potential (future) drawings, though we do not intend to be 
drawn for substantial periods of time.

The Board and our Company’s brokers regularly assess market 
sentiment. The Company can also consider, as part of an effective 
portfolio construction strategy, the sale of one or more investments 
to fund potential future acquisitions.

Annual Report 2023 

49

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRisk continued

Liquidity risks (continued)

Premium or 
discount to 
NAV 

The risk of share price volatility, or trading at a 
discount to NAV, leading to lower returns to 
existing shareholders.

To assist BBGI in addressing any temporary or permanent share 
price to NAV discount, as experienced during the year ended 31 
December 2023, we employ a strategic capital allocation policy. This 
policy includes the option for the Company to purchase up to 14.99 
per cent of its ordinary shares in the market annually. In the past 
year, our primary focus was on repaying all drawings under the RCF 
with free cash flows generated from our portfolio of investments. 
The Management Board, Supervisory Board, and our brokers 
consistently review the options available to the Company to ensure 
the effective execution of our capital allocation policy. 

We offer a continuation vote to shareholders every two years; the 
next will be proposed at our Annual General Meeting on 30 April 
2025. 

Operational risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Poor 
investment due 
diligence

There is a risk that errors may be made in the 
assumptions, calculations, or methodology applied 
during an acquisition due diligence process. 

In such circumstances, the figures and/or the 
returns generated by the Portfolio Company and 
the ultimate rate of return realised by our investors 
may be lower than those estimated or projected.

BBGI has developed a robust asset acquisition due diligence process. 
Our typical due diligence includes model, legal, tax, technical, 
anti-money laundering, ESG, sustainability and insurance reviews.
Internal expertise is complemented with external advice on a 
case-by-case basis.

Valuation

The most significant risk of material misstatement 
in our financial statements applies to the fair 
valuation of the investment portfolio and in 
particular the discount rates used and key 
assumptions applied when valuing these 
investments. 

There is a risk that errors may be made in the 
assumptions, calculations or methodology used in a 
periodic valuation process. 

Financial models, either for the Group or our 
underlying Portfolio Companies, may also contain 
errors, or incorrect inputs, resulting in inaccurate 
projections of distributions. These could adversely 
impact the valuation on individual investments and 
the overall assessment of our financial position.

Our portfolio valuation is prepared semi-annually by an experienced 
internal team, overseen by our Management Board. 

Furthermore, the valuation is reviewed by an independent, 
third-party valuation expert, and is also reviewed and audited by the 
Company’s External Auditor. 

Financial models are typically reviewed or audited by external 
advisers. 

All key assumptions used in the valuation process are outlined in 
the Valuation section of this Report, some of which are subject to 
sensitivity testing. 

Although key assumptions in the valuation are subject to sensitivity 
testing, this has its limitations: it cannot provide a comprehensive 
assessment of every risk we face and should be considered 
accordingly. 

50 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Risk continued

Operational risks (continued)

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Construction 
defects 

The risk of certain operational costs in relation to 
construction defects lies with the Portfolio 
Company. 

Change in law 
or regulation

Different laws and regulations apply in the countries 
where BBGI and our Portfolio Companies are 
located. There is a risk that changes in laws and 
regulations may have an adverse effect on the 
performance of the underlying investment, which 
will then affect the cash flows derived from the 
investments and/or the valuation of the investments. 

Succession 
planning

Inadequate succession planning can, if not 
effectively mitigated, pose a significant risk to an 
organisation's long-term stability and growth. The 
absence of robust succession strategies could 
potentially disrupt key leadership transitions, 
impacting the ability to ensure seamless operations 
and strategic continuity.

In general, Portfolio Companies can submit claims against 
construction subcontractors for defects in the design, construction 
or commissioning of project assets. This ‘right to claim’ applies for a 
pre-determined period following the completion of construction 
(‘statutory limitations period’), and this may differ between 
jurisdictions. 

If disputes arise, an arbitration or court process may be used. Once 
the statutory limitations period has ended, the remediation of 
construction defects identified after this point typically falls to the 
Portfolio Company itself, and thus becomes the risk of the Portfolio 
Company. In addition, there may be other situations where the risk 
would lie with the Portfolio Company, for example where a 
subcontractor becomes insolvent, and may no longer be able to 
fulfil its obligations to correct these defects.

The Management Board seeks regular briefings from its legal and tax 
advisers to stay abreast of impending or possible changes in law. 

Change in law provisions are included in some contracts, thus 
providing further mitigation. 

BBGI has a globally diversified portfolio of assets, thereby reducing 
the Group’s exposure to changes in any single country.

A robust internal control framework, including Compliance, Risk 
Management and Internal Audit functions, is in place and operating 
effectively, under the supervision of the Management Board.

Succession planning: Proactive succession plans are in place to 
contribute to smooth transitions and continuity in leadership roles. 
By regularly reviewing and assessing the talent within the Company, 
the Board can identify and develop pathways for key individuals and 
also identify areas where there may be over reliance on a single 
individual.

Contractual notice periods: Adequate notice periods are in place for 
each of the Management Board members. 

Competitive compensation packages: The Company offers 
benchmarked compensation packages to attract and retain top 
talent. 

Deferred remuneration: The Company has implemented a deferred 
remuneration strategy ensuring that Management Board and key 
individuals have a vested interest in the long-term success and 
stability of the Company. 

Annual Report 2023 

51

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRisk continued

Operational risks (continued)

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Failing IT 
systems or 
cyber-attacks

A breach of data security could occur by accident or 
because of an external cyber-attack. A cyber-attack 
could affect our IT systems or those of our Portfolio 
Companies, causing theft, loss of data, or damage 
to the infrastructure’s control systems and 
equipment.

A cyber-attack could affect not only BBGI’s 
reputation, but could also have legal, financial, and 
operational repercussions for the Group.

Corporate 
strategy

The chosen strategy may not align with 
organisational goals or market dynamics, 
potentially leading to ineffective outcomes.

BBGI has taken several measures to reduce the risk of a cyber-attack. 

We have outsourced the hosting of our IT platform to an industry 
specialist. In doing so, we benefit from access to IT security experts, 
with our platform monitored by an advanced IT security system. By 
doing so we benefit from scale. This approach would be less 
cost-effective if our IT infrastructure was maintained onsite.

Each year, we engage an external expert to carry out an intrusion test 
on our IT platform to identify and, if required, patch any identified 
vulnerabilities. 

We perform business continuity tests, carry out disaster recovery 
tests every year, and our employees periodically undergo cyber-
security training.

In a typical PPP structure, public sector clients have their own IT 
systems. However, most of our Portfolio Companies do not maintain 
their own IT systems. Instead, subcontractors of a Portfolio Company 
(such as management service providers, facility maintenance 
contractors for accommodation assets, and maintenance contractors 
for transport assets) will have their own IT systems, which will likely 
house data relating to a project. 

Consistent with a typical PPP structure, as seen in BBGI's portfolio, 
risks are typically transferred to subcontractors by the Portfolio 
Company.

However, any liability of a third party is capped to contractually 
agreed amounts, including risks relating to design and construction, 
warranties for IT systems (such as a warranty that the system will 
meet specifications requiring it to meet robust security 
requirements), and the risk of a cyber-attack interrupting the 
provision of services to an asset.

BBGI has taken several measures to reduce this risk: (i) Regular 
strategy reviews: We schedule periodic reviews of the strategy to 
ensure alignment with Company objectives and market dynamics, (ii) 
Stakeholder feedback: We periodically engage with key stakeholders 
including shareholders to gather feedback and insights on the 
strategy’s effectiveness, and (iii) Market analysis: We conduct regular 
market and competitive reviews to ensure the strategy remains 
relevant in the environment in which we operate.

52 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Risk continued

Operational risks (continued)

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Voluntary 
termination

There remains a risk that public sector clients of our 
Portfolio Companies choose to exercise their right 
to voluntarily terminate the contracts. 

The Management Board believes there are mitigants or deterrents 
to the risk of voluntary termination of contracts:
 – Delivering high levels of asset performance, as demonstrated 

When this happens, the public sector is typically 
contractually obliged to pay compensation on 
termination to equity holders, debt providers, and 
other parties, depending on the circumstances.

While provisions vary between contracts, they 
generally ensure that our investors are paid either 
market value for their equity interests, or a value to 
achieve the originally projected IRR, and in these 
cases, where the compensation amount is less than 
current valuation levels, we could suffer a material 
loss.

across the BBGI portfolio, and ensuring open and direct 
interaction with clients, are key levers to demonstrate the value 
provided by the Portfolio Companies under the existing 
contractual framework.

 – In cases where debt or bond facilities were agreed when 

interest rates were higher than current levels, interest rate 
swaps remain largely ‘out of the money’ for our Portfolio 
Companies, and any public body wishing to terminate a 
contract in the current interest rate environment would also 
need to cover the cost of the swap breakage fee. Conversely, 
the cost of unwinding Project Agreements and repaying senior 
debt in a rising interest rate environment could also prove a 
mitigant to early termination.  

 – Our Portfolio Company equity investors would, depending on 
the contractual provisions, also need to be compensated, as 
well as the public sector being required to budget for the 
ongoing provision of the service.

Sustainability risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Sustainability 
risk 

Sustainability risk, as defined in the Company’s ESG 
and Sustainability Risk Policy, and as specified in 
Article 2(22) of SFDR, means an environmental, 
social or governance event or condition that, if it 
occurs, could cause an actual or potential material 
negative impact on the value of the investment. 

Sustainability risks include environmental risks such 
as climate risks. These encompass both physical 
disruptions due to factors such as extreme weather 
and transition challenges in adapting to low-carbon 
technologies. Other environmental risks include 
biodiversity risks related to ecosystem disruption. 
Sustainability risks also include; social risks arising 
from labour practices, occupational health and 
safety, or human rights violations; and governance 
risks involving legal, financial, and reputational 
issues due to inadequate corporate governance.

The potential impact of sustainability risk to BBGI 
could materialise, for instance, as the risk of 
material damage to an asset in the portfolio, poor 
performance of an asset, disruption of operations 
and maintenance works, un-insurability or difficulty 
in adequately insuring an asset, the risk of an asset 
being unavailable, the risk of stranded assets, 
increased lifecycle costs, repricing/value 
depreciation, risk of early termination, as well as 
regulation, litigation, and reputational risks.

Sustainability risk assessment is integrated into our decision-making 
process, and sustainability risks are monitored during the due 
diligence phase and throughout the holding period of investments. 
These risks are primarily assessed, monitored, and managed at the 
investment level. Factors influencing our sustainability risk 
assessment include the investment sector and the location. For each 
type of sustainability risk, the materiality of potential financial harm 
to the Company (outside-in), as well as the potential likelihood and 
severity of damages caused by investments (inside-out) are 
assessed.
 – Our focused approach of investing in social infrastructure 

assets that serve society should limit sustainability risks linked 
to a social event or condition.

 – BBGI’s exclusion policy, developed to mitigate a variety of 
sustainability risks, avoiding certain types of activities that 
could cause significant harm to society and/or the 
environment. 

 – BBGI monitors Portfolio Companies’ sustainability practices by 
implementing various policies relating to sustainability risks 
across all investments. While we recommend those standard 
policies at all Portfolio Companies, it is not always possible to 
achieve 100 per cent adoption when we have co-shareholders.

 – BBGI collects data at the level of our Portfolio Companies 

through its ESG monitoring questionnaire, to calculate all SFDR 
Principal Adverse Impact (‘PAI’) indicators. PAI are the most 
significant negative impacts of our investment decisions on 
sustainability factors related to environmental, social and 
governance issues.

 – For climate-risk specifically, BBGI implements a formal 

assessment to understand the impact of physical climate risks 
for its entire portfolio. This assessment quantifies the physical 
impact severity of each investment under multiple climate 
scenarios and time periods. The screening of physical climate-
related risks is embedded in the due diligence process.

Annual Report 2023 

53

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsEnvironment, Social and Governance
2023 Update

for PPP investments in the UK;

 – engaged with the Institutional Investors 
Group on Climate Change (‘IIGCC’) for 
guidance on setting our net zero targets as 
an infrastructure investor and our net zero 
targets were reviewed and validated;
 – engaged with the Partnership for Carbon 
Accounting Financials (‘PCAF’) Secretariat 
to understand better how to apply the 
attribution methodology to our 
infrastructure portfolio; and

 – provided feedback to the EU Commission’s 

consultation on Sustainable Finance 
Disclosure Regulation (SFDR).

Testament to our commitments to transparency 
is our alignment with global standards. We 
incorporate the SFDR, UN Principles for 
Responsible Investment (‘PRI’), UN Global 
Compact, the Net Zero Asset Managers 
initiative (‘NZAM’), and the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’), 
and are proud of the high scores that we obtain 
from third-party ESG ratings, including UN PRI 
and Institutional Shareholder Services (‘ISS’).

Outlook
Our regulatory and disclosure requirements will 
increase together with our stakeholders’ 
expectations. We continue to enhance our 
disclosures to align with upcoming regulatory 
standards, while engaging with our investors 
and ensuring ESG compliance. We will also 
continue to evaluate our portfolio’s impact 
materiality for our stakeholders, and the 
financial materiality of sustainability risks and 
opportunities to BBGI. Our biggest challenges 
will be the decarbonisation of our portfolio and 

increasing diversity in our Portfolio Company 
boards, which will require our ongoing focus. 
We have opted to disclose an overview of our 
ESG strategy and outcomes in this Annual 
Report, but we invite you to read our more 
comprehensive ESG Report to find out more 
about our activities and future ambitions. 

Cécilia Vernhes
ESG/Sustainability Director
on behalf of the ESG Committee

External Ratings

UN PRI Assessment 2023:
Policy Governance and Strategy: ★★★★★  
Direct Infrastructure: ★★★★★ 
Confidence Building Measures: ★★★★✩

ISS E&S Disclosure Quality Score 2023:13 
Environment (Decile Rank: 3) I Social (Decile 
Rank: 2) 
ISS Corporate ESG Rating 2022: Prime B- 
(Decile Rank: 1)

Sustainalytics ESG Risk Rating 2021: 
Strong ESG performance with a risk rating of 
Negligible (8.3)14

As BBGI’s ESG and Sustainability 
Director, I am proud to reflect 
on a year of progress in our 
commitments to sustainability. A 
standalone ESG Report, 
providing more details on 
activities undertaken in 2023 will 
be published later in 2024 and 
made available on our website. 

BBGI’s ESG Committee (the Committee) is 
responsible for oversight of the Group’s ESG 
activities and comprises each of the members 
of the Management Board, the Company 
Secretary, and the Director of ESG and 
Sustainability. The Committee functioned 
throughout 2023 in accordance with its defined 
Terms of Reference, which are available on our 
website.

Investing responsibly 
Investing and focusing our business model 
through an environmental, social and 
governance lens improves our operational 
performance and contributes towards new 
investment opportunities, reduced risk, 
employee retention and better long-term value. 
A disciplined approach to ESG is fundamental 
not only to deliver positive returns and facilitate 
access to essential infrastructure, but also to 
ensure the long-term durability of the portfolio 
of infrastructure assets we maintain on behalf 
of the public sector.

Continuous improvements in our ESG 
approach
We are continuously improving our approach to 
sustainability. In 2023, we developed our tools 
and systems for measurement and reporting. 
We now have a complete overview of our 56 
Portfolio Companies' emissions profiles, 
expanding our proprietary ESG database with 
greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions data, which 
will facilitate developing decarbonisation plans 
across the portfolio. We have used this detail to 
feed into our first SFDR Principal Adverse 
Impact Statement, and to respond to the first 
step of our commitment to the Net Zero Asset 
Managers initiative: a GHG inventory covering 
100 per cent of our portfolio.  

Collaborating and working with others 
We recognise that by working with others we 
can identify opportunities to improve our 
sustainability practices and desired outcomes. 
In 2023, we reinforced our collaboration with 
peers and industry bodies to align with relevant 
developments and to shape an industry 
response to emerging sustainability and energy 
transition requirements. We have:
 – joined the UK IPA Net Zero Working Group, 
which aims to establish a net zero strategy 

54 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

13 

ISS Environment & Social Disclosure Quality Score is based on company disclosure and transparency practices. It ranges  
from 1 (highest quality disclosure) to 10 (lowest quality disclosures).

14  Sustainalytics' ESG Risk Ratings, range from 0 to 100, with lower scores indicating lower levels of ESG risk.

Staffordshire Fire and Rescue, UK

 
ESG Commitments and Progress

Environmental commitment: 
Managing and mitigating impact
Focus
 – Ensuring our investments are resilient to 
climate hazards today and under future 
climate warming scenarios. 

 – Reducing the carbon intensity of our 

portfolio and absolute emissions from our 
direct operations. Target: by 2030, 70 per 
cent of Portfolio Companies (by value) will 
have a long-term goal to be net zero by 
2050 or sooner.

 – Monitor portfolio companies’ biodiversity 

practices.

Key achievements in 2023
 – Quantified Portfolio Companies GHG 

emissions for the first time, in line with GHG 
Protocol and PCAF Guidance.

 – Supported asset-level decarbonisation 

initiatives.

Outlook for 2024
 – Use our influence to implement net zero 

plans where we exercise significant 
influence.

 – Engage with subcontractors to better 

understand where opportunities exist to 
upgrade existing equipment.

 – Consider potential acquisitions that support 

the transition towards a lower-carbon 
economy.

 – Continue to oversee the biodiversity 
practices of our portfolio companies

Social commitment: 
Making an essential social contribution
Focus
 – Fund the infrastructure needed to deliver 
essential services for healthier, safer and 
more connected societies. 

 – Align each of our investments with at least 
one of six Sustainable Development Goals 
(‘SDGs’) where we intend to make the 
greatest contribution.

 – Guarantee fair employment practices, skills 

development and health and safety 
standards at all levels of our business.
 – Address human rights and modern slavery 

risk at all levels of our business. 
 – Support initiatives that benefit the 

communities living near to our assets. 

Key achievements in 2023
 – 100 per cent of our portfolio aligns with our 
six core SDGs, demonstrating the strong 
social contribution of our portfolio.
 – Maintaining 60 per cent female board 
representation with at least one ethnic 
minority Board Director and female leaders 
for both Supervisory Board and Audit 
Committee.

 – ESG annual training programme focused on 

Human Rights for all employees.
 – Portfolio Companies donated over 

£100,000 to local charities, and offered 
various employees volunteering.
 – BBGI donated £10,000 as matching 

donations for our employees’ personal 
donations, fundraising or volunteering.

Outlook for 2024
 – Improve the gender representation of our 
Directors at Portfolio Company boards. 
 – Enhance our oversight of material ESG risks 
and sustainable practices across our supply 
chains.

Case study

Governance commitment: 
Integrity and transparency
Focus
 – Operate with integrity and transparency at 

all levels of our business.

 – Continue to integrate sustainability risks 
and opportunities in our strategy and 
decision-making.

 – Tie executive remuneration (Short Term 
Incentive Plan (‘STIP’) and Long Term 
Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)) to ESG targets. 10 per 
cent of LTIP is subject to reducing corporate 
emissions and a further 10 per cent is 
subject to progress in the implementation 
of net zero plans.

 – Enhance sustainability reporting, in line 

with evolving regulations and stakeholders’ 
expectations. 

Key achievements in 2023
 – Published our first Principal Adverse Impact 

Statement under SFDR.

 – Zero corruption incidents, fines, or 

penalties across our operations or at 
portfolio level.

 – UN PRI Assessment 2023: Policy 

Governance and Strategy: ★★★★★ , Direct 
Infrastructure: ★★★★★ , Confidence 
Building Measures: ★★★★✩ 

 – ISS E&S Disclosure Quality Score 2023: 

Environment (Decile Rank: 3) I Social (Decile 
Rank: 2).

Outlook for 2024
 – Continuous oversight of our remuneration 
structure by the Remuneration Committee.

 – Maintain our focus on data quality and 
explore external assurance of ESG data.

Haileybury Youth Centre, Tower Hamlets, 
London
Increasing access for young 
people and underrepresented 
groups

By donating £20,000 each year, we are 
enabling Haileybury Youth Centre to increase 
its range of sessions, engage more effectively 
with local young people and reach out to 
underrepresented groups.  During 2023, 
Haileybury Youth Centre reached around 200 
more young people with over 350 hours of 
additional contact each week as a result of this 
additional funding.

The Poplar Baths affordable housing and 
recreation centres development project 
included the Haileybury Youth Centre, which 
ran several sessions for local youth groups. 
However, the building wasn’t being fully used 
due to budget constraints. As part of our 
supporting initiatives that benefit communities 
living near to our assets, BBGI, through the 
Portfolio Company, committed to help fund 
the centre for four years. 

Royal Women's Hospital, Australia

Annual Report 2023 

55

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsResponsible Investment Approach
Contribution to Sustainable Development Goals

Our investment strategy seeks to provide access to essential social infrastructure by our investments and 
future acquisitions. The SDGs are used to assess, measure and monitor our approach and ensure that we 
keep investing beyond mere alignment and make a positive contribution to social and environmental 
outcomes. Each investment is aligned with at least one of six SDGs where we intend to make the greatest 
contribution. 

Facilitate essential services for society

Target 3:
Good health 
and well-being

Target 4: 
Quality  
education

Target 9: 
Industry,  
innovation and 
infrastructure

Target 11: 
Sustainable  
cities and 
communities

Target 16:  
Peace, justice  
and strong 
institutions

23%

 – 600,000 m2 of healthcare facilities managed providing healthcare delivery for >4 

million patients

 – 33,000 m2 of fire stations managed providing protection against fire-related injuries 

for >800,000 people

9%

 – 430,000 m2 of schools and colleges managed providing access to education for 

>36,000 pupils

53%

 – 2,800 single-lane km of roadways operated providing reliable transport and 

reducing travel times for >290 million vehicles

 – 132 MW installed hydroelectric power station supporting access to clean and 

reliable electricity for >80,000 homes

5%

 – 39 km of fully electric urban rail providing safe and sustainable public transport for 

>32 million passengers

 – 17,000 m2 of residential housing units, completed by a sport and a leisure centre, 

supporting the access to affordable housing for 200 people

10%

 – 16,000 m2 of police stations managed providing safety for >1.5 million people
 – 190,000 m2 of modern correctional facilities managed providing safety and 

applying the rule of law for 3,200 detainees

 – 37,000 m2 of public administration buildings providing access to public services 

for >500,000 people

Managing and mitigating impacts

Target 13: 
Climate  
action

100%

 – 100 per cent of our assets are screened for resilience to climate hazards 

demonstrating a high degree of climate resilience

56 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

ESG Governance
We believe that high-quality governance brings accountability and is 
essential to achieving positive outcomes for our investors, society and the 
environment. Our Management and Supervisory Boards have endorsed and 
adopted the main principles of good corporate governance outlined in the 
AIC Code of Corporate Governance (‘AIC Code’). 

The Management Board works in close collaboration with the ESG 
Committee. We achieve the successful integration of material ESG 
considerations throughout every phase of the investment lifecycle by 
ensuring close coordination across essential functions like Asset 
Management, Valuation, Business Development, Compliance, Risk and 
Investor Relations. 

Applying ESG frameworks
Sustainable Development Goals
The SDGs inform our entire ESG and social outcomes management process, 
impacting every investment and operational decision we make.

ESG & Sustainability Risk Policy
We have implemented a robust framework for ESG integration, 
sustainability-risk screenings and impacts assessment across all aspects of 
the investment cycle, from initial screening through to end-of-investment 
life.

 Read more: ESG & Sustainability Risk policy

Sustainable Finance Disclosures Regulation (SFDR)
We have an SFDR Article 8 classification, which means we focus on 
sustainable investments with a social objective. We screen our investments 
to avoid doing significant harm to other aspects of sustainability, and follow 
good governance practices. 

The periodic disclosure for SFDR specifically addresses our disclosure 
obligations under Article 11 of SFDR, supplemented by Commission 
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1288 of 6 April 2022 and Commission 
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/363 of 31 October 2022. 

BBGI’s SFDR Periodic disclosure for 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 is 
at https://www.bb-gi.com/sfdr-periodic-disclosure-2023/

 Read more: SFDR PAI Statement

Case study

Workplace giving programme
Giving back to our 
colleagues where it 
matters

contributed more than £10,000 to 
charities including Red Cross, 
KannerJugendtelefon, Young Lives 
vs. Cancer, Rote Nasen, L’Ile aux 
Clowns, World Food Programme, 
WWF, Médecins sans Frontières, 
World Vision Development and 
UNICEF, to help causes including 
children’s education in developing 
countries; cancer research; and 
helping refugees integrate through 
sports.

Some of our employees even got 
together to join a sponsored run in 
Luxembourg. Together with their 
families, they raised £4,200 for 
paediatric cancer research 
(Kriibskrank Kanner Fondatioun), 
with a further £1,900 donated by 
BBGI through the workplace giving 
programme.

Supporting our communities and 
our people are core values. Last 
year, we launched a new giving 
programme to connect social 
impact with those who we are most 
closely connected to: our 
colleagues. We match our 
employees’ financial donations, 
fundraising or volunteering time 
with a contribution to the same 
project.

In 2023, c. 40 per cent of BBGI 
employees volunteered, raised 
funds and donated over £6,000 to 
27 causes all over the world. We 

Case study

Medicine Wheel Garden, 
Women’s College Hospital, 
Toronto
A space for healing, 
celebration and 
tranquillity

rooftop Medicine Wheel Garden. In 
Native American culture, the 
Medicine Wheel is a symbol of the 
circle of life. The Garden is a place 
to harvest native, medicinal plants 
and to be enjoyed by the 
Indigenous community.

Christine Monague, Indigenous 
Peer Support and Relations 
Advocate, explains the benefits of 
the Garden: “When First Nations, 
Inuit or Métis patients come to 
Women’s College Hospital for 
testing, treatments or procedures, 
we will have a viable means to offer 
them comforts for preparation, 
prayer, purification and spiritual 
healing by maintaining our crop of 
medicinal instruments at the 
Medicine Wheel Garden.”

Toronto has the largest urban 
Indigenous population in Ontario. 
In 2020, the city’s Women’s College 
Hospital opened its Centre for Wise 
Practices in Indigenous Health to 
support a wellness system that 
acknowledges and respects 
Indigenous people, providing 
meaningful, culturally safe care, 
which is free of racism and 
discrimination.

Following a request from the 
Centre, BBGI funded £4,000 through 
the Portfolio Company, and 
facilitated the construction of a 

Sustainability Disclosure Regulation (SDR)
As BBGI is considered a non-UK investment company, it does not fall within 
the scope of the Sustainability Disclosure Regulation (‘SDR’), and the 
Company is therefore currently not required to publish SDR disclosures, nor 
can it align to the SDR investment labels regime.

Materiality
We consider a broad range of ESG factors when we assess the sustainability 
of our investments. To identify the most material sustainability factors to 
include in our due diligence, risk assessment and monitoring, we draw from 
the latest regulatory requirements, ESG frameworks and industry best 
practices, like the Principal Adverse Impacts set out in SFDR, as well as 
third-party tools such as the GRI Standards, SASB Materiality Finder or the 
GRESB Infrastructure materiality tool. 

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
The Management Board recognises the importance of the TCFD and its 
related disclosures and has voluntarily decided to report against the TCFD 
recommendations (refer to the section Climate disclosures and the detailed 
reporting included in our 

 ESG Report).

Net Zero Asset Managers initiative (NZAM)
We are signatories to the NZAM initiative and have set our Financed 
Emissions reduction targets and Engagement targets in line with the 
Paris-Aligned Investment Initiative Net Zero Investment Framework (‘NZIF’) 
and the specific IIGCC guidance for the infrastructure sector, following a 
1.5°C reduction pathway.

Institutional Investors Group on Climate Change (IIGCC)
Our net zero targets across our portfolio were validated and approved by 
the IIGCC in March 2023.

Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF)
Our Financed Emissions have been quantified in accordance with the 
Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (‘PCAF’) Financed Emissions 
Standard. 

Annual Report 2023 

57

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsStakeholder 
Engagement
Commitment: Embracing 
partnership and 
engagement

As stewards of important social infrastructure 
investments, many stakeholders are impacted 
by our actions: users of the infrastructure; 
communities living next to our assets; our 
employees; investors; public sector clients; 
subcontractors; the environment; and society 
at large. 

Focus
 – Quality services and positive relations with 

our public sector clients.

 – Contribute to the development of industry 

best practices.

Key achievements in 2023
 – Net Promoter Score: Strong NPS of 5615, 

which is in the top quartile of the 
achievable range.

 – During wildfires and flooding in Canada 
and the UK, BBGI’s local teams were in 
close contact with our clients, maintenance 
and operations contractors to support 
teams on-site and to ensure assets 
available for users or rescue services.
 – Joined the UK Infrastructure and Projects 
Authority’s (‘IPA’) Net Zero Working 
Group.

Outlook for 2024
 – Leverage on relationships with local 

governments to implement 
decarbonisation initiatives across our 
investments.  

 – Continue to participate in industry groups 
to keep us informed of industry trends.
 – Engage with industry practitioners and 

share learnings on best practices.

Section 172
As a member of the AIC, BBGI acknowledges 
Provision 5 of the AIC Code’s expectation for 
all members to comply with the continuing 
requirement under Section 172(1) of the UK 
Companies Act 2006 (the ‘CA2006’) for boards 
to take stakeholder interests into account and 
to report how they have done so when 
performing their duties. We have previously 
utilised Investor Meet Company for our results 
presentations and have retained their services 
for our 2023 Annual Results. We will continue 
to do so in the future as we actively seek to 
increase our engagement with retail investors. 
The AIC Code reflects the main principles set 
out in the UK Code on Corporate Governance 
and associated disclosure requirements of the 
Listing Rules, as they apply to investment 
companies, including internally managed 
investment companies. 

Detailed insights into how we embody the 
spirit of those Section 172 provisions, consider 
our key stakeholders, and uphold our 
commitment to generating positive and 
sustainable outcomes for all stakeholders are 
outlined to the right, highlighting specific 
actions in 2023.

58 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Key stakeholders

Focus area of our engagement

Types of engagement and metrics used to 

Considerations in the Board decision-

monitor and assess relationships

making process

Our people
Our people are the driving force behind what we do. They are well 
positioned to bring their expertise to our clients, subcontractors 
and partners and deliver the results expected by our investors.

Our relatively flat hierarchy empowers our 

talented people to deliver our purpose. We 

 – Annual and mid-year assessments

 – Direct liaison with the Management Board

  Feedback from individual assessments is 

regularly discussed by the Management 

promote an inclusive work environment where 

 – Regular meetings

Board

all people are treated equally and are supported 

 – Well defined expectations and targets, 

to achieve their potential. We regularly engage 

including ESG targets for all executives

with our teams and seek feedback through a 

range of communications channels.

 – Regular training

 – Training metrics

 – Whistleblower hotline

Two of our people are elected as 

representative staff delegates. They act as a 

liaison and mediator between employees in 

Luxembourg (our headquarters, where most 

BBGI employees are based) and the 

Management Board, on any individual or 

collective grievances with our employment 

practices.

Communities
The positive experience of the people who use our assets and the 
communities who live near to our assets are vital to ensuring our 
success and the satisfaction of our public sector clients.

By maintaining high-quality and resilient social 

 – Client satisfaction discussed at corporate and 

BBGI donated more than £10,000 to charities 

infrastructure assets, we facilitate access to 

Portfolio Companies’ level

supported by our employees through the 

essential services for everyone. 

 – Partnership, sponsorship and donations

first year of our workplace giving 

 – Community initiatives

programme.

We support initiatives that benefit the 

communities living near our assets. 

Our Portfolio Companies donated over 

£100,000 to local charities.

Investors 
Our investors provide capital, feedback on our business model, and 
help to shape our future plans.

Our goal is to generate long-term, predictable 

 – Investor relations activities, including 

and inflation-linked returns for our investors. We 

meetings, webinars, roadshows and direct 

measure our progress against key KPIs.

discussions

We engaged with selected ESG ratings 

providers to ensure shareholders have 

accurate and up-to-date insights into BBGI’s 

 – Close interactions and feedback with our 

ESG credentials.

Supply chain
Our supply chain is made of long-term partnerships that are critical 
to ensure that we can do business and provide our public sector 
clients with operational and available assets.

We monitor our contractors to ensure that they 

 – Contractor monitoring 

conduct their business according to the high 

 – ESG onboarding

standards of performance, ethics and integrity 

 – Annual ESG KPI survey

  We selected key contractors to assist us in 

designing the GHG data collection 

framework for our portfolio emissions 

that we expect.

 – Ongoing ESG engagement topics and joint 

inventory and reporting.

Our public sector clients 
Satisfied public sector clients are critical to our business model.

15  Net Promoter Score (‘NPS’) is a widely used metric measuring the likelihood of customers recommending a  

company's product or service to others. The score can range from -100 to +100, with a higher NPS indicating a  
higher level of customer loyalty and satisfaction. BBGI derives its NPS from an annual client engagement survey.

Corporate Brokers

 – Annual General Meeting

 – Annual Report and Interim Report

 – ESG Report

 – Website

The Board continually keeps under review 

the returns we offer to our investors, along 

with our ability to continue to deliver those 

returns. This forms the basis of discussions 

when determining dividends. 

Investor roadshows provide the CEO with an 

opportunity to speak directly to our 

investors, including discussions on ESG 

initiatives, to understand better their 

expectations.

Our Portfolio Companies collaborate with the 

maintenance and operations contractors for 

each of our assets. They strive to develop 

mutually beneficial long-term relationships and 

react to any possible event.

We aim to build trust by delivering well-

maintained and safe social infrastructure 

facilities and services for our public sector 

clients.

initiatives

 – Responsible contractor policy

 – Regular client meetings 

 – Service quality feedback

 – Ongoing reporting 

 – Net Promoter Score survey 

and GHG inventories

 – Sharing results of our climate risk monitoring 

applied across the portfolio.

  Meetings with our clients drive our asset 

management approach and feed directly 

into our decision-making process. Lessons 

learned from one asset are adapted and 

BBGI joined the UK IPA Net Zero Working 

Group in 2023, aimed at establishing a net 

zero strategy for PPP investments in the UK.

We share the GHG data collected from our 

investments and share experiences from our 

own portfolio

  
 
 
 
Stakeholder Engagement continued

Key stakeholders

Focus area of our engagement

Types of engagement and metrics used to 
monitor and assess relationships

Considerations in the Board decision-
making process

Our people

Our people are the driving force behind what we do. They are well 

positioned to bring their expertise to our clients, subcontractors 

and partners and deliver the results expected by our investors.

Our relatively flat hierarchy empowers our 
talented people to deliver our purpose. We 
promote an inclusive work environment where 
all people are treated equally and are supported 
to achieve their potential. We regularly engage 
with our teams and seek feedback through a 
range of communications channels.

 – Annual and mid-year assessments
 – Direct liaison with the Management Board
 – Regular meetings
 – Well defined expectations and targets, 
including ESG targets for all executives

 – Regular training
 – Training metrics
 – Whistleblower hotline

  Feedback from individual assessments is 
regularly discussed by the Management 
Board

Two of our people are elected as 
representative staff delegates. They act as a 
liaison and mediator between employees in 
Luxembourg (our headquarters, where most 
BBGI employees are based) and the 
Management Board, on any individual or 
collective grievances with our employment 
practices.

Communities

The positive experience of the people who use our assets and the 

communities who live near to our assets are vital to ensuring our 

success and the satisfaction of our public sector clients.

By maintaining high-quality and resilient social 
infrastructure assets, we facilitate access to 
essential services for everyone. 

We support initiatives that benefit the 
communities living near our assets. 

Investors 

Our investors provide capital, feedback on our business model, and 

help to shape our future plans.

Our goal is to generate long-term, predictable 
and inflation-linked returns for our investors. We 
measure our progress against key KPIs.

 – Client satisfaction discussed at corporate and 

Portfolio Companies’ level

 – Partnership, sponsorship and donations
 – Community initiatives

BBGI donated more than £10,000 to charities 
supported by our employees through the 
first year of our workplace giving 
programme.

 – Investor relations activities, including 

meetings, webinars, roadshows and direct 
discussions

 – Close interactions and feedback with our 

Corporate Brokers

 – Annual General Meeting
 – Annual Report and Interim Report
 – ESG Report
 – Website

Our Portfolio Companies donated over 
£100,000 to local charities.

We engaged with selected ESG ratings 
providers to ensure shareholders have 
accurate and up-to-date insights into BBGI’s 
ESG credentials.

The Board continually keeps under review 
the returns we offer to our investors, along 
with our ability to continue to deliver those 
returns. This forms the basis of discussions 
when determining dividends. 

Investor roadshows provide the CEO with an 
opportunity to speak directly to our 
investors, including discussions on ESG 
initiatives, to understand better their 
expectations.

Supply chain

Our supply chain is made of long-term partnerships that are critical 

to ensure that we can do business and provide our public sector 

clients with operational and available assets.

Our public sector clients 

Satisfied public sector clients are critical to our business model.

We monitor our contractors to ensure that they 
conduct their business according to the high 
standards of performance, ethics and integrity 
that we expect.

 – Contractor monitoring 
 – ESG onboarding
 – Annual ESG KPI survey
 – Ongoing ESG engagement topics and joint 

  We selected key contractors to assist us in 
designing the GHG data collection 
framework for our portfolio emissions 
inventory and reporting.

Our Portfolio Companies collaborate with the 
maintenance and operations contractors for 
each of our assets. They strive to develop 
mutually beneficial long-term relationships and 
react to any possible event.

We aim to build trust by delivering well-
maintained and safe social infrastructure 
facilities and services for our public sector 
clients.

initiatives

 – Responsible contractor policy

 – Regular client meetings 
 – Service quality feedback
 – Ongoing reporting 
 – Net Promoter Score survey 
 – Sharing results of our climate risk monitoring 

and GHG inventories

  Meetings with our clients drive our asset 
management approach and feed directly 
into our decision-making process. Lessons 
learned from one asset are adapted and 
applied across the portfolio.

BBGI joined the UK IPA Net Zero Working 
Group in 2023, aimed at establishing a net 
zero strategy for PPP investments in the UK.

We share the GHG data collected from our 
investments and share experiences from our 
own portfolio

Annual Report 2023 

59

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardClimate Disclosures

Corporate Emissions

Scope

Scope 1 
Scope 2 (location-based)
Scope 2 (market-based)
Scope 3 
Total GHG emissions (location-based)
Total GHG emissions (market-based)

GHG intensity (market-based)

Financed Emissions

Attributable GHG emissions
All operational assets

Total GHG emissions from operational assets

Assets under construction or major expansion

Total GHG emissions

Avoided GHG emissions

Carbon footprint

GHG intensity 

2019

2022

2023

tonnes CO2e

tonnes CO2e

tonnes CO2e

12
4
5
264
280
281
11 tCO2e/employee

10
5
7
226
241
243
9 tCO2e/employee
0.3 tCO2e/£m invested 0.2 tCO2e/£m invested 0.2 tCO2e/£m invested

10
4
10
199
213
219
8 tCO2e/employee

2023
The data collection 
being in progress, we 
will report on our 2023 
Financed Emissions in 
our 2023 ESG Report.

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

  Scope 3

2022

5,806 tCO2e
10,997 tCO2e

7,513 tCO2e

24,316 tCO2e

30,583 tCO2e

54,899 tCO2e

404,192 tCO2e

60 tCO2e/€m invested

40 tCO2e/€m revenue

Application of PCAF Financed Emissions framework, as reported in our SFDR Principal Adverse Impact Statement:
 – Data coverage: GHG emissions are reported for the entire portfolio.
 – Methodologies used: BBGI has quantified Scope 1, Scope 2 and material Scope 3 GHG emissions from its portfolio (‘Financed Emissions’) in 

accordance with GHG Protocol16 and PCAF guidance17.

 – Attribution factor: In accordance with the PCAF guidance, BBGI calculated its attributed emissions based on the proportional share of equity 

and subordinated debt held in the Portfolio Companies. GHG emissions reported the Scope 1, Scope 2 and material Scope 3 emissions of BBGI’s 
investments, apportioned using an attribution factor.

Formulas for Total GHG emissions:

Total GHG emissions (tCo2e) =

∑

Current value of investment

Investee company’s enterprise value

x

Investee company’s Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG 
emissions

Which applying the PCAF guidance translates into the following application for the Company:

Total attributable GHG emissions 
(tCo2e) =

∑

Outstanding investment

(Equity + Debt)

x

Portfolio Company’s Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG 
emissions

where:

Outstanding investment

BBGI’s equity and subordinated debt in the investment 

Investee company’s enterprise value

Portfolio Company’s Equity plus Debt

Equity

Debt

Total equity and subordinated debt of the investment excluding the impact of 
hedging reserves

Total external debt of the investment

16  Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Standard (2004), Revised Edition (‘GHG Protocol’).
17  Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (‘PCAF’) standard for Financed Emissions: PCAF (2022), The Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard Part A: Financed Emissions. Second Edition.

60 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

 
Case study

Ohio River Bridges, 
Indiana, US

Advantages of electric vehicles for 
highway patrols

Highway operations and maintenance involve various tasks 
such as routine inspections, debris removal, pothole repairs, 
snow ploughing, and emergency response. Traditionally, 
these tasks rely on conventional gasoline or diesel-powered 
vehicles, contributing to elevated carbon emissions and high 
operational costs. The emergence of electric vehicles (‘EV’) 
presents an opportunity to address these challenges while 
promoting sustainability and enhancing public perception.

In 2023, BBGI, through its Portfolio Company, acquired the 
first EV for the Ohio River Bridge Project fleet, a Ford F-150 
Lightning specially outfitted to meet the unique needs of 
highway operations. This vehicle offered multiple 
advantages, including operating without air pollutants, 
lower maintenance requirements and operating costs, 
connectivity with smart technologies with real-time data 
and acting as a portable supply power for hand tools for 
interventions without the need of a generator. With an 
estimated range of over 300 miles per charge, a maximum 
payload of 2,200 lbs, and a towing capacity of 10,000 lbs, 
this vehicle effectively meets the operational requirements 
of highway maintenance tasks. The existing solar panel array 
provides enough capacity to charge the 98 kWh battery of 
the vehicle.

Despite certain limitations common to the usage of EV, such 
as reduced range in winter, higher capital costs compared to 
traditional vehicles, faster tires wear, and charging times: 

“The incorporation of the Ford F-150 Lightning into our 
highway operations and maintenance fleet, exemplifies the 
potential of electric vehicles to transform traditional 
infrastructure management practices. By embracing EV 
technology, BBGI not only achieved environmental and 
economic benefits but also positioned itself as a leader in 
sustainable transportation.”, says Volker Ellenberg, BBGI 
Global Head of Asset Management.

Ohio River Bridges, US

Annual Report 2023 

61

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsTask Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
Summary Report  

As BBGI is considered a non-UK investment 
company, it does not fall within the scope of 
the Financial Conduct Authority’s (‘FCA’) 
requirement for commercial companies with a 
premium listing to make TCFD disclosures. 

Notwithstanding this exemption, the 
Management Board recognises the importance 
of the TCFD and its related disclosures and has, 
as a result, taken the voluntary decision to 
report against the TCFD recommendations. Our 

full TCFD disclosure is included in our ESG 
Report: https://www.bb-gi.com/esg/
sustainability-related-disclosures/

Recommended 
disclosure

Summary

Section

Governance

a) Describe the 
Board’s oversight of 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

b) Describe 
management’s role in 
assessing and 
managing climate-
related risks and 
opportunities.

Strategy

a) Describe the 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities the 
organisation has 
identified over the 
short, medium and 
long-term.

The Supervisory and Management Boards, supported by an executive-led ESG 
Committee, ensure comprehensive governance over all climate change and 
ESG-related activities.

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

The Management Board considers climate change issues when setting strategy, 
considering new investment opportunities, approving annual budgets, monitoring 
performance metrics and targets and approving related disclosures.

The Supervisory Board’s constituted Remuneration Committee designs reward 
structures for our Management Board to foster long-term value-creation and 
reinforce the organisation’s ability to achieve its climate change goals and targets. 

Section: ‘Remuneration 
Report’

The Management Board has overall responsibility for ESG considerations and 
ensuring they are integrated into BBGI’s investment strategy, including in relation to 
climate change. This is achieved through our Investment Committee, Risk 
Management function, Corporate Governance function, and ESG Committee.

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

 ESG Committee Terms of 

Reference

Climate-related risks can encompass both physical disruptions due to factors such as 
extreme weather, and transition challenges in adapting to low-carbon technologies 
or biodiversity risks related to ecosystem disruptions. 

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

Overall, scenario analysis has highlighted that the majority of BBGI’s portfolio is very 
resilient to climate hazards both today and under future climate warming scenarios. 

Our assessment considered climate impacts over short (1–5 years), medium (5–10 
years) and long-term (10+ years) time horizons up until 2050, covering the 
maximum investment life duration of our portfolio. When local mitigation measures 
are also considered, the exposure of our assets to climate change may reduce 
further.

The changes arising from a transition to a low-carbon economy include changes to 
laws and regulations, reputational risks, adapting to new low-carbon materials and 
technologies (this includes alternatives for road surfaces, electric vehicles charging 
infrastructure, and energy-efficient or motion sensor equipment) and increased 
electrification.

62 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

 
 
TCFD Disclosures Summary Report continued

Recommended 
disclosure

Summary

Strategy (continued)

b) Describe the 
impact of climate-
related risks and 
opportunities on the 
organisation’s 
businesses, strategy 
and financial 
planning.

The screening of physical climate-related risks is systematically done for each asset 
during the due diligence and monitoring phases of our investment cycle.

The results of the quantitative climate change assessment have fed into our strategy 
in several ways: it informs us on the type of climate risk each of our assets is exposed 
to, the magnitude of that risk (from low risk to high risk, if any) and the 
corresponding reinstatement value (i.e., the potential cost of damage from physical 
climate risks). 

There is no climate-related cost in our financial models, but this may change in 
relation to increased insurance premiums; however, there is a degree of contractual 
protection from increased insurance costs. 

The cash flows of our availability-based assets remain largely unaffected by physical 
and transition climate-related risks, as they are based on pre-agreed criteria with the 
public sector.

Section

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

c) Describe the 
resilience of the 
organisation’s 
strategy, taking into 
consideration 
different climate-
related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or 
lower scenario.

Our climate modelling demonstrates that our investment strategies focus our 
investments into infrastructure assets. They are built to the latest engineering 
standards and due to the long-term nature of these assets, we consider the 
long-term effects of climate change when they are built. In our capacity as an 
investor, we are developing our resilience by transitioning to net zero through a mix 
of portfolio decarbonisation, engagement with key stakeholders and an ESG 
integrated investment approach. 

A transition to a lower carbon economy presents several opportunities for client-
supported change orders and new investment, should the business case support it.

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

 Net Zero Plan

Risk

a) Describe the 
organisation’s 
processes for 
identifying and 
assessing climate-
related risks.

In line with our commitment to executing due diligence on new acquisitions, within 
six months of an asset integrating into our portfolio we perform a systematic 
screening for various risks. 

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

We also identify climate-related risks through physical risk due diligence. A summary 
of the immediate risk exposure is provided under a ‘Paris-aligned’ scenario and a 
‘high emissions’ scenario, and then in decadal time steps until 2100. We have 
reviewed all existing investments for physical climate change exposure against eight 
climate perils through quantitative scenario-analysis. 

To ensure our portfolio remains resilient to climate risk, we continue to embed these 
insights into our investment screening process, ensuring physical climate risk 
impacts are assessed for all new investments. The output from the screening is a 
bespoke climate factsheet.

Annual Report 2023 

63

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsTCFD Disclosures Summary Report continued

Recommended 
disclosure

Summary

Risk (continued)

Section

b) Describe the 
organisation’s 
processes for 
managing climate-
related risks.

c) Describe how 
processes for 
identifying, assessing 
and managing 
climate-related risks 
are integrated into 
the organisation’s 
overall risk 
management.

Metrics

a) Disclose the metrics 
used by the 
organisation to assess 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities in 
line with its strategy 
and risk management 
process.

b) Disclose Scope 1, 
Scope 2 and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 
GHG emissions, and 
the related risks.

Climate risks identified through our climate risk modelling are managed by our Risk 
Manager and the Management Board, who take steps to ensure climate risk 
considerations are formally embedded within risk management procedures.

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

Climate-related risks have been integrated into our risk management procedures. 

Where we identify material climate risks, these are escalated where necessary to the 
Management Board, ensuring risks can then be appropriately assessed, managed 
and monitored per our risk management procedure.

For our portfolio to remain resilient to climate risk, we embed findings into our 
investment screening process, ensuring we assess physical climate risk impacts for all 
new investments.

 ESG Report

Section: ‘TCFD Disclosures’

We have quantified both physical severity risk scores and potential projected 
financial impacts from 2020 to 2100 for every asset under each warming scenario 
assessed.  For each time horizon and for each warming scenario, each asset is scored 
with a climate risk score, on a scale from very low to very high.

For the 22 assets that have undergone a deep-dive assessment, we conducted 
further sensitivity analysis that considers all existing resilience measures and the 
engineering of our assets in the climate risk score. Since June 2023, BBGI discloses 
climate change related metrics as part of our SFDR Principal Adverse Impact 
Statement.

 ESG Report

Section: ‘Climate-related 
risks’

 SFDR Principal Adverse 

Impact Statement

Refer to section ‘Financed Emissions’.

 ESG Report

Section: ‘GHG Protocol’

 SFDR Principal Adverse 

Impact Statement

64 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

TCFD Disclosures Summary Report continued

Recommended 
disclosure

Summary

Metrics (continued)

c) Describe the 
targets used by the 
organisation to 
manage climate-
related risks and 
opportunities and 
performance against 
targets.

Physical risk targets:

For 22 assets, where we produced a bespoke climate factsheet, we have used it 
when engaging with clients. We will continue to perform a climate-risk screening for 
each new investment.

Corporate Emissions reduction targets:

BBGI has committed to reduce its Corporate Emissions (Scope 1, 2 and 3) 50 per 
cent by 2030 from a 2019 baseline and to reach net zero by 2040.

Financed Emissions reduction targets:

We aim for 70 per cent of our Financed Emissions to be ‘net zero’, ‘aligned’, or 
‘aligning’ to net zero by 2030. This means that by 2030, 70 per cent of AUM 
(portfolio companies by value) will have a long-term goal to be net zero by 2050 or 
sooner. We have a goal to have 100 per cent of our Financed Emissions to be ‘net 
zero’ or ‘aligned’, by 2040.

Section

 ESG Report

Section: ‘Climate-related 
risks’

 Net Zero Plan

Annual Report 2023 

65

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsCorporate governance 
Governance at a glance

Our Board

Stakeholder engagement

Executive and Non-Executive  
Directors split

Committee meetings this year

Strong Net Promoter Score

56 (top quartile achievable range) 

Client satisfaction discussed  
at Board meetings

For more information

   Refer to the stakeholder engagement 
section on page 58 for more information

   Refer to our website to view key  
governance policies: www.bb-gi.com/
investors/policies/

7

Supervisory  
Board

3

Nomination  
Committee

5

Audit  
Committee

4

Remuneration  
Committee

62.5%

Independence on the Board

37.5%

Female representation on the Board

  Read more about our Board diversity 
in the Nomination Committee Report 
starting on page 77

4 years

5 years

Board independence*

*Comprises the Supervisory and Management Boards

Board diversity*

*Comprises the Supervisory and Management Boards

Board tenure (number of years)

Sarah Whitney

Andrew Sykes

Jutta af Rosenborg

Chris Waples

June Aitken

1 year

1 year

2 years

66 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

IndependentNon-independent62.5%37.5% MaleFemale53 Non-Executive DirectorsExecutive Directors53 Corporate governance continued

Relevant Application of European Union and 
Luxembourg Law
BBGI is regulated by the CSSF under Part II of 
the amended Luxembourg law of 17 December 
2010 on undertakings for collective investment, 
and is subject to the Luxembourg amended law 
of 12 July 2013 on Alternative Investment Fund 
Managers (‘AIFM Law’), which implemented the 
EU Alternative Investment Fund Managers 
Directive (‘AIFMD’) into national legislation.

AIFM
On 24 November 2023, the Company 
announced that Frank Schramm, Co-CEO, 
would be retiring with effect from 31 January 
2024. At the same time, the Company 
announced that Andreas Parzych would join the 
Management Board with effect from 31 January 
2024. 

Other than this announcement of intention to 
retire, there have been no other material 
changes during the year in respect of Art. 20 
paragraph. 2(d) of the AIFM Law that warrant 
further disclosure to our shareholders. 

Material risk takers
All members of BBGI’s Management Board are 
considered the material risk takers, in 
accordance with Luxembourg’s AIFM law of 12 
July 2013. Frank Schramm, as former Co-CEO, 
therefore, was a material risk taker until his 
retirement from the Management Board on 31 
January 2024. Andreas Parzych is deemed a 
material risk taker since he joined the 
Management Board with effect from 31 January 
2024. Duncan Ball and Michael Denny are the 

Board attendance
For the year ended 31 December 2023

remaining two members of the Management 
Board and remain material risk takers.

reporting with the AIC Code of Corporate 
Governance (the ‘AIC Code’).

Our work and reporting involve thorough 
consideration of the Principles and Provisions of 
the AIC Code, which in turn addresses the 
Principles and Provisions set out in the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘UK 
Code’), along with additional Provisions of 
specific relevance to BBGI as an investment 
company. We believe that reporting against the 
Principles and Provisions of the AIC Code, which 
has been endorsed by the Financial Reporting 
Council, offers pertinent insight for our 
shareholders.

For the most part, we comply with the Principles 
and Provisions of the AIC Code. Where we do 
not, we provide explanations. Below, we detail 
specific Provisions where we deviate from 
compliance with the provisions of the AIC Code, 
accompanied by relevant section references for 
detailed explanations:

 – AIC Provision 17 (establishing separate 

Management Engagement Committee): See 
Committees of the Supervisory Board.
 – AIC Provision 23 (annual re-election of all 

directors by the shareholders): See 
Management Board – General section.

Incorporation and administration
The ordinary shares were created in accordance 
with Luxembourg law and conform to the 
regulations made thereunder, have all necessary 
statutory and other consents, and are duly 
authorised according to, and operate in 
conformity with, the Articles.

Articles of Association
The Articles were originally approved and 
formalised before a Luxembourg notary public 
on 24 November 2011. The Articles are filed 
with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et 
des Sociétés and are published in the Recueil 
Électronique des Sociétés et Associations 
(‘RESA’). The Articles may be amended in 
accordance with the rules set out in article 32 of 
the Articles. 

   A copy of the current Articles, which were 
most recently amended by shareholder 
approval on 30 November 2020, is available 
for inspection on our website. Refer to www.
bb-gi.com/investors/policies/articles-of-
association/

Compliance statement 
As an internally-managed investment company, 
our robust internal controls play a pivotal role 
in ensuring the strong financial and operational 
performance of our investments. 

BBGI is a member of the Association of 
Investment Companies (‘AIC’) and aligns its 

Name

Function

Independence Age

Original 
appointment

Next 
renewal 
date

Attendance at Meetings  

(total meetings held in the year)

Supervisory 
Board (7)

Audit 
Committee (5)

Nomination 
Committee (3)

Remuneration 
Committee (4)

Independent

60

01-May-19

30-Apr-24

6/7

-

3/3

4/4

Independent

66

29-Apr-22

30-Apr-24

7/7

5/5

3/3

4/4

Supervisory Board

Sarah 
Whitney(i)(ii)

Andrew 
Sykes

Chair of 
Supervisory Board 
and Nomination 
Committee

Senior Independent 
Director and  
Chair of the 
Remuneration 
Committee

Jutta af 
Rosenborg

Chair of Audit 
Committee

Independent

65

01-Jul-18

30-Apr-24

Chris Waples Director of the 

Independent

65

01-May-21

30-Apr-24

Supervisory Board

June Aitken Director of the 

Independent

64

29-Apr-22

30-Apr-24

Supervisory Board

7/7

7/7

7/7

5/5

5/5

5/5

3/3

3/3

3/3

4/4

4/4

4/4

(i)Ms Whitney was unable to attend one meeting of the Supervisory Board due to illness.
(ii)Ms Whitney is invited to attend the Audit Committee meetings as an observer. She attended all Audit Committee meetings held in the year.

These tables set out the expiry dates of the current terms of the Directors’ appointments, and Committee meeting attendance. All appointments may 
be renewed in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles.

Annual Report 2023 

67

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsBiographies of Directors 
Supervisory Board 

Sarah Whitney

Chair, Supervisory Board and 
Nomination Committee

Andrew Sykes

Jutta af Rosenborg

Chair, Remuneration Committee 
and Senior Independent Director 

Chair, Audit Committee

Sarah Whitney has a 35-year career advising on 
strategy, corporate finance, real estate, 
infrastructure, investment and economic 
matters. She has provided consultancy services 
to national and local governments, investors 
and real estate companies. 

Her prior executive roles include Corporate 
Finance Partner at PwC; leading the Government 
& Infrastructure Team at CB Richard Ellis; and 
Head of Consulting & Research at DTZ Holdings 
plc (now Cushman & Wakefield). 

At BBGI, Ms Whitney became Chair of the 
Supervisory Board on 31 July 2020 and is Chair 
of the Nomination Committee.

Ms Whitney sits as a Non-Executive Director on 
the board of Bellway plc (where she serves as 
Senior Independent Director). She also serves as 
a Non-Executive Director on the boards of two 
other investment trusts, JPMorgan Global 
Growth & Income plc (where she serves as Chair 
of the Audit Committee) and Tritax EuroBox plc 
(where she serves as Senior Independent 
Director). 

She is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of England and Wales, Member of 
the Council of University College London, and 
has a BSc in Economics & Politics from the 
University of Bristol.

Andrew Sykes has a wealth of financial services 
and non-executive experience and spent 26 
years of his executive career at Schroders plc. 
He is an experienced director of UK-listed 
companies and has deep knowledge of the 
financial services sector and of corporate 
governance requirements.

He was Chair of SVG Capital plc from 2012 until 
2017, serving on the Board from 2010. He was 
also Chair of Smith & Williamson from 2013 to 
2020. 

At BBGI, Mr Sykes was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director in April 2022, and became 
Senior Independent Director and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee on 29 April 2022. He 
is a Non-Executive Director and Senior 
Independent Director of Intermediate Capital 
Group plc, Chairman of Alder Investment 
Management Limited and Deputy Chair of the 
Governing Body of Winchester College.

Mr Sykes holds a Master’s degree in Modern 
Languages from Oxford University.

Jutta af Rosenborg has extensive experience in 
management and strategy from her background 
as an Executive and other senior operational 
roles at listed companies. She is also an 
experienced non-executive director of listed 
companies. 

Ms af Rosenborg served as CFO, Executive Vice 
President of Finance and IT and Member of the 
Board of Management at ALK-Abelló A/S until 
2010. Before this, Ms af Rosenborg worked at 
Chr. Hansen Holding A/S as Vice President of 
Group Accounting from 2000 to 2003. 

At BBGI, Ms af Rosenborg became a Non-
Executive Director on 1 July 2018 and Chair of 
the Audit Committee on 31 August 2018. She is 
also a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the 
Audit Committee at RIT Capital Partners plc, 
Nilfisk Holding A/S and JP Morgan European 
Growth & Income plc.

Ms af Rosenborg holds an MSc in Business 
Economics and Auditing from Copenhagen 
Business School, and qualified as a state-
authorised public accountant in 1992. 

68 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Biographies of Directors continued

Chris Waples

Independent Director

June Aitken 

Independent Director

Chris Waples (CDir FloD) has 35 years’ global 
experience of managing the acquisition, 
construction and divestment of infrastructure 
projects in progressive high-profile companies. 
He spent 12 years at John Laing Group plc 
where he was Executive Director Asset 
Management, leading the international 
public-private partnership asset portfolio across 
Europe, North America, and Asia Pacific, and 
was also a member of the Executive team that 
oversaw the successful £1 billion market 
capitalisation IPO of John Laing Group plc in 
2015. He was Chair of the Investment 
Committee, Chair of the Investment Portfolio 
Committee and Trustee of the John Laing 
Charitable Trust. 

He previously served as Managing Director of 
Amey plc and held senior positions with 
Scottish Power plc and Blue Circle plc.

Mr Waples became a Non-Executive Director at 
BBGI in May 2021. He is a Fellow and Chartered 
Director of the Institute of Directors and holds a 
Postgraduate degree in Management Studies 
and Agricultural Engineering LICG.

June Aitken has over 30 years of experience in 
global equity markets as an institutional 
stockbroker and has been involved in 
establishing fund structures in multiple 
jurisdictions.

She has held senior roles at HSBC Bank plc 
including as Global Head of Emerging Market 
Equity Distribution and Head of Strategy 
Management. Previously, Ms Aitken was a 
Managing Director at UBS (AG), Head of Global 
Equity Product, and Global Head of Asian 
Equities. She was a founding partner and 
investor of Osmosis Investment Management 
LLP, a specialist investment manager focused on 
environmental and responsible investment 
mandates. 

At BBGI, Ms Aitken was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director in April 2022. She is the 
Non-Executive Chair at CC Japan Income & 
Growth Trust plc, and a Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Audit Committee at JP Morgan 
Asia Growth and Income plc and Schroder 
Income Growth Fund plc.

Ms Aitken holds a degree in Politics, Philosophy 
and Economics from Oxford University, is a 
member of the Chartered Banker Institute and 
acts as a mentor to female entrepreneurs.

Annual Report 2023 

69

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsBiographies of Directors continued

3

2

1

70 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Biographies of Directors 
Management Board

1    Duncan Ball

2    Michael Denny

3    Andreas Parzych

Co-CEO (to 31 January 2024), CEO (from 31 
January 2024) and member of the Management 
Board 

CFO (to 1 February 2024), CFOO (from 1 
February 2024) and member of the 
Management Board

Duncan Ball has worked in the infrastructure 
sector, investment banking and advisory 
business for over 30 years. As Co-CEO of BBGI, 
he is responsible for BBGI’s overall strategy and 
management. He is a member of the 
Management Board and sits on the Group’s 
Investment and ESG Committees. He is also a 
shareholder representative and holds 
directorships in key investments of BBGI.

During the financial reporting period ending 31 
December 2023, Mr Ball served as Co-CEO. He 
was subsequently appointed as CEO, effective 
31 January 2024. He was actively involved in the 
BBGI IPO in 2011 and BBGI’s subsequent 
growth from 19 assets to 56 assets at the end 
of the reporting period.

Michael Denny has over 20 years’ experience in 
corporate finance, with a focus on the 
infrastructure and real estate sectors.

He joined BBGI in early 2012, shortly after its 
IPO. As CFO of the Group, he is primarily 
responsible for all corporate financial matters 
including financial reporting, UK listing 
requirements, taxation, foreign exchange 
hedging and regulatory compliance. Mr Denny 
is a member of the Management Board and sits 
on the Group’s Investment and ESG Committees.

During the financial reporting period ending 31 
December 2023, Mr Denny served as CFO. His 
role was subsequently expanded to Chief 
Financial and Operating Officer, effective from 1 
February 2024.

Executive Director and member of the 
Management Board (from 31 January 2024)

Andreas Parzych has over 20 years’ experience 
in infrastructure investment across transport, 
social infrastructure, and renewables in Europe 
and North America.

Mr Parzych joined BBGI in 2016 as Director, 
Head of Business Development, responsible for 
identifying, evaluating, and executing 
investment opportunities for the fund, and has 
been actively involved in implementing our 
growth strategy since joining BBGI.

  Frank Schramm
Former Co-CEO and member of the 
Management Board to 31 January 2024

During the financial reporting period ending 31 
December 2023, Frank Schramm served as 
Co-CEO of BBGI since its inception, until he 
retired from his role as a member of the 
Management Board and as Co-CEO on 31 
January 2024.

Board attendance
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Name

Function

Independence

Age

Original 
appointment

Next 
renewal 
date

Management Board

Duncan Ball 

Member of the 
Management Board

Non-independent

58

05-Oct-11

05-Oct-24

Frank Schramm(i) Member of the 

Non-independent

55

05-Oct-11

-

Michael Denny

Andreas 
Parzych(ii)

Management Board

Member of the 
Management Board

Member of the 
Management Board

Non-independent

46

30-Apr-13

30-Apr-24

Non-independent

51

31-Jan-24

31-Jan-25

Attendance at Meetings

Management Board (22)

22/22

22/22

22/22

-

(i)Mr Schramm retired from the Management Board on 31 January 2024.  
(ii)Mr Parzych was appointed 31 January 2024. Prior to his appointment, he was invited to attend the three preceding meetings of the Management Board as an observer. 

These tables set out the expiry dates of the current terms of the Directors’ appointments, and Committee meeting attendance. All appointments may 
be renewed in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles.

Annual Report 2023 

71

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statements 
Board leadership and purpose 

Our governance structure
BBGI is internally managed and operates with 
a two-tier governance structure, comprising 
a Management Board and a Supervisory Board. 
The respective responsibilities of each Board 
are outlined to the right.

The Supervisory Board consists solely of 
independent Non-Executive Directors and the 
Chair, who was considered independent at the 
time of her appointment. Directors on both the 
Management and Supervisory Boards are 
accountable under the Listing Rules, as the 
Listing Rules do not distinguish between 
different types of directors. 

While BBGI’s shares are listed on the Official List 
of the UK Listing Authority, the Supervisory 
Board and the Management Board act as one in 
approving any circular or corporate action 
where the Listing Rules require the 
recommendation of the board of a publicly-
listed company (or where recommendation is 
customarily given). Any responsibility applied to 
directors under the Listing Rules applies to all of 
our directors.

Stakeholder engagement
Effective engagement with our stakeholders is 
integral to realising our vision and purpose. As 
a non-domiciled, publicly-listed entity on the 
UK London Stock Exchange, the UK Companies 
Act 2006 (the ‘CA2006’) has limited application. 
Nonetheless, we acknowledge the significance 
of stakeholder interests, and the continuing 
requirements under Section 172(1) CA2006 for 
boards of UK large or publicly-listed companies 
to take stakeholder interests into account and 
report on how they have done so when 
performing their duties. As a member of the 
AIC, we align with the AIC Code requirement for 
the matters set out in Section 172 to be 
reported on by all companies, irrespective of 
domicile and provided there is no conflict with 
local company law.

Detailed insights into how we embody the spirit 
of those Section 172 provisions, fully consider 
our stakeholders, and uphold our commitment 
to generating positive and sustainable 
outcomes for all stakeholders are outlined in 
the ESG section. 

Under AIC Code Provision 3, members of our 
Management Board regularly engage with our 
major shareholders to understand their views 
on significant matters. Going forward, this 
engagement will be led by the CEO and CFOO. 
The Chairs of the Supervisory Board and its 
delegated Committees are always available to 
engage at our shareholders’ request.

72 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Management Board

 – Manages BBGI and its representation 

vis-à-vis third parties (e.g. entry into 
agreements on BBGI’s behalf).

 –

 –

 –

 –

Operational management, including 
discretionary investment management of 
BBGI’s investments.

Sets and implements the Group’s overall 
strategy.

Implements risk management, 
monitoring operational risks and 
measures related to risks.

Oversees BBGI’s administration, including 
preparing its semi-annual valuations, 
statutory financial statements, 
management accounts and its business 
plan, which defines its active approach to 
asset management.

 –

 –

Primary interface for BBGI’s investor 
relations.

Engages with the Supervisory Board on 
behalf of BBGI’s shareholders. 

In carrying out the function of investment 
manager via the Management Board, BBGI 
does not engage an external investment 
adviser to provide investment management 
services. Accordingly, as Executive Directors, 
none of the Management Board sit on the 
Supervisory Board, nor on its formally 
constituted Committees.

Supervisory Board

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

Appoints and, where relevant, dismisses 
members of the Management Board.

Supervises management by the 
Management Board, without being 
authorised to interfere with the 
management.

Exercises its powers attributed by our 
Articles, including: 

supervising and monitoring the 
appointment of the Company’s service 
providers and those of its subsidiaries;

reviewing remuneration and 
compensation levels and structure, and 
other benefits and entitlements of our 
Management Board officers and all 
BBGI employees;

 –

 –

 –

 –

considering prospective issues, 
purchases, or redemptions of shares 
proposed by the Management Board;

reviewing and monitoring compliance 
with our corporate governance 
framework and financial reporting 
procedures;

reviewing and (if thought fit) approving 
interim and annual financial statements; 
and

providing general supervisory oversight 
to the Management Board and Group 
operations.

 
Board leadership and purpose continued

General Meetings 
2023
Our AGM was held on 28 April 2023. There were 
no other shareholder meetings held during the 
year.

Name

M&G plc

Schroders plc

2024
Our next AGM will be held on Tuesday 30 April 
2024. The Notice of Meeting, proposed 
Resolutions and Explanatory Notes, and the 
associated Proxy Form, will be circulated to 
shareholders in accordance with the regulatory 
deadlines, and will be available on our website.

Substantial shareholdings 
As at 31 December 2023, BBGI had 714,876,637 
shares in issue. Pursuant to DTR 5 of the FCA’s 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, we 
had received notice of substantial interests (five 
per cent or more) in the total voting rights of 
BBGI as shown in the table opposite, in 
compliance with DTR 7.2.6R.

Board members and other interests
The members of the Management Board also 
serve as managers of BBGI Management 
HoldCo S.à r.l. On 31 January 2024, Mr Parzych 
was appointed to the Board of BBGI 
Management HoldCo S.à r.l., coinciding with Mr 
Schramm's retirement from his Board position. 
Mr Ball, Mr Denny, and Mr Parzych hold service 
contracts with BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r.l. 
Mr Schramm also holds a service contract with 
BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r.l. and, following 
his retirement from the Management Board on 
31 January 2024, will continue to be available as 
an adviser until 31 December 2024. No other 
Board member held service or management 
contracts during 2023.

Notice periods of 12 months apply to and from 
the Company for the CEO, the CFOO and Mr 
Schramm. Notice periods of 6 months apply to 
and from the Company for Mr Parzych, 
following his appointment to the Management 
Board. The Company has not granted any loans 
to, nor provided any guarantees for the benefit 
of, any Director.

All members of the Supervisory Board (Ms 
Whitney, Mr Sykes, Ms af Rosenborg, Mr 
Waples and Ms Aitken) are considered 
independent Board members, as they: 

 – have not been employees of BBGI;
 – have not had material business 

relationships with BBGI;

 – have not received performance-based 

remuneration from BBGI;

 – do not have family ties with any of BBGIs 
advisers, directors, or senior employees;
 – do not hold cross-directorships or have 

links with other directors through 
involvement on other companies;

 – do not represent a significant shareholder; 

and

 – have not served on the Board for more than 

nine years.

Held

% of total share capital(i)

59,502,903

56,304,964

39,947,825

31,569,569

28,885,124

9.42%

8.48%

8.46%

5.01%

5.00%

Newton Investment Management Limited

Rathbones Group plc

Evelyn Partners

(i)  The percentage of voting rights detailed in the table above was calculated at the time of the relevant disclosure made in 

accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, and the shareholders’ percentage interests in 
BBGI may have changed since that date.

Details of Directors’ holdings in BBGI’s shares 
are disclosed in our Remuneration Report.

Internal controls
The Management Board has robust processes 
and internal controls to help BBGI manage risk. 
It oversees the internal control framework and 
determines the nature and extent of principal 
risks we are willing to take to achieve our 
long-term strategic objectives. As well as 
ongoing monitoring, we review these policies 
and procedures at least annually. 

We recognise that through effective control 
systems we can manage and mitigate the risks 
of failure to achieve business objectives, but we 
cannot eliminate them. By their very nature, 
these procedures are unable to provide 
absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

During 2023, our Compliance and Risk functions 
reviewed, assessed and reinforced our robust 
governance and risk controls frameworks, 
including delegate and due diligence process 
monitoring, through in-person meetings and 
on-site attendance at delegate offices. 

 – The Supervisory Board monitors our 

investment performance against our stated 
objectives and reviews our activities on a 
quarterly basis to ensure that our 
Management Board is adhering to our 
investment policy and guidelines, including: 
clearly defined investment criteria; return 
targets; our risk profile; and compliance 
framework. During these meetings, the 
Management Board reports KPIs on 
operating performance, cash projections, 
investment valuations and corporate 
governance matters. 

 – The Head of Compliance and Risk presents 
our Interim and Annual Risk Report and 
quarterly Compliance updates to the 
Management Board and the Supervisory 
Board, and to the Audit Committee, with 
Board Directors present. 

 – The ESG Committee oversees the 

management of material ESG activities and 
reports to the Management Board on any 
recommendations and proposed actions 
following each Committee meeting. The 
ESG Committee meets at least quarterly. Its 
membership for 2023 comprised the 

Co-CEOs, the CFO, the Director ESG/
Sustainability and the Company Secretary. 
Through the ESG Committee, the 
Management Board remains informed 
about the dual aspect of sustainability risks: 
the risk of financial, operational, and direct 
physical impacts from sustainability factors 
on our portfolio (with associated increased 
regulation), as well as the effects caused by 
our investments to sustainability aspects.
The Internal Auditor carries out its review as 
part of our triennial audit plan, as agreed by the 
Management Board and Audit Committee and 
communicated to the CSSF. The nature, timing, 
and extent of our internal audit procedures are 
determined by assessing risk related to specific 
activities, and the complexity and sophistication 
of our operations and systems, including how 
we control information processing. The Internal 
Audit Summary Report is presented to the 
Audit Committee in March each year and then 
submitted to the CSSF.

Annual Report 2023 

73

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsDivision of Responsibilities

Management Board
General
The Management Board comprises three 
members, each contractually engaged by BBGI 
Management HoldCo S.à r.l., a direct 
consolidated 100 per cent-held BBGI subsidiary. 
As a result, no member is deemed independent 
under AIC Code Provision 10. However, the 
Management Board’s functions are overseen by 
the Supervisory Board, which meets the 
independence criteria set out in Provision 10. 

While our two-tier structure is not explicitly 
covered by the AIC Code, our independent 
Supervisory Board ensures we are compliant 
with AIC Code Provision 10. 

The Company’s Articles require the re-election 
of the Management Board’s members annually 
by the Supervisory Board, and not by 
shareholders. This does not meet the 
requirements of AIC Code Provision 23, which 
requires that directors be subject to election by 
shareholders. However, as the Management 
Board carries out the role of investment 
manager, the Supervisory Board deems it 
appropriate that it elects the members of the 
Management Board. The Articles also require 
that the members of the Supervisory Board are 
subject to annual re-election by shareholders, 
who may also dismiss any member. We 
consider this procedure satisfies the 
requirements of AIC Code Provision 23.

Performance evaluation and reappointment
As stated above, the Management Board carries 
out the functions of BBGI’s investment 
manager. Management Board Directors are 
appointed by the Supervisory Board for a year, 
and these appointments are then renewed. Mr 
Ball was originally appointed in October 2011 
for BBGI’s IPO. Mr Denny was originally 
appointed to the Management Board in April 

2013, and Mr Parzych was appointed in January 
2024, following the concurrent retirement of Mr 
Schramm from the Management Board.

solution to BBGI, covering many areas, including 
but not limited to private managed hosting, 
backup services, and IT security services. 

BBGI is registered under the UK’s National 
Private Placement Regime ('NPPR'), allowing us 
to continue to market our shares in the UK. 

Delegated functions
We are required to have dedicated Risk 
Management, Compliance and Internal Audit 
functions under AIFM Law; and each function 
must be functionally and hierarchically separate 
from all other operating unit functions. Grant 
Thornton Vectis remained as our Internal 
Auditor for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Our Head of Risk and Compliance is authorised 
by the CSSF to perform the Risk Management 
and Compliance functions, and reports to our 
Management Board and Supervisory Board, or 
one of its formally constituted Committees, as 
well as reporting to respective Designated 
Board Members, who retain responsibility for 
overseeing the performance of the respective 
functions.

Our Management Board is responsible for the 
correct and effective operation of the delegated 
functions listed below.

Our shares trade on the main market of the 
London Stock Exchange. In this context, Link is 
our depository, receiving agent and UK transfer 
agent. All shares are held in dematerialised 
form, in accordance with the Luxembourg 
Dematerialisation Law. 

LuxCSD acts as the Company’s EEA-based CSD. 
BIL acts as the required intermediary between 
the Company and LuxCSD. Both LuxCSD and BIL 
are classified as delegates and are subject to 
the appropriate level of delegate oversight in 
accordance with our delegate oversight 
framework. 

G.I.T.S. PSF provide a fully outsourced IT 

Other key delegates and providers:

Central Administrative Agent, Depositary, 
Paying Agent and Transfer Agent:

CACEIS Investor Services Bank S.A. (CACEIS)

Depository (UK):

Link Market Services Trustees Limited (‘Link’)

Central Securities Depository (CSD):

LuxCSD S.A. (‘Lux CSD’)

Principal Agent:

Banque Internationale à Luxembourg S.A. 
(‘BIL’)

Information Technology:

G.I.T.S. PSF

74 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

 
Division of Responsibilities continued

Supervisory Board
General
The Supervisory Board consists of five Non-
Executive Directors, all of whom are 
independent. All Supervisory Board members 
are elected for a 12-month period ending at our 
AGM each year, when they are required to retire, 
in accordance with the Articles. The members 
can offer themselves for re-election by 
shareholders however, reappointment is not 
automatic.

The Supervisory Board meets at least four times 
a year and between these formal meetings, the 
Management Board and the Company’s 
corporate brokers have regular contact. Where 
necessary, both Supervisory and Management 
Board members have access to independent 
professional advice at BBGI’s expense. The 
Supervisory Board considers items in the 
Notices and Agendas of meetings, which are 
formally circulated to its members before each 
meeting as part of the Board papers. It reviews 
investment performance and associated matters, 
compliance and risk profile, the performance of 
key service providers, investment and financial 
controls, marketing and investor relations, peer 
group information, industry issues, general 
administration and other matters relevant to 
fulfil its oversight remit. At each meeting, 
members must advise of any potential or actual 
conflicts of interest before discussion.

The Supervisory Board has formally established 
Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees. Further details are below and in 
each Committee Report. Copies of the Terms of 
Reference for each of our Committees are 
available on our website at www.bb-gi.com. 

Audit Committee
In accordance with Provision 29 of the AIC Code 
and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules (‘DTR’) rule 7.1, the Company has a 
formally constituted Audit Committee, to which 
the Supervisory Board has delegated 
responsibility for the general oversight and 
monitoring of the Company’s compliance with 
financial and regulatory controls in accordance 
with AIC Code and Disclosure, Guidance and 
Transparency Rules requirements.

The Audit Committee operated throughout 
2023 in accordance with the AIC Code and 
within clearly defined terms of reference, which 
are regularly reviewed, including all matters 
indicated by DTR 7.1 and the AIC Code. 

The Audit Committee reports its findings to the 
Supervisory Board, identifying matters where it 
recommends action or improvement. If there is 
a conflict between the provisions of the AIC 
Code and the provisions of the law on the Audit 

Profession, we comply with the provisions of the 
law on the Audit Profession and disclose any 
conflict.

As External Auditor, PwC attends specific Audit 
Committee meetings to consider BBGI’s Annual 
and Interim Financial Statements, where PwC 
presents the conclusions of its work, and 
whenever the Audit Committee considers 
necessary. 

performance evaluation of the Supervisory 
Board and its formally constituted Committees. 

In recruiting new directors, the Nominations 
Committee actively seeks greater diversity by 
gender, ethnicity, nationality, and other criteria, 
and is committed to selecting members based 
on merit and with the relevant and 
complementary skills for BBGI to maximise 
stakeholder value.

The Audit Committee meets at least three times 
per year, and whenever the Audit Committee 
Chair may require. Any member of the Audit 
Committee, or the External Auditor, may request 
additional meetings. Other Directors, employees 
and third parties may be invited by the Audit 
Committee to attend meetings when 
appropriate. Ms Whitney is not a Committee 
member, however, as Supervisory Board Chair, 
she is invited to attend each of its scheduled 
meetings. 

Remuneration Committee
In accordance with AIC Code Provision 37, the 
Company has a formally constituted 
Remuneration Committee, to which the 
Supervisory Board has delegated its 
responsibilities for: establishing the general 
principles of the policy for Directors’ 
remuneration; setting remuneration for the 
Management Board; and supervising 
remuneration structure and levels for other 
employees’ compensation and other benefits 
and entitlements. The Remuneration Committee 
reports its findings and any recommendations 
to the Supervisory Board. 

The Remuneration Committee meets at least 
twice a year, and whenever the Remuneration 
Committee Chair may require. Additional 
meetings may be requested by any member of 
the Remuneration Committee, if necessary. 
Other Directors, employees and third parties 
may be invited by the Remuneration Committee 
to attend meetings as and when appropriate. 

Nomination Committee
In accordance with AIC Code Provision 22, the 
Company has a formally constituted Nomination 
Committee, to which the Supervisory Board has 
delegated its responsibilities for appointing the 
members of the Management Board and the 
appointment of any further Supervisory Board 
members. 

The Nomination Committee meets to consider 
the renewal of the appointments of 
Management Board members (renewable 
annually for one year), the appointment of new 
Supervisory Board members, to review the 
succession plans for both the Management and 
Supervisory Boards and oversees the annual 

The Nomination Committee meets at least twice 
a year, and at other times as the Nomination 
Committee Chair requires, in accordance with its 
Terms of Reference. If necessary, Nomination 
Committee members can request additional 
meetings. Other Directors, employees and third 
parties may be invited by the Nomination 
Committee to attend meetings when 
appropriate. 

In accordance with AIC Code Provision 22, the 
Chair does not chair any Committee meeting 
where her succession is discussed. 

Further details on the roles of each Committee 
and their activities during 2023 are in the 
individual Committee reports in this Annual 
Report. Committee Chairs attend our AGM, 
where they can respond to any shareholder 
queries on their Committee’s activities.

Management Engagement Committee
Oversight of delegates and key service providers 
is highly regulated by the Luxembourg CSSF, 
including formal reporting structures, regular 
oversight visits and compliance monitoring 
plans, in accordance with the Company’s 
Oversight of Delegated Activities framework. 
Given the Company’s internally managed 
structure and the Management Board's primary 
role in overseeing the delegate process, along 
with the size of the Supervisory Board, the 
Supervisory Board performs the functions of a 
Management Engagement Committee. Ms. 
Whitney serves as the Chair. As a result, we 
consider it unnecessary to have a separately 
constituted management engagement 
committee, as prescribed under AIC Code 
Provision 17, as there would be no material 
benefit to BBGI and our shareholders.

In its role as Management Engagement 
Committee, the Supervisory Board met four 
times in 2023 to consider, together with the 
Management Board, the performance, 
effectiveness and appropriateness of the 
ongoing appointments of our third-party service 
providers under Principle H of the AIC Code. 
During these meetings, the Management Board 
provided feedback and key findings from any 
meetings with third-party service providers.

Annual Report 2023 

75

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsComposition, Succession and Evaluation

Supervisory Board Gender Diversity 

40%
 Male: 
 Female:  60%

  See the Nomination Committee Report 
on page 77 for further information on 

  Board diversity

  For more information about our approach  
to diversity in general, please see our   
separate ESG Report

Re-election of Supervisory Board members
In accordance with the Articles, all members of 
the Supervisory Board will offer themselves for 
re-election at our forthcoming AGM in 2024 
and, as a result of the successful performance 
evaluation, the Supervisory Board recommends 
the re-election of each of its members.

Re-election of Management Board members
The Supervisory Board evaluates the 
performance of the Management Board and its 
Directors annually to ensure they operate 
effectively and efficiently, and that the 
appointment of the individual Directors is in the 
best interests of BBGI and its shareholders. 
Following satisfactory evaluations carried out in 
2023, the Supervisory Board resolved to renew 
Mr Denny’s appointment for a year with effect 
from 30 April 2023, and Mr Ball for a year with 
effect from 5 October 2023. While Mr 
Schramm’s appointment was also renewed on 5 
October 2023, he informed the Board in 
November 2023 of his intention to retire, after 
12 years, as Co-CEO and member of our 
Management Board. Mr Schramm remained in 
his position until 31 January 2024 and will be an 
adviser to the business until December 2024. Mr 
Parzych was appointed a member of the 
Management Board on 31 January 2024 for a 
year. His mandate will also be considered for 
renewal on an annual basis.

We believe the Supervisory Board members 
have an appropriate combination of skills, 
experience and knowledge to fulfil their 
obligations. They also have a breadth and 
diversity of experience relevant to BBGI, and we 
believe any future changes to the composition 
of the Supervisory Board can be managed 
without undue disruption. We are unaware of 
any circumstances that are likely to impair, or 
could appear to impair, the independence of 
any of the Supervisory Board members.

Board composition, tenure and diversity
The Nomination Committee and the 
Management Board regularly review BBGI’s 
succession plans, but ultimate decision-making 
rests with the Supervisory Board. To ensure 
continuity and stability, and to maximise 
retained knowledge transfer, our Non-Executive 
Directors are expected to retire on a staggered 
basis, as part of our structured succession plan. 

Our Management and Supervisory Boards take 
the gender and ethnic diversity of their 
composition into full consideration. We are 
supporters of the goals of FTSE Women Leaders 
and the Parker Review on Ethnic Diversity on 
Boards and integral to this, the Nomination 
Committee regularly reviews our policies on 
diversity, equity and inclusion. We remain one of 
the few FTSE 350 companies with both a female 
Chair and Audit Committee Chair and female 
representation on our Supervisory Board at the 
reporting date remains unchanged at 60 per 
cent. Several of our staff at the level reporting 
directly to the Management Board are women, 
with 39 per cent female representation. 20 per 
cent of the Supervisory Board and 8 per cent of 
those employees who report directly to the 
Management Board are considered to be from 
an ethnic minority background as categorised 
by the Parker Review. We intend to comply with 
the Parker Review’s recommendation from next 
year for disclosure of a target for ethnic minority 
representation below the Board level by 2027.

We are proud of having a low employee 
turnover rate, with no change in the year across 
the consolidated Group. Combined with the 
small number of people employed, this 
inevitably presents us with limited opportunities 
to promote greater diversity of gender and 
ethnicity to senior roles. Wherever possible, the 
Management and Supervisory Boards 
understand our need to take all reasonable and 
practical steps to evolve diversity throughout 
the Group, without compromising on the quality 
and skills of our team. 

Further details on Board composition, tenure, 
and diversity are in the Nomination Committee 
Report.

76 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

 
 
 
 
Nomination Committee Report

Annual statement  
from Nomination 
Committee Chair

Committee membership Meeting attendance

Sarah Whitney

Andrew Sykes

Jutta af Rosenborg

Chris Waples

June Aitken

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

I am pleased to present the 
Nomination Committee (the 
‘Committee’) report for the 
financial year ended 31 
December 2023 on behalf of the 
Supervisory Board.

Terms of Reference
The Committee functioned throughout 2023 
according to its defined Terms of Reference, 
which are prepared in accordance with the AIC 
Code. They are regularly reviewed throughout 
the year by the Committee and are available to 
view on the Company’s website. Any proposed 
amendments to the Terms of Reference are 
referred to the Supervisory Board for approval. 
The roles and responsibilities of the Committee, 
as set out in its Terms of Reference, are 
reviewed at least annually, and consider 
relevant regulatory changes and recommended 
best practice. There were no material 
amendments to the Terms of Reference during 
2023. 

Responsibilities
The Committee and its Chair are appointed by 
the Supervisory Board. Membership is solely 
confined to Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. Each of the five Independent 
Non-Executive Directors is a Committee 
Member. The Nomination Committee’s 
responsibilities include: 
 – reviewing the renewal of the appointments 

of the Management Board members 
(appointments are renewable annually for 
one year only);

 – considering the composition of the 

Supervisory Board and the appointment of 
new Supervisory Board members (subject 
to annual shareholder approval);

 – succession planning for the Management 

and Supervisory Boards; and

 – the annual performance evaluation of the 

Supervisory Board and its formally 
constituted Committees.

Key activities during the year
During the year, the Committee met three 
times, with all members present. 

Supervisory Board composition,  
tenure and diversity  
As part of its annual oversight and assessment 
of the composition of the Supervisory Board, 
the Committee considered the relationship 
between the Supervisory and Management 
Boards, as well as the balance of skills and 
backgrounds of the Non-Executive Directors. 
Their collective experience ensures that the 
relationship with the Management Board is 
robust, fostering a culture of healthy discourse 
and diligent inquiry, leading to thorough 
scrutiny and comprehensive oversight.
As such, it is the Committee’s view that the size, 

structure, and composition of the Supervisory 
Board and its Committees adequately meet the 
Company's needs and effectively fulfil their 
respective duties. 

We appreciate the sustained support from 
shareholders in affirming the reappointment of 
all the Directors at the April 2023 AGM, 
providing confidence that we are serving our 
shareholders’ best interests effectively in our 
oversight of the Company and Management 
Board.

We wholeheartedly support the initiatives and 
regulatory efforts aimed at advancing gender 
and ethnic diversity within publicly-listed 
companies. This includes initiatives such as the 
FTSE Women Leaders and the Parker Review. 
While after the period to which this Report 
relates, in light of the FTSE Women Leaders’ 
Report published in February 2024 identifying 
BBGI as maintaining an all-male Executive 
Committee, we wish to clarify an important 
aspect of our corporate structure that has a 
significant impact on the interpretation of these 
findings.

BBGI operates under a two-tier board system, 
which the Report does not fully take into 
account. This structure distinctively separates 
the roles and responsibilities of our Supervisory 
Board from those typically associated with an 
Executive Committee. It is crucial to note that 
our Supervisory Board boasts a 60 per cent 
female representation, with both a female Chair 
of the Supervisory Board and a female Audit 
Committee Chair, showcasing our firm 
commitment to diversity and inclusion at the 
highest levels of governance. This level of 
female representation is among the highest 
within the FTSE 350 companies and significantly 
contributes to the effectiveness and diversity of 
thought within our leadership.

Furthermore, the characterisation of our 
Management Board as an equivalent to an 
Executive Committee does not accurately reflect 
our operational structure. In reality, a broader 
Executive Committee within our organisation 
would encompass a wider range of senior roles, 
including direct reports that significantly bolster 
female representation beyond the three 
Executive Directors. Female representation at 
the level reporting directly to the Management 
Board is at 39 per cent.

We strive to meet gender and ethnic 
compositional goals at all levels, including our 
Management Board and their direct reports. As 
at 31 December 2023, our team of 26 
colleagues comprised 14 different nationalities. 
20 per cent of the Supervisory Board and eight 
per cent of direct reports to the Management 
Board are considered to be from an ethnic 
minority background as categorised by the 
Parker Review.

Annual Report 2023 

77

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsNomination Committee Report continued

While we have made significant progress in the 
area of diversity and inclusion, we remain 
committed to enhancing the representation and 
diversity of skills and expertise not just among 
the members of our Supervisory Board and 
Committees but throughout the business. This 
commitment not only aligns with our corporate 
values but also ensures we continue to meet 
the evolving needs and expectations of our 
stakeholders.

It is important to note that one of the key 
positive attributes of our business has been 
stability at the Management Board level. Since 
IPO, the same team has been serving our 
shareholders investing for the long term, and 
below them sits a team of people who too have 
seen an enviably low turnover rate, with no 
changes in the year across the consolidated 
Group. Whilst this stability has clearly played an 
important part in delivering to our investors 
over the long term, this inevitably presents 
limited opportunities to promote greater 
diversity of gender and ethnicity to senior roles 
within BBGI. Despite these challenges, we are 
dedicated to taking all reasonable and practical 
steps to evolve diversity throughout the Group.

Succession planning
Following last year’s review of our policy on the 
Appointment and Tenure of the Supervisory 
Board Directors, we re-assessed the revised 
policy, with no material amendments deemed 
necessary, and only minor changes were 
incorporated. As stated in last year’s Annual 
Report, the Committee recognises that the AIC 
does not explicitly preclude a Director from 
serving more than nine years, but stating that 
doing so is one of several factors that could 
lead to a Director losing independent thinking. 
In recognition of the market sentiment towards 
excessive periods of tenure beyond nine years, 
we have retained those same limits in respect of 
our Supervisory Board members, allowing only 
for an extension of the Chair in exceptional 
circumstances, such as to facilitate an effective 
succession plan and in furthering the 
development of a diverse Board.

During the year, the Committee reviewed the 
composition and membership of the 
Management Board, the Supervisory Board, and 
their formally constituted Committees. It was 
determined that no further appointments to the 
Supervisory Board were necessary. 

Following Frank Schramm’s retirement on 31 
January 2024, we extend a warm welcome to 
Andreas Parzych upon his appointment to the 
Management Board. We look forward to the 
valuable contributions he will make to the 
Company, leveraging his unique combination of 
skills and extensive experience with a strong 
focus on business development.

The appointment of Andreas underscores the 
depth of senior talent within the Company.

78 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

For further information regarding Andreas' 
background and qualifications, please refer to 
the Biographies section of this Annual Report.

The Committee will continue its work in 
assessing capacity within the organisation, key 
person risks and continuous development of 
appropriate succession plans for the 
Supervisory and Management Boards and their 
direct reports. We remain committed to 
complying with AIC Code Provision 26, and plan 
to engage an independent third party to 
facilitate an external performance evaluation 
process in 2024. 

Succession planning was considered, at both 
the Supervisory and Management Board level 
and also for direct reports to the Management 
Board. As part of those reviews and planning, 
we consider the existing skills and experience 
within the business, any potential future 
departures and key person risks. We also 
consider the adequacy of plans to develop 
talent within the Company. Where necessary, 
the Committee will appoint external consultants 
to assist with the identification and recruitment 
of suitable candidates. However, the 
Management Board remains responsible for 
recruitment of all senior positions below 
Board-level, and it regularly keeps the 
Committee and Supervisory Board appraised of 
existing and potential future human resourcing 
requirements.

The process of appointing any new Directors is 
led by the Nomination Committee. Our 
approach is to make appointments across all 
levels based on merit, and the strengths, skills 
and experience that individual candidates bring 
to the composition and balance of the 
Management and Supervisory Boards, or 
Company. 

Annual Committee planning  
and member development
During the year, the Committee reviewed its 
formalised annual work plan. The plan ensures 
individual Committee members regularly 
consider all material matters, and that sufficient 
time is allocated for discussion.

We also reviewed the induction process for, and 
information pack available to, new Non-
Executive Directors. These have been used to 
support Andreas Parzych’s integration on to the 
Management Board.

The Committee also reviews training 
undertaken to determine the ongoing 
commitment and suitability of each Supervisory 
Board member as an independent Non-
Executive Director of the Company. I am 
pleased to once again be able to say that each 
Supervisory Board member has undertaken 
relevant training, ensuring continuing familiarity 
with the latest regulatory and operational 
developments relevant to BBGI’s business.

Annual performance evaluation
In response to the 2022 performance review of 
the Supervisory Board’s effectiveness, we made 
some minor changes to the management of the 
Board’s business to improve the effective 
working of the Board. The 2022 review also 
recognised the importance of keeping the 
Company’s strategy and risk management 
processes under review given the challenging 
macroeconomic environment. The Supervisory 
Board has allocated a considerable proportion 
of its time to these activities, and expects to 
continue doing so in 2024 and beyond. 

The Committee decided to postpone its earlier 
resolution to undertake an externally-facilitated 
performance review in 2023. This delay is 
intended to allow for a smooth integration of a 
new Management Board member and to 
enhance the effectiveness of the subsequent 
evaluation process in 2024.

Accordingly, the 2023 performance review was 
conducted by way of individual one-to-one 
interviews between myself and each of the 
Supervisory Board members. The interviews 
considered the performance of the Supervisory 
Board, its three Committees and their respective 
Chairs. I also received feedback from the 
Management Board. The Committee 
subsequently met to consider formally the 
conclusions from these discussions.

The feedback from those interviews and the 
Management Board concluded that the 
Supervisory Board and its Committees were 
effective and collaborative, with all members 
actively contributing.

The adjustments made in response to last year’s 
performance review, including holding separate 
discussions on key matters, were recognised for 
having enhanced the value and effectiveness of 
our regularly scheduled Board and Committee 
meetings.

We maintain an internal register of training 
undertaken by all staff and Directors. Members 
of the Supervisory Board are required to 
provide evidence of relevant training 
undertaken in the year. During the year, they 
were invited to take part in staff-wide training 
on Anti-Money Laundering (‘AML’) and 
Counter-Terrorism Financing (‘CTF’), Market 
Abuse Regulations (‘MAR’), cyber-security and 
ESG related topics.

Key priorities for the Supervisory Board for the 
year will be for enhancing our involvement in 
oversight of asset management and leadership 
development. A proposal to increase 
engagement with our assets through site visits 
and presentations from key personnel below 
the Management Board has been set in motion, 
with potential for an annual site visit to assets. 
The Management Board has our full confidence, 
and we will support them in maintaining their 

Nomination Committee Report continued

Approval
This Report was approved by the Board on  
27 March 2024 and signed on its behalf by: 

Sarah Whitney
Nomination Committee Chair 
27 March 2024

continued disciplined approach to asset 
acquisition and management. The Committee 
will also review plans for Supervisory Board 
succession to ensure it remains appropriate, 
sufficiently forward-looking and well-balanced 
when accounting for the experience, skills and 
diversity of our current members.

The 2023 review concluded that the Supervisory 
Board and its Committees comprise an 
appropriate balance of experience, skills, and 
knowledge to enable them to discharge their 
responsibilities properly. Furthermore, the 2023 
evaluation concluded that the Board and its 
Committees operated effectively throughout 
the year.

As the Senior Independent Director, Mr Sykes 
evaluated my performance as Chair of the 
Supervisory Board, in accordance with Provision 
14 of the AIC Code, and he concluded that I 
continue to perform my role effectively.

I have also evaluated the performance of each 
Supervisory Board member, and concluded that 
each member performed their duties effectively 
throughout the reporting period, and has 
sufficient capacity to carry out their duties 
properly, with no single member over-boarded 
by other directorships.

Renewal of Executive Director mandates
The Supervisory Board reviewed the performance 
of each Management Board member. Each 
member is considered to have performed their 
duties effectively and was reappointed for 
another year. 

The Committee reviewed the plans for all senior 
positions for succession planning. These plans are 
regularly updated by the Management Board and 
reviewed by the Nomination Committee at least 
annually. 

The year ahead
With Frank's retirement, 2024 will bring changes 
to the composition of the Management Board. 
We have strong confidence in the leadership of 
Duncan and Michael, both with extensive 
tenures on the Management Board, serving for 
12 and 11 years respectively. Alongside 
Andreas, who has been a valuable member of 
the BBGI team since 2016 and has played a 
significant role in implementing the Company's 
growth strategy, this team is well-prepared to 
guide BBGI to success in 2024 and beyond.

As a Committee, we are committed to regular 
meetings to ensure that the Supervisory Board 
continues to provide the essential support 
required by the Management Board. This 
responsibility remains our top priority and holds 
the highest position on our agenda for the year. 
We will also maintain vigilant oversight of the 
dynamic macroeconomic landscape and its 
effects on the Company's strategy and risk 
management procedures.

Annual Report 2023 

79

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsAudit Committee Report

Annual statement from 
Audit Committee Chair

Committee membership Meeting attendance

Jutta af Rosenborg

June Aitken

Andrew Sykes

Chris Waples

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

80 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

I am pleased to present  
the Audit Committee  
(the ‘Committee’) report  
for the financial year ended  
31 December 2023 on behalf  
of the Supervisory Board. 

Terms of Reference
The Committee functioned throughout 2023 
according to its defined Terms of Reference, 
which are prepared in accordance with the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 7.1, the AIC 
Code and applicable Luxembourg regulations. 
They are regularly reviewed throughout the 
year by the Committee and are available to view 
on the Company’s website. Any proposed 
amendments to the Terms of Reference are 
referred to the Supervisory Board for approval. 
The roles and responsibilities of the Committee, 
as set out in its Terms of Reference, are 
reviewed at least annually, and consider 
relevant regulatory changes and recommended 
best practice. There were no material 
amendments to the Terms of Reference during 
2023. 

Committee membership
The Committee and its Chair are appointed by 
the Supervisory Board. The Committee currently 
consists of four Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, all of whom sit on the Supervisory 
Board, and membership is at all times confined 
to Independent Non-Executive Directors. Ms 
Whitney, as Chair of the Supervisory Board, is 
invited to attend each Committee meeting as 
an observer, but is not a member. The 
biographies of each Committee member are in 
the Corporate Governance section of this 
Annual Report. The Supervisory Board considers 
that at least one Committee member has recent 
and relevant financial experience for the 
Committee to discharge its functions effectively.

Responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Committee 
include:

 – Advising the Supervisory Board on whether 
the Group’s Annual and Interim Reports 
and financial statements, taken as a whole, 
are fair, balanced, and understandable, and 
provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position 
and performance, business model and 
strategy.

 – Monitoring the integrity of the 

consolidated and standalone financial 
statements of the Company and any formal 
announcements relating to the Group’s 
financial performance, satisfying 
themselves that the financial statements 
are compliant with relevant accounting 
standards and that any significant financial 
reporting issues and judgements raised by 

the External Auditors are appropriately 
considered.

 – Reviewing the semi-annual valuations of 

BBGI’s investment portfolio.

 – Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal financial controls and risk 
monitoring including consistency of 
accounting policies and practices on a 
year-to-year basis, the Group’s internal 
control and risk management systems, 
including reviewing the Internal Auditors’ 
Annual Regulatory Report. 

 – Reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness 

of the Group’s Internal Audit function, 
including the appointment and removal of 
the third-party service provider of Internal 
Audit and reviewing and approving the 
tri-annual internal audit plan.
 – Formally reporting and making 

recommendations to the Supervisory Board 
for resolutions to be put to shareholders at 
the AGM, to approve the appointment, 
re-appointment, and removal of the 
External Auditor, and keeping their 
associated remuneration and terms of 
engagement under review.

 – Reviewing and monitoring the External 

Auditor’s independence and objectivity and 
the effectiveness of the audit process, 
taking into consideration relevant 
Luxembourg and UK professional and 
regulatory requirements.

 – Ensuring implementation of a policy on 
non-audit services, considering relevant 
guidance and legislation regarding the 
provision of non-audit services by the 
External Auditor and the Company’s 
Non-Audit Services Policy.

 – Reviewing the adequacy and security of the 
Group’s arrangements for its employees 
and stakeholders to raise concerns in 
confidence via BBGI’s whistleblower hotline, 
about possible wrongdoing in financial 
reporting, fraud, bribery, discrimination or 
any other matters.

These responsibilities form the basis of the 
Committee’s annual work plan. The Committee 
is authorised to seek any information it requires 
from the Management Board and external 
parties, and to investigate issues or concerns as 
it deems appropriate. The Committee may also 
obtain independent professional advice at the 
Company’s expense, to perform its duties. 

The External Auditor is routinely invited to 
attend Committee meetings, particularly when 
the Annual and Interim Reports are under 
review. Additionally, there are occasions 
throughout the year when the External Auditor 
engages directly with Committee members, 
independent of the presence of the 
Management Board. The Committee maintains 
direct lines of communication with both the 
External Auditor and the Management Board, 
ensuring comprehensive oversight. All findings 
and recommendations are consistently reported 

Audit Committee Report continued

to the Supervisory Board for further action and 
consideration.

assumptions, judgements, and methodologies.

Valuation of investments
As in previous years, the Committee engaged in 
discussions with the Management Board, the 
External Auditor, and the Internal Auditor, 
covering a broad range of topics. We continue 
to regard the fair valuation of the Company’s 
underlying investments as the most significant 
risk of material misstatement in our financial 
statements. To address this, we have 
comprehensive pre-publication discussions of 
the Company’s annual and interim financial 
statements. Sufficient time is allocated for 
in-depth conversations with the Management 
Board, whose twice-yearly valuation of 
underlying investments, including NAV 
sensitivity analyses, are independently reviewed 
by a third-party valuation expert.

The Committee was able to request detailed 
explanations from the Management Board, 
scrutinising the rationale behind investment 
valuations, and examining the applied 

The External Auditor participates in Committee 
meetings at least twice per year to present and 
discuss their audit or review findings. Their 
audit process includes a valuation specialist 
who reviews and reports on the adequacy of 
the underlying investment valuations. Special 
attention is paid to key assumptions for fair 
valuation, applied discount rates, and the 
macroeconomic context.

The Committee also received briefings from the 
External Auditor on the outcomes of their 
controls testing and audit procedures, with a 
particular focus on the risk of material 
misstatement during the audit/review of the 
Annual and Interim Financial Statements.

Following this process and reviews, the 
Committee concluded that the valuation 
methodology applied to the Group’s 
investments in 2023 was appropriate, and the 
resulting investment values were reasonable.

External Auditor independence  
and effectiveness 
In assessing the ongoing independence of the 
External Auditor, the Committee:

 – reviewed the External Auditor’s report 

outlining the extent of non-audit services 
provided by them and related parties to the 
Company and its subsidiaries;

 – received confirmation from the External 
Auditor as to its compliance with ethical 
requirements regarding independence and 
the application of appropriate safeguards, 
along with the arrangements in place to 
identify, manage and disclose conflicts of 
interest and that it has remained 
independent of the Group in accordance 
with Regulation (EU) No 537/2014 and the 
AIC Code; and

 – considered existing engagements with the 
External Auditor having been entered into 
prior to their appointment as External 
Auditor, along with associated changes in 
personnel to maintain independence.

Key activities during the year

At the Audit Committee meetings, the 
Committee considered, inter alia:

the introduction and enhancement of 
comprehensive climate-related disclosures;

the Committee’s Terms of Reference and 
annual work plan;

semi-Annual Valuation Reports for our 
investment portfolio, focusing on the 
assumptions used, sensitivity scenarios, and 
observations from the External Auditor and 
third-party independent valuation specialists;

management’s proposals for interim 
dividends, including benchmarking against 
market peers;

our 2022 Annual Report, the 2023 Interim 
Report and the appropriateness and 
consistency of our accounting policies;

the impact of changes to IFRS reporting 
standards;

the re-appointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers as our External 
Auditor, overseeing their independence, and 
the provision of any non-audit services, whre 
applicable;

the effectiveness of the audit process and 
recommending the External Auditor’s plan  
for the financial year to the Supervisory 
Board, including key business risks relevant to 
the audit;

reports from the External Auditor to  
the Committee;

an in-depth review with management on 
BBGI's tax strategy;

an analysis of our overall Risk Profile, Key 
Risk Indicators, related tools, and the 
effectiveness of our risk monitoring;

an annual review of the Charters and 
Policies relevant to the Committee;

the effectiveness of our Internal Auditor, 
inclduing the review of the Internal Auditor’s 
Annual Regulatory Report for 2022 and the 
scope of the 2020–2022 triennial internal 
audit plan, as well as the upcoming 2023-
2025 triennial plan;

the potential ongoing impact of geo-
political conflicts on our portfolio and 
broader macroeconomic consequences;

a thorough review of internal controls and 
policies;

the results of an externally conducted 
cyber-security risk assessment for BBGI, 
including a review of existing controls and 
recent adaptations to mitigate this risk;

ongoing consultations on, and updates to, 
the UK BEIS Audit and corporate 
governance reforms;

quarterly presentations from the Head of 
Compliance and Risk to the Committee, with 
all Supervisory Board members present, on 
the activities and achievements of the 
Compliance function, including;

 – periodic updates on the oversight of 
delegated activities and risk-based 

monitoring of service providers, including 
new and forthcoming legislation 
concerning IT outsourcing risks;
 – the increasing reporting requirements 
being imposed by the Luxembourg 
regulator (CSSF) and across the EU, 
including self-assessment questionnaires, 
financial crime surveys, sustainability 
disclosures, targeted financial 
sanctions screening, etc;

 – training in regulatory and corporate 

governance matters made available by the 
Company to staff and board members; 
and

 – periodic updates on the internal control 

framework including anti-fraud 
safeguards such as the whistleblowing 
hotline, policy updates and data 
protection monitoring of group entities 
and service providers.

the Director ESG/Sustainability, who chairs 
BBGI’s ESG Committee, presented to the 
members of the Committee and Supervisory 
Board the status of the Company’s various 
ESG workstreams and related topics, 
including;
 – alignment with the UN Sustainable 

Development Goals and setting of net zero 
targets;

 – stakeholder engagement;
 – collection of portfolio GHG inventories; 

and

 – ongoing compliance and disclosures in 

accordance with regulatory and voluntary 
reporting frameworks, including SFDR and 
TCFD.

Annual Report 2023 

81

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsAudit Committee Report continued

In assessing the ongoing effectiveness of the 
External Auditor, the Committee considered;

 – the External Auditor’s fulfilment of the 

agreed audit plan and variations;

 – feedback from the Management Board 
evaluating the performance of the audit 
team; and

 – the Financial Reporting Councils (‘FRC’s) 

Annual Report on audit quality inspections.

With regards to the Audit Plan, I also spoke 
directly with the External Audit Partner to 
ensure that the Committee’s specific 
expectations were met with regard to any topics 
of relevance to the Company.

In reviewing the performance of the External 
Auditors, the Committee noted with approval 
the high level of professional scepticism 
exhibited during the fiscal year. This was 
evident from the thorough and probing nature 
of the questions posed by the External Auditor, 
particularly regarding the valuation process. The 
Committee was further reassured by the quality 
and depth of Management's responses, 
especially concerning the applied discount rates 
and macroeconomic assumptions. These 
interactions underscored a robust and effective 
audit process.

The Committee has reviewed the audit process 
and confirms its satisfaction with the adherence 
to the established terms of engagement. We 
have observed that the audit carried out by the 

System of internal control

External Auditor upholds the principles of 
independence and objectivity, thus ensuring its 
effectiveness. This conclusion is based on an 
evaluation of the External Auditor’s 
methodologies and the transparency of their 
audit procedures.

Non-audit services
The Committee considered the level of 
non-audit services provided by the External 
Auditor. To the extent that non-audit services 
are not prohibited, the Committee will continue 
to review and, where appropriate, approve 
non-audit service engagements performed by 
the External Auditor on controlled subsidiaries, 
in accordance with the Non-Audit Services 
Policy. 

As a general principle, the Committee will not 
approve the use of the External Auditor for 
non-audit services, unless there is a valid and 
specific justification.

For the financial year ended 31 December 2023, 
the External Auditor did not provide any 
non-audit services. There were no other 
non-audit related fees paid to the External 
Auditor during the year ended 31 December 
2023.

Internal controls and risk management
The Committee reviews the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal financial control systems. 

The Company has a well-established framework 
for assessing the effectiveness of the internal 
controls. During the year, I worked with our 

Head of Compliance and Risk, CFO and 
Company Secretary to ensure that this 
framework was fully documented and that it 
remained appropriate to the present risks and 
operational strategy. 

As a Committee, we believe that this framework 
remains effective, operating within the three 
lines of defence: 

 – The first line of defence are the business 
units that take or acquire risks under 
predefined policy and limits and carry out 
controls.

 – The second line of defence is monitoring 
the effectiveness and implementation of 
those controls on an ongoing basis by the 
Compliance and Risk Management 
functions.

 – The third line of defence is the internal 
audit function providing an independent, 
objective and critical review of the first two 
lines of defence, and which itself has been 
delegated to an external and independent 
third party, providing further reassurance.

As further reinforcement of the framework’s 
effectiveness, the Committee receives regular 
presentations throughout the year from 
relevant members of staff and third parties in 
respect of the Risk Management, Compliance 
and Internal Audit functions; 

 – Risk Management: The Head of Risk and 
Compliance, in her role as Risk Manager, 
presents the Annual and Semi-Annual Risk 
Reports in person directly to the 

Supervisory Board

First line  
of defence

Management Board

Second line  
of defence

Risk control

Compliance

Third line  
of defence

External 
auditor

CSSF

Operational 
Management

Internal 
control 
measures

Information technology

Internal audit

Finance and accounting

Information security

82 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Audit Committee Report continued

Committee, with all members of the 
Committee and Supervisory Board in 
attendance at those presentations. During 
these presentations, as well as outside of 
them, Committee members had the 
opportunity to challenge the Risk Manager 
and members of the Management Board, 
enabling an appropriate level of direct 
oversight. Additionally, the Committee 
regularly receives and reviews BBGI’s risk 
profile and related key risk indicators, 
including any changes thereto, prepared by 
the Risk Manager and overseen by the 
Designated Management Board Member 
for Risk.

 – Compliance: The Head of Risk and 

Annual Deep Dive:Tax
In alignment with its Annual Work Plan, the 
Committee allocates time to explore specific 
topics preselected earlier in the year. In 2023, 
Management presented an overview of BBGI's 
tax strategy. The Committee engaged in 
discussions about global tax regulations, their 
impact on the Group, and the existing policies 
and measures to address tax-related risks. The 
Management Board is responsible for tax 
management and regularly updates the 
Committee and Supervisory Board on taxation 
matters and their influence on the Group. The 
Committee appreciates the presentation and 
the conservative approach to tax risk, with no 
aggressive tax structures employed.

Compliance also presents on matters of 
compliance to the Committee on a 
quarterly basis. To this end, the Committee 
receives quarterly compliance reports, 
which describe the work performed by the 
Compliance function, and cover all key 
areas of the compliance monitoring 
programme, including, but not limited to, 
AML/CTF, delegate oversight, conflicts of 
interest, training, regulatory watch, data 
protection, fraud, cyber-security, 
whistleblowing, implementation and 
update of policies, ESG and personal 
transactions. As with our oversight of Risk, 
the Management Board members and 
other representatives were available and 
responded to the Committee members’ 
queries and requests for further 
clarification. The Head of Risk and 
Compliance further presented the 
Committee with the Annual Compliance 
Report for the Financial Year ended 31 
December 2022, which was required to be 
submitted to the Luxembourg Regulator, 
CSSF, during the year.  

 – Internal audit: As described in the 
responsibilities section above, the 
Committee undertook a review of the 
Internal Auditor’s effectiveness, the 2022 
Internal Auditor’s Annual Regulatory Report 
and the final year of the Internal Auditor’s 
2020–2022 triennial internal audit plan. As 
part of this process, the Committee 
received a presentation from the Internal 
Auditor, which covered their specific 
approach to engagement, a detailed 
outline of their scope of work, the audit 
objectives and their conclusions resulting 
from the 2022 engagement. The Internal 
Auditor also presented its next triennial 
internal audit plan, for fiscal years 2023-
2025, to the Committee.

For all three internal control functions – Risk 
Management, Compliance and Internal Audit 
– the Committee and its members are 
presented with necessary information to 
monitor their respective effectiveness. For 2023, 
the Committee concluded that each of the Risk 
Management, Compliance, and Internal Audit 
functions have performed effectively and 
continue to have suitable processes and 
controls in place.

Following the presentation, the Committee 
acknowledged the Company’s commendable 
standards in tax management. Looking ahead 
to 2024, the Company plans to invite its global 
tax adviser to a scheduled meeting. This will 
provide additional reassurance regarding the 
Company's stance on taxation and risk appetite.

Going concern and viability statements 
Having regard to our assets and liabilities, the 
Committee considered the Viability and 
Management Board Responsibilities Statements, 
and the processes and assumptions underlying 
the statements, considering: 
 – BBGI’s investment policy and investment 

pipeline;

 – the long-term and contractual nature of 

BBGI’s investments;
 – investment reviews;
 – BBGI’s risk profile and key risk indicators 

(including principal risks and uncertainties) 
and mitigating actions put in place;

 – relevant financial and economic 

information and long-term assumptions;

 – scenario testing;
 – annual and semi-annual valuations of the 

investments; and

 – whether the Management Board has 

diligently carried out its responsibilities in:
 – selecting suitable accounting policies and 

applying them consistently;

 – making judgements and estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent;

 – stating whether applicable accounting 

standards have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;
 – preparing the financial statements on a 
going concern basis, unless it would be 
inappropriate to presume that the Group 
will continue in business;

 – maintaining proper accounting records 
that disclose with reasonable accuracy 
the Group’s financial position and enable 
it to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with all relevant regulations; and

 – safeguarding the Group’s assets and 

taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

Having considered all of the above, and the 

discussions held with the Management Board, 
the Committee is satisfied the Viability 
Statement and the Management Board 
Responsibilities Statement are prepared on an 
appropriate and reasonable basis. 

 Regulatory environment
The Committee was kept informed of regulatory 
changes throughout 2023, including changes in 
scope or interpretation by the regulator, and 
potential future developments. This monitoring 
and update process is facilitated by our 
Regulatory Watch, maintained by our 
Compliance function and is included in the 
regular compliance reporting to Committee 
members by the Head of Compliance and Risk 
and the Designated Management Board 
Member for Compliance. 

Focus for 2024
For 2024, we will continue our oversight of the 
External Auditor and their effectiveness. We will 
continue to monitor the integrity of the 
Company’s reported financial position and 
disclosures, the effectiveness of the internal 
audit function, and our response to material 
regulatory changes.  

As part of our Annual Work Plan to dedicate 
sessions to deeper analysis of specific topics, in 
2024 the Committee has invited BBGI’s Director, 
Sustainability and ESG, who also chairs BBGI’s 
ESG Committee, to present on the topic of 
sustainability, including global regulatory 
developments and disclosure expectations, 
which she believes are relevant to BBGI.  

More generally, the Committee will also 
continue its work in monitoring the 
effectiveness of our internal controls, financial 
reporting and disclosures, as well as the impact 
of political, tax and regulatory developments in 
relevant geographies, including the ongoing 
developments in the UK around audit and 
corporate governance reforms.

Together with all Committee members, I am 
available at the AGM to respond to any 
shareholder questions regarding the 
Committee’s activities.

Approval
This report was approved by the Board on  
27 March 2024 and signed on its behalf by: 

Jutta af Rosenborg
Audit Committee Chair 
27 March 2024

Annual Report 2023 

83

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee Report

Annual Statement  
from Remuneration 
Committee Chair

Committee membership Meeting attendance

Andrew Sykes

June Aitken

Jutta af Rosenborg

Chris Waples

Sarah Whitney

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

I am pleased to present the 
Remuneration Committee  
(the ‘Committee’) report  
for the financial year ended  
31 December 2023 on behalf  
of the Supervisory Board.

Terms of Reference
The Committee functioned throughout 2023 
according to its defined Terms of Reference, 
which are prepared in accordance with the AIC 
Code, and were last updated on 26 January 
2023. They are regularly reviewed throughout 
the year by the Committee and are available to 
view on the Company’s website. Any proposed 
amendments to the Terms of Reference are 
referred to the Supervisory Board for approval. 
The roles and responsibilities of the Committee, 
as set out in its Terms of Reference, are 
reviewed at least annually, and consider 
relevant regulatory changes and recommended 
best practice. There were no material 
amendments to the Terms of Reference during 
2023. 

Composition of the Committee
The Committee consists of a minimum of three 
members. The Supervisory Board appoints 
Committee members and the Chair (who 
cannot be the Supervisory Board Chair) and 
membership is confined to independent 
non-executive directors. 

Each of our five Independent Non-Executive 
Directors is also a Committee member. Our 
biographies are in the Biographies section of 
this Annual Report. 

Key activities during the year
The Committee met four times during the year. 

Responsibilities
The Committee is responsible for establishing the 
general principles and terms of the Remuneration 
Policy for our Directors and employees, for 
setting the remuneration of the Management 
Board and Supervisory Board, and for 
determining the terms of the Remuneration 
Policy. 

This Remuneration Report has been prepared in 
compliance with reporting obligations outlined in 
the relevant Luxembourg legislation. To provide 
greater transparency to shareholders and 
employees alike, we have again voluntarily 
disclosed additional remuneration detail beyond 
our legal reporting obligations. We continue to 
comply with the provisions of the AIC Code on 
remuneration.

Performance in 2023 
Despite ongoing macroeconomic challenges, the 
operational performance of BBGI’s globally 
diversified portfolio of social infrastructure assets 
was strong throughout 2023. This performance is 
a testament to the Company’s low-risk 
investment strategy, prudent financial 
management, and a value-driven asset 
management approach.

Financial performance proved resilient, 
notwithstanding the challenging macroeconomic 
environment. The Company met its full-year 
dividend target of 7.93pps, an increase of six per 
cent compared to the prior year, with strong cash 
dividend coverage of 1.40x. NAV was £1,056.6 
million representing a decrease of 1.4 per cent on 
a NAV-per-share basis. This decline can be 
attributed to several factors, including shifts in 
the market discount rate, adverse foreign 
exchange movements affecting the portfolio’s 
value, and a provision made to account for the 
impact of draft Canadian tax legislation, which 
seeks to limit excessive interest and financing 
expense deductibility for tax purposes, affecting 
both domestic and international investors and 
which is commonly referred to as EIFEL.

The Management and Supervisory Boards of the 
Company continue to assert the importance of 
sound ESG practices for long-term value and 
resilience, with sustainable investments in social 
infrastructure at its core. Several of BBGI’s 
employees have ESG-related targets and the 
Management Board’s remuneration framework 
includes both LTIP and STIP metrics related to 
ESG. 

This year, BBGI advanced its ESG goals, notably 
collecting comprehensive Financed Emissions 
data (Scope 1, 2, and significant Scope 3 GHG 
emissions) across all assets, being a key step in 
the Company’s journey to net zero.

Key decisions during the year 
As part of its planned remuneration review 
process, the Committee commissioned an 
independent review of the Management Board 
compensation framework in 2023. 

The review indicated that the compensation 
framework is in line with market practice and 
benchmarks, and the Committee has therefore 
concluded that no material changes to the 
framework are required. The Committee’s work 
in 2023 included the following key decisions:

 – approval of the annual Remuneration 

Committee cycle;

 – assessing performance against the 2022 
STIP targets and approving the outcome;
 – formalising the assessment of the 2019 LTIP 

outcome;

 – setting metrics and targets for 2023 STIP 

and LTIP awards18; and 

18  The 2023 LTIP award was granted in February 2024. The vesting period under these awards is from December 2023 to December 2026. 

84 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Remuneration payments for Frank will be made 
in line with his service contract and will be 
disclosed in full in the 2024 Remuneration 
Committee report. The Committee agreed to 
treat Mr Schramm as a good leaver in accordance 
with the provisions of the incentive plan rules in 
respect of his outstanding incentive awards. Frank 
was eligible for the 2023 and the 2024 annual 
bonus award which will be paid in cash and 
shares. He did not participate in the LTIP award 
made to the Management Board in February 
2024. Frank will be subject to post-employment 
shareholding requirements in line with the 
remuneration policy.

Following Frank’s departure, Duncan Ball will 
continue in his role as sole CEO. From 1 February 
2024, Michael Denny was appointed COO 
alongside his existing CFO duties. Effective from 
31 January 2024, Andreas Parzych was appointed 
to the Management Board. 

Mr Parzych’s base salary on appointment was set 
at €250,000 per annum. The committee believes 
that this salary level is representative of Mr 
Parzych’s skills and experience and is 
appropriately positioned in the market. In line 
with other Management Board members, Mr 
Parzych will receive a pension allowance of 15 per 
cent of base salary and will participate in the 
existing short-term and long-term incentive 
plans, with a maximum award opportunity of 75 
per cent of salary under both plans.

Andrew Sykes
Remuneration Committee Chair
27 March 2024

 – reviewing and updating the Company’s 

Remuneration Policy and the Remuneration 
Committee terms of reference.

Detailed decisions of the Committee 
Salary increases
There were no salary increases awarded to the 
Management Board in 2023. The average 
increase awarded to our employees was 7.7 per 
cent. This approach reflects the Company’s 
commitment to equitable compensation 
practices and furthermore acknowledges the 
broader economic challenges and increased 
costs of living faced by our employees.

Annual bonus (FY22) outcome
For the financial year ended 31 December 2023, 
the Co-CEOs and CFO were each eligible for a 
maximum bonus of 150 per cent of base salary 
as at 31 December 2023. The Committee 
assessed the award of this annual bonus against 
a range of stretching financial and strategic KPIs 
(see further in this report) The Management 
Board delivered strong performance and 
progress against targets, with the annual bonus 
outcomes at 70 per cent of the maximum 
opportunity for the 2023 financial year. 
One-third of the earned bonus is deferred and 
will be used to purchase shares, to be held for 
three years.

LTIP outcome (2020 award)
In December 2020, LTIP awards were granted to 
the Co-CEOs and CFO. These equated to an 
award value of 200 per cent of salary for the 
Co-CEOs, and 150 per cent of salary for the 
CFO, and were based on a stretching NAV total 
return target. The 2020 awards will be released 
following the publication of the Group’s 2023 
audited accounts, vesting at 100 per cent of the 
maximum for the Co-CEOs and CFO. This 
outcome reflects the performance against 
targets for the three-year period to 31 
December 2023. In the period the Company 
achieved a NAV total return of 23 per cent. 

No discretion was exercised in determining the 
annual bonus and incentive outcomes 
described above. 

Supervisory Board remuneration
The Supervisory Board fees were unchanged in 
2023, with the last review conducted in 2022. 
Further details are provided in this report.

Management Board changes
As announced on 24 November 2023, Frank 
Schramm informed the Board of his intention to 
retire after 12 years as Co-CEO and stepped 
down from the Management Board on 31 
January 2024. In accordance with his service 
contract, Frank’s notice period runs to the end of 
2024 during which time he will continue to be 
available to ensure an orderly handover and 
seamless transition.

Annual Report 2023 

85

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRemuneration at a glance

Key remuneration principles
BBGI's remuneration framework is based on the 
following key principles:

The objectives of the Company's Remuneration 
Policy are to:

 – Attract and retain highly qualified 

executives and employees with a history of 
proven success.

 – Align the interests of BBGI’s Management 
Board and employees with shareholders’ 
interests, executing our investment policy 
and fulfilling our investment objectives.

 – Support strategy and promote our 
long-term sustainable success.

 – Establish performance goals that, if met, 
are accretive to long-term shareholder 
value.

 – Link compensation to performance goals 
and provide meaningful rewards for 
achieving these goals. This incorporates 
both financial and non-financial 
performance indicators, including key ESG 
goals and health and safety factors.

In considering Management Board 
remuneration during 2023, the Committee 
acknowledged the principles of transparency, 
clarity, simplicity, risk management, 
proportionality, and alignment to culture.

Risk and conduct
BBGI’s Remuneration Policy encourages sound 
and efficient management of risks and does not 
encourage excessive risk-taking. The 
Remuneration Policy is consistent with sound 
and effective risk management through:

 – implementing a sound governance 

structure for establishing goals and for 
communicating performance goals to 
colleagues to ensure transparency;
 – including financial and non-financial 
objectives in performance and result 

Management Board remuneration framework summary for 2023

Element

Base salary

Base salaries19:
Co-CEOs: C$902,839 and €596,03520 CFO: €381,754

Pension and 
benefits

Co-CEOs and CFO: 15 per cent of salary (cash allowance).
The Co-CEOs receive a monthly car allowance. 

Annual bonus 
(STIP)

Co-CEOs and CFO: performance measures established entitling 
beneficiaries to 50 per cent of salary at threshold performance, 75 per 
cent of salary at target and 150 per cent at maximum.

One-third of bonus is used to purchase BBGI shares to be held for three 
years.

STIP is based on a balance of strategic, financial, operational, compliance 
and ESG metrics, with robust quantitative and qualitative performance 
requirements set for threshold, target, and maximum performance.

Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

Co-CEOs: performance measures established entitling beneficiaries to 50 
per cent of salary at threshold performance, 100 per cent of salary at 
target and 200 per cent at maximum.

CFO: threshold: 50 per cent of salary at threshold, 75 per cent of salary at 
target and: 150 per cent of salary at maximum.

Performance is measured over three years. For the 2023 LTIP awards, 80 
per cent of the award is subject to stretching NAV Total Return targets; 10 
per cent is subject to reducing corporate GHG emissions and 10 per cent 
subject to progress in the implementation of net zero targets related to 
BBGI’s Portfolio Companies.

The Management Board members are required to build and maintain a 
minimum holding of BBGI shares with a value of 200 per cent of salary21.
Post-employment shareholding requirements: Management Board members 
are required to hold 100 per cent of salary in shares for two years after 
leaving BBGI.

Shareholding 
requirements

assessments; and

law of 12 July 2013.

 – ensuring an appropriate mix of fixed and 
variable compensation to discourage 
inappropriate risk-taking.

Ex-post risk adjustment mechanisms, in the 
form of market standard malus and clawback 
arrangements, are in place for the Management 
Board, who are all identified as material risk 
takers, in accordance with Luxembourg’s AIFM 

In evaluating the components of variable 
remuneration, we consider long-term 
performance, and current and future risks 
associated with it, and the lifetime of the assets 
under management.

During the year, the Committee reviewed the 
remuneration policy and its implementation, 

Single figure table – Management Board 

Duncan Ball (Co-CEO)

Frank Schramm (Co-CEO)

Michael Denny (CFO)

In Sterling

Base salary

Benefits

Annual bonus 

Pension

LTIP22

Total fixed

Total variable

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

538,189

553,435

518,444

500,097

332,058

320,307

15,165

15,594

14,547

14,032

–

–

563,376

843,542

542,708

762,245

347,598

488,210

80,728

757,242

634,082

84,354

239,942

653,384

77,767

786,303

610,758

76,225

240,822

590,354

1,320,618

1,083,484

1,329,010

1,003,067

49,809

377,713

381,867

725,311

48,821

40,134

369,128

528,343

897,471

Total remuneration

1,954,700

1,736,868

1,939,768

1,593,421

1,107,178

19  Base salaries were unchanged during the year ended 31 December 2023.
20  The Co-CEOs, Duncan Ball and Frank Schramm, are paid in Canadian Dollars and Euro, respectively. The CFO is paid in Euro.
21  This minimum holding is calculated based on the Director’s salary at 1 May 2023 and is fixed for three years.
22  The 2020 LTIP vests by reference to performance in the three-year period to 31 December 2023. The associated shares will be released to the Management Board members following the 

publication of BBGI’s 2023 audited accounts. 

86 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Remuneration at a glance continued

The figures in the table on the previous page are derived from the following:

a.

Base salary

Salary earned over the year, shown in the reporting currency of the Group (Sterling). Both Mr Denny and Mr Schramm 
receive all cash entitlements in Euro. Mr Ball receives all cash entitlements in Canadian Dollars. The Sterling amounts 
are converted using the average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 31 December 2023, 
the relevant average exchange rates were £1 = C$1.6776 and £1 = €1.1497. 

b.

c.

Benefits

The taxable value (gross) of benefits received in the year. These are principally car allowance.

Annual bonus 
(STIP)

The value of the bonus earned in respect of the financial year: one-third will be paid in shares and held for three years. 
Below we describe achievements against the performance measures for the latest financial year. 

d.

Pension

The pension figure represents the cash value of any pension contributions, including any cash payments in lieu of 
pension contributions made in the year. 

e.

Long-term 
incentives

The value of LTIP shares vesting, calculated by the estimated number of shares that vest in respect of the 2020 LTIP award 
multiplied by the average share price over the last quarter of the year ended 31 December 2023 (£1.319). 

and concluded that the relevant remuneration 
processes and procedures were implemented in 
accordance with the policy. Furthermore, the 
Committee concluded that the remuneration 
policy remains consistent with and promotes 
sound and effective risk management and does 
not encourage levels of risk-taking which are 
inconsistent with the risk profile of BBGI. 

On the previous page we have set out total 
remuneration for each Management Board 
member for the year ended 31 December 
202323.

Additional disclosures for  
the single figure table 
Management Board members receive an annual 
base salary, payable monthly in arrears. Both Mr 
Denny and Mr Schramm receive salaries in Euro 
(€381,754 and €596,035 respectively). Mr Ball 
receives his salary in Canadian Dollars 
(C$902,839). The table above presents figures in 
Sterling, the Group’s reporting currency. The 
changes in these figures, when compared, 
solely result from exchange rate fluctuations, as 
there were no adjustments made to the base 
salaries of Management Board members during 
the year.

Assessment and performance criteria and weighting 

The combined annual base salary received by 
the members of the Management Board during 
the year ended 31 December 2023 was 
£1,388,691 (2022: £1,373,839). 

Base salary 

Duncan Ball

Frank Schramm

Michael Denny

Base salary at 
31 December 
2023

Base salary at 
31 December 
2022

£535k

£517k

£331k

£551k

£528k

£338k

Taxable benefits and pension-related 
benefits
The Co-CEOs received a car allowance amounting 
to a total amount of £29,712 (2022: £29,627) for 
2023. The Co-CEOs and the CFO also received an 
annual cash payment for pension, retirement, or 
similar benefits, equating to 15 per cent of their 
annualised base salary as at 31 December 2023. 

BBGI has fewer than 30 employees across six 
different countries and individual pension 
arrangements across the team vary by location. In 
Luxembourg, where most of the Group’s 
employees are located, normal pension 
contributions are made up of eight per cent of 

salary from the employer, eight per cent of salary 
from the state and eight per cent from the 
employee.

STIP – annual bonus for year ended  
31 December 2023 
The table below summarises the STIP 
performance metrics and achievements in 
respect of the financial year ended 31 
December 2023. The maximum STIP 
opportunity for the Co-CEOs and the CFO is 
150 per cent of base salary. The Remuneration 
Committee is responsible for determining both 
whether the relevant financial and non-financial 
performance objectives have been satisfied and 
the level of award under the STIP for the 
relevant year. Against a challenging economic 
backdrop, the Management Board delivered 
strong performance and progress against the 
targets set at the start of the year and as a 
result achieved 70 per cent of the maximum 
outturn. No payment under the STIP is made if 
performance is below the threshold criteria.

For 2023, awards of 105 per cent of base salary 
were achieved by the Co-CEOs and CFO. 
One-third of the earned bonus will be settled in 
BBGI shares, with the net number of shares after 
settling the associated tax liability to be held for 

Performance measure 

Key financial targets 
- dividends 

Key financial targets 
- NAV per share

Operational financial 
targets - ongoing 
charge, cash 
management and 
budgetary controls

Assessment and performance achievement

Threshold performance
(33% vesting equating to  
50% of base salary)

Target performance  
(50% vesting equating to  
75% of base salary)

Maximum performance
(100% vesting equating to  
150% of base salary)

Weighting

(% of maximum)

Outturn  

 – A dividend of 7.93pps was declared for 2023, representing dividend growth of 6 per 

cent.

 – The Company’s NAV per share decreased by 1.4 per cent in the year. Therefore, the 
threshold performance requirement was not met and as a result there will be no 
payout under this metric.

 – BBGI maintained the sector’s low comparative ongoing charge at 0.93 per cent, 

attributed to its efficient and cost-effective internal management, in line with target 
performance.

 – Effective cash management and capital allocation were consistently maintained, 
ensuring appropriate cash balances, limited use of the RCF and robust dividend 
coverage.

 – Expenses were well controlled, with an outturn below budget in line with maximum 

performance.

20%

50%

20%

86%

23  The detail in the table goes significantly beyond that required to be disclosed under the relevant Luxembourg law. 

Annual Report 2023 

87

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRemuneration at a glance continued

Performance measure 

Disciplined  
growth

Portfolio 
management 

Effective oversight, 
regulatory watch, 
and risk 
management 

ESG 

Assessment and performance achievement

Threshold performance
(33% vesting equating to  
50% of base salary)

Target performance  
(50% vesting equating to  
75% of base salary)

Maximum performance
(100% vesting equating to  
150% of base salary)

Weighting

(% of maximum)

Outturn  

Throughout the year, the Management Board assessed various acquisition 
opportunities. However, adhering to the Company’s disciplined capital allocation 
strategy, it was decided not to proceed with these opportunities as they were not 
deemed accretive to the overall portfolio key performance metrics. Instead, the primary 
focus, was on repaying all drawings under the Group’s RCF, which was achieved through 
using free cash flows generated from the underlying Portfolio Companies. 

The Committee considered management performance against key metrics including 
portfolio controls; organisational effectiveness; and project risk management. The 
Committee considered that performance continued to be very strong in the following 
key areas:
 – high levels of asset availability at 99.9 per cent; and
 – no material lock-ups or defaults.

The Committee considered the effectiveness of the control frameworks in place to 
ensure continued regulatory compliance, the strategy for future regulatory 
adaptability and the quality of the risk management and reporting. Achievements 
include the following:
 – high-quality reporting of regulatory risks;
 – effective oversight of key delegates;
 – full and continued compliance with AIFMD;
 – strong regulatory performance relating to FATCA, IFRS, CSSF and UKLA;
 – proactive planning for potential future regulatory challenges; and
 – risk management was seen as strong overall with an outcome between target and 

maximum achieved.

The Committee considered the significant progress against the Company’s ESG 
objectives during the reporting period, including the following achievements:
 – enhanced portfolio-ESG data collection and reporting enabling the company to 

have a detailed overview of the portfolio’s Financed Emissions, covering scope 1, 2, 
and material scope 3 GHG emissions across all our assets;

 – full compliance with the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation;
 – voluntary compliance with TCFD disclosure requirements; and
 – improved UN PRI ratings across two modules Policy Governance and Strategy and 

Direct Infrastructure, scoring 100/100 and 99/100 respectively. 

15%

0%

20%

100%

10%

75%

15%

100%

Overall bonus out-turn (% of maximum)

70%

a period of three years. The remaining STIP 
awards will be paid in cash after the release of 
the annual results for financial year ended 31 
December 2023. During the year ended 31 
December 2023, the total amount accrued in 
respect of the 2023 STIP amounted to £1,453,683 
(2022: £2,093,997). Cash payments under the 
STIP are made in Canadian Dollars and Euros.

LTIP – awards vesting (2020 award)
In December 2020, LTIP awards were granted to 
the Co-CEOs and CFO. These equated to an 
award value of 200 per cent of salary for the 
Co-CEOs and 150 per cent of salary for the CFO. 
Following the achievement of a NAV Total 
Return of 23.5 per cent against stretching 
targets, the awards vested at 100 per cent of 
maximum. NAV Total Return reflects both 
capital returns generated, and dividends 
returned to shareholders. 

These reflect performance against targets for 
the three-year period to 31 December 2023. 

88 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

LTIP – awards granted with effect during the 
financial year 
An LTIP award of 200 per cent of base salary 
was granted to the Co-CEO (CEO designate) in 
February 2024 with effect from December 2023. 
The CFO’s maximum LTIP award is set at 150 
per cent of base salary. As Frank Schramm was 
retiring from the Company, he did not 
participate in the 2023 LTIP award (award in 
respect of the period December 2023 to 
December 2026). All awards granted are within 
the approved limits under the current LTIP Plan. 

(against a 2019 baseline) and (ii) ten per cent 
linked to progress in the implementation of net 
zero targets related to BBGI Portfolio 
Companies (Financed Emissions) by value, in 
accordance with published targets related to 
BBGI’s commitments as a signatory of the Net 
Zero Asset Managers Initiative.

For the CEO designate, 25 per cent and 50 per 
cent of the maximum award vests for threshold 
and target performance respectively. The award 
vests in full for maximum performance.

For awards issued in February 2024, 80 per cent 
of the performance target will be subject to 
stretching NAV Total Return targets. NAV Total 
Return reflects both capital returns generated, 
and dividends returned to shareholders. 

20 per cent of the award will be linked to key 
climate-related environmental metrics, 
comprising (i) ten per cent linked to a reduction 
in corporate GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2 & 3) 

For the CFO, 33 per cent and 50 per cent of the 
maximum award vests for threshold and target 
performance respectively. The award vests in 
full for maximum performance.

A key feature of these awards is that they will 
be settled entirely in BBGI shares and not cash. 
All LTIP awards settled by shares fall under the 
scope of IFRS 2 ‘Share-Based Payments’ and its 
specific reporting requirements. Refer to Note 

Remuneration at a glance continued

2023 LTIP Award Performance metric

Threshold performance

Target performance 

Maximum performance 

NAV growth per share + dividends paid
(expressed as a percentage of opening NAV)
(80% of weighting)

ESG – percentage of corporate GHG 
emissions (Scope 1, 2 & 3)
(10% weighting)

ESG – the implementation of net zero 
plans across BBGI assets (by value)
(10% weighting)

20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for 
further details on share-based payments.

In line with previous years, no expense was 
accrued for the LTIP awards granted with effect 
in December 2023.

During the year ended 31 December 2023, we 
settled our 2019 award obligation by issuing 
the respective share entitlement to each 
Management Board member. In total, we issued 
and allotted 175,242 shares by way of 
settlement, which equated to the net 
entitlement after taxes.

As at the date of this Report, there are no 
amounts set aside, needing to be set aside or 
accrued by the Company to provide pension, 
retirement, or similar benefits to any 
Management Board members.

Total basic and variable remuneration  
for the financial year
The total basic remuneration paid to all 
employees (including Management Board) 
during 2023 was £3.6 million (2022: £3.4 
million). The total amount accrued for cash-
settled variable remuneration at 31 December 
2023 was £1.6 million. The total variable 
remuneration paid in cash in 2023 relating to 
the 2022 financial year was £1.9 million (2022: 
£1.8 million).

17%

19%

23%

GHG emissions as a percentage of 2019 baseline (at 31 December 2026)

68%

65%

61%

The percentage of asset by value meeting the criteria for ‘net zero’, ‘aligned’ or ‘aligning’

31%

35%

40%

Restricted share plan
We operate a restricted share plan for most 
employees (excluding the Management Board 
members) with ordinary BBGI shares awarded, 
subject to a three-year vesting period. During 
2023, we recorded an expense of £0.3 million 
(2022: £0.2 million) for these restricted share 
awards. The primary vesting condition is 
continued employment at BBGI.

Payments made to former Directors and 
payments for loss of office during the year 
In 2023, we made no payments for loss of office 
and no payments to any former Management 
Board member.

Single total figure table – Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board members are our 
Independent Non-Executive Directors and they 
are paid a fixed quarterly fee in GBP. The 
Remuneration Committee considers the 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees annually within the 
approved maximum aggregate remuneration 
cap, as approved by the Company’s shareholders. 
No member of the Supervisory Board is entitled 
to vote on his or her own individual 
remuneration. Supervisory Board members are 
not entitled to any other fees, pension payments, 
incentive plans, performance-related payments, 
or any other form of compensation except for 
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and ex gratia 
fees, which were considered for an exceptional or 
substantial increase in the members’ workload.

Single total figure of remuneration – 
Supervisory Board 
During the year ended 31 December 2023, the 
Supervisory Board received fees totalling 
£315,000 (2022: £259,190). The table at the 
bottom of this page outlines the fees paid in 
Sterling to each of the Supervisory Board 
members.

Supervisory Board fees
Details of Supervisory Board fees are below.

Supervisory  
Board fees 
In Sterling

Chair

Non-Executive 
Director

Senior 
Independent 
Director1

Committee Chair1

Fees with 
effect from 1 
October 2022

2023

80,000 

80,000 

55,000 

55,000 

5,000 

5,000 

5,000 

5,000 

1  These additional fees are paid to the Senior Independent 
Director, Remuneration Committee Chair and the Audit 
Committee Chair.

Supervisory Board fees were unchanged during 
2023. 

The fees paid to the Supervisory Board are 
subject to a shareholder approved maximum 
aggregate remuneration cap of £400,000. 

Single Total Figure Table 
– Supervisory Board

Base fee

Senior Non-Executive 
Director

Committee Chair

Total

In Sterling

June Aitken(i)

Howard Myles(ii)

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

    55,000 

    32,788 

–

            –   

            –   

            –   

    55,000 

    32,788 

            –   

    14,835 

            –  

      1,648 

            –   

      1,648 

            –   

    18,131 

Jutta af Rosenborg

    55,000 

    47,500 

            –   

            –   

      5,000 

      5,000 

    60,000 

    52,500 

Andrew Sykes(iii)

Chris Waples

Sarah Whitney

Total 

    55,000 

    32,788 

      5,000 

      3,365 

      5,000 

      3,365 

    65,000 

    39,518 

    55,000 

    47,500 

            –   

            –   

            –   

            –   

    55,000 

    47,500 

    80,000 

    68,750 

            –   

            –   

            –   

            –   

    80,000 

    68,750 

  300,000 

244,161

      5,000 

5,013

   10,000 

10,013

 315,000 

259,187

(i)  June Aitken was appointed to the Supervisory Board with effect from 29 April 2022.
(ii)  Howard Myles retired from the Supervisory Board with effect from 29 April 2022.
(iii) Andrew Sykes was appointed to the Supervisory Board with effect from 29 April 2022.

Annual Report 2023 

89

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsRemuneration at a glance continued

Share interests and statement of Directors’ shareholdings 
Total share interests as at 31 December 2023
The Directors’ interests and those of their connected persons in BBGI’s ordinary shares as at 31 December 2023 are below. 

Shares owned by Directors:

Management Board

Duncan Ball

Michael Denny

Frank Schramm

Supervisory Board

June Aitken

Jutta af Rosenborg

Andrew Sykes

Chris Waples

Sarah Whitney

At  
31 December 
2023

At  
31 December 
2022

1,071,358 

870,983 

650,485 

504,004 

1,001,290 

829,184 

At  
31 December 
2023

At  
31 December 
2022

56,000 

8,000   

40,000 

17,321 

59,641 

31,000 

–   

40,000 

17,321 

39,000 

Awards under share plans: 

Management Board

Award

Duncan Ball

Frank Schramm

Michael Denny

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

At 
31 December
2022(i)

2,194,628

2,160,819

918,774

Granted in 
the year(ii)

791,704

–

367,527

Vested in  
the year

(152,125)

(152,683)

(25,445)

Lapsed or
forfeited in  
the year

At  
31 December 
2023

(200,729)

(201,466)

(25,445)

2,633,478

1,806,670

1,235,411

(i)  Reflects maximum potential number of shares under all the awards granted, including the 2019 award settled in May 2023.
(ii)  This LTIP award was announced in February 2024 with effect in December 2023. 

Shareholding guidelines:
The Committee has adopted a shareholding guideline for the Management Board, which requires a shareholding equivalent to 200 per cent of salary. 
The respective Management Board members’ achievement of this guideline at 31 December 2023 is summarised below:

Management Board

Duncan Ball

Frank Schramm

Michael Denny

Shares 
counting 
towards the 
guideline at  
31 December 
2023

Required 
shareholding 
to achieve(i) 

Percentage of 
shareholding 
requirement 
achieved

1,071,358

699,903

1,001,290

650,485

688,427   

440,930   

153%

145%

148%

(i)  Two times the base salary with effect from 1 May 2023 divided by the Company share price on the same date. The minimum holding requirement is fixed for a period of three years and will be 

reset in 2026.

Post-employment shareholding requirements: Management Board members are required to hold shares to the value of 100 per cent of salary for a period 
of two years after leaving the Company.

Other information
Advisers
Deloitte LLP is engaged to provide independent advice to the Committee as required. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and 
voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte LLP’s fees for providing 
remuneration advice to the Committee were £43k for 2023. The Committee regularly assesses if Deloitte’s appointment remains appropriate or should 
be put out to tender, while considering the Remuneration Consultants’ Group Code of Conduct. 

90 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Remuneration at a glance continued

Consideration by the Directors of matters 
relating to Directors’ remuneration
Committee responsibilities and composition
BBGI’s Remuneration Committee comprises five 
members: Andrew Sykes, Sarah Whitney, Jutta 
af Rosenborg, June Aitken and Chris Waples. 
Andrew Sykes was appointed as Remuneration 
Committee Chair in April 2022.

According to the guidelines, the different risk 
profiles, and characteristics among AIFMs justify 
a proportionate implementation of the 
remuneration principles and, where a company 
chooses to disapply requirements, it must be 
able to explain the rationale to a competent 
authority. No such requirements were 
disapplied by the Company during or for 2023. 

   The Terms of Reference for the 
Remuneration Committee are available  
here www.bb-gi.com/investors/policies/
remuneration-committee-terms-of-
reference/

The Committee is responsible for establishing 
the general principles of the policy for Directors’ 
and staff remuneration and for setting the 
remuneration for the Management Board and 
for the Supervisory Board. In doing so, the 
Committee is responsible for ensuring that the 
remuneration of the Management supports the 
delivery of BBGI’s strategic and operational 
goals without encouraging undesirable 
risk-taking behaviour. This is achieved through 
the Committee overseeing and approving all 
aspects of Management Board remuneration, 
including development of the remuneration 
policy, and monitoring pay arrangements for 
the wider workforce.

There were four scheduled Committee 
meetings plus further ad-hoc meetings during 
the year. During the year, all members of the 
Committee were and remain independent, and 
represent a broad range of backgrounds and 
experience to provide balance and diversity. 

The following parties may attend Committee 
meetings by invitation in relation to its 
consideration of matters relating to Directors’ 
remuneration: Co-CEOs, CFO, Company 
Secretary and Deloitte LLP. No Management 
Board member is involved in deciding their own 
remuneration outcome and no attendee is 
present when their own remuneration is being 
discussed. 

Remuneration and AIFM law
IIn 2013, the European Securities and Markets 
Authority (‘ESMA’) published its final guidelines 
on sound remuneration policies under the 
AIFMD. These guidelines indicate that 
remuneration disclosures may be made on a 
‘proportional’ basis and acknowledge that the 
application of proportionality may lead 
exceptionally to the ‘disapplication’ of some 
requirements, provided this is reconcilable with 
the risk profile, risk appetite and strategy of the 
AIFM and the AIFs it manages. 

Employee remuneration
BBGI provides development opportunities for 
employees to build their careers and enhance 
their skills. We encourage and embrace 
employee diversity, equality and inclusion. We 
support and invest in individuals to achieve 
their potential across the business.

Our remuneration components combine to 
ensure an appropriate and balanced 
remuneration package that reflects our business 
units, the job grade and professional activity, as 
well as market practice.

Statement of implementation of Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy for the financial year 
commencing 1 January 2024
Base salary 
Management Board salaries were unchanged 
during the year ended 31 December 2023 and 
are as follows:

Duncan Ball

Co-CEO

Frank Schramm Co-CEO

Michael Denny

CFO

£535k

£517k

£331k

Andreas 
Parzych

Executive 
Director

£217k (effective 1 
February 2024)

As noted earlier in this report, the Committee 
commissioned an independent review of the 
Management Board’s compensation packages 
in 2023. The review indicated that the 
compensation framework is in line with market 
practice and benchmarks, and the Committee 
has therefore concluded that no material 
changes to the framework are required. 
However, acknowledging the importance of 
maintaining competitiveness and alignment 
with evolving market standards, the Committee 
will keep the remuneration packages under 
review throughout 2024. This approach ensures 
that our compensation policies remain relevant 
and effectively support our strategic objectives 
in a changing market environment. As 
previously noted, both Mr Denny and Mr 
Schramm receive salaries in Euro (€381,754 and 
€596,035, respectively). Mr Ball receives his 
salary in Canadian Dollars (C$902,839). Mr 
Parzych will receive his salary in Euro (€250,000).  

Full details of any salary changes made in 2024 
will be disclosed in the 2024 Remuneration 
Committee report.

Annual bonus (STIP)

The maximum bonus opportunity for 2024 will 
be 150 per cent of salary for the CEO24, former 
Co-CEO (now in an advisory role), the CFOO 
and 75 per cent of salary for the Executive 
Director. The target opportunity will be 50 per 
cent of maximum. One-third of any bonus 
earned will be used to buy BBGI shares, to be 
held for a period of three years.

Payment of the annual bonus is subject to 
stretching financial and strategic targets, which 
are commercially sensitive and therefore remain 
confidential. However, the Committee will 
disclose an overview of the bonus performance 
measures and out-turns in the 2024 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

LTIP

The Committee intends to recommend the 
grant of ongoing annual maximum LTIP awards 
of 200 per cent of salary to the CEO, 150 per 
cent of salary to the CFOO and 75 per cent of 
salary to the Executive Director, subject to 
stretching NAV Total Return and climate-related 
ESG targets.  

Approval
This Report was approved by the Board on 27 
March 2024 and signed on its behalf by: 

Andrew Sykes 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

24  Mr Schramm will step down from the Management Board of the Company on 31 January 2024. In accordance with his service contract, Mr Schramm’s notice period runs to the end of 2024 during 

which time he will continue to be available to ensure an orderly handover and seamless transition. In line with his service contract, Mr Schramm will participate in the 2024 STIP. Mr Schramm will not 
participate in the 2023 LTIP award (award running from December 2023 to December 2026).

Annual Report 2023 

91

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statementsViability Statement

As part of the ongoing risk monitoring process, and in compliance with AIC Code Principle N and Provision 36, the Management Board has conducted 
a thorough evaluation of BBGI’s viability and prospects for the next five years. 

While the average remaining life of the portfolio of assets is 19.3 years, we believe that five years is an appropriate and acceptable length of time to 
consider the risks to BBGI’s continuing existence. This judgement involves a comprehensive review of information at Board meetings, including:

 – BBGI’s investment policy and the investment pipeline;
 – the long-term and contractual nature of BBGI’s investments;
 – investment reviews;
 – BBGI’s risk profile and key risk indicators (including the principal risks and uncertainties);
 – relevant financial and economic information and long-term economic assumptions;
 – scenario testing; and
 – annual and semi-annual valuations. 

This viability assessment is an integral part of BBGI’s broader annual risk review process, with further information on principal risks and uncertainties, 
including detailed descriptions of the areas and factors of the risks, and the processes by which the Management Board monitors, reviews, and assesses 
them, outlined in the Risk section of this Annual Report. 

We maintain a robust risk and internal controls framework to mitigate the likelihood and impact of poor decision making, risk-taking above agreed 
levels and human error. 

Our Management Board regularly reviews and assesses principal risks faced by our business, including those that could threaten our business model, 
strategy, solvency, liquidity and future performance. All identified risks are assessed based on their:

 – probability or likelihood of occurrence;
 – impact; and
 – mitigation measures. 

These risks are then scored and ranked in accordance with remaining residual risk and monitored on an ongoing basis by the Management Board. 

In addition to the risk management and the mitigation measures in place, a valuation of each individual asset is carried out every six months at our 
financial half-year and year-ends (30 June and 31 December). Such valuations are based on long-term discounted future cash flows; themselves 
predominantly based on long-term contracts and other assumptions. Together, these form a key part of our overall viability assessment. Once 
complete, an independent third-party valuer reviews each portfolio valuation, which is also subject to audit and review by our External Auditor, and 
internal oversight by our Audit Committee. 

A key part of the viability assessment is analysing how our NAV could be impacted in stressed macroeconomic scenarios. This provides further insight 
into how BBGI could perform if affected by variables and events outside the control of our Management Board and our risk management framework. A 
more detailed description of the valuations, assumptions and stress-testing applied is in the Valuation section of this Annual Report.

Having conducted its assessment, the Management Board has a reasonable expectation that BBGI will be able to continue in operation and meet all its 
liabilities as they fall due, up to March 2029. This assessment is subject to the following conditions: the availability of sufficient capital and market 
liquidity allowing for the refinancing/repayment of any short-term recourse RCF obligations that may be due; and that BBGI’s investments are not 
materially affected by changes to government policy, laws, regulations, or other risks that we do not consider material or probable.

BBGI is also subject to a biennial shareholder continuation vote, with the next scheduled to take place at the AGM in April 2025.

92 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Management Board Responsibilities Statement

The Management Board is responsible for ensuring proper preparation of BBGI’s Annual and Interim Reports and financial statements for each financial 
reporting period, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, which require it to:

 – give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group as of and at the end of the financial period, in 

accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and the Listing Rules;

 – give a true and fair view of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group; and

 – give a true and fair description of the principal risks and uncertainties the Group may encounter and put in place an appropriate control 

framework designed to meet the Group’s particular needs and the risks to which it is exposed.

In addition, the Management Board is responsible for ensuring that BBGI complies with applicable company law and other UK or Luxembourg 
applicable laws and regulations.

In preparing these financial statements, the Management Board is responsible for:

 – selecting suitable accounting policies and applying them consistently;
 – making judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudently;
 – stating whether applicable accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 

statements;

 – preparing the financial statements on a going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business;
 – maintaining proper accounting records, which disclose with reasonable accuracy the Group’s financial position and enable it to ensure that the 

financial statements comply with all relevant regulations; and

 – safeguarding the Group’s assets and taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Management Board Responsibilities Statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards and give a true and fair view of the 

assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and Group included in the consolidation.

 – the Chair’s Statement and the Report of the Management Board (‘Strategic Report’) include a fair review of the development and performance of 
the business, and the position of the Company and Group included in the consolidation, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces.

Luxembourg, 27 March 2024

Duncan Ball 
CEO 

Michael Denny 
CFOO 

Andreas Parzych
Executive Director

Annual Report 2023 

93

Corporate governanceStrategic report of the Management BoardFinancial statements 
 
Audit Report
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of BBGI Global 
Infrastructure S.A. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as at 31 December 2023, and of its consolidated financial performance and its 
consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

What we have audited

The Group’s consolidated financial statements comprise:

 •
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •

the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023;
the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;
the consolidated statement of other comprehensive income for the year then ended;
the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 on the audit profession (Law of 23 July 2016) and with International Standards on 
Auditing (ISAs) as adopted for Luxembourg by the “Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier” (CSSF). Our responsibilities under the Law of 23 
July 2016 and ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF are further described in the “Responsibilities of the “Réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for the 
audit of the consolidated financial statements” section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, including International 
Independence Standards, issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code) as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF 
together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial statements. We have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities under those ethical requirements 

94 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Audit Report continued
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements 
of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Refer to the consolidated financial statements 
(Note 3, summary of significant accounting 
policies; Note 9, Investments at FVPL).

Investments at fair value through profit or loss, 
GBP 1 billion, is the most significant balance on 
the consolidated statement of financial position. 
It consists of availability-style social infrastructure 
investments through public private partnership 
and/or public finance initiatives or similar 
procurement models (“investments”) generating 
long-term predictable cash flows.

The valuation of the investments is determined 
using the discounted cash flow methodology.

It relies on significant unobservable inputs and 
requires significant judgments from the 
Management Board. A small change in these 
assumptions could result in a significant impact 
on the fair value of the investments. As a 
consequence, there is an inherent risk that the fair 
value of these investments may not be 
appropriate.

Taking this into account, coupled with the 
magnitude of the amounts involved, we consider 
this area as a key audit matter.

In assessing the valuation of investments at fair value through profit or loss, we performed the 
procedures outlined below:

We assessed that the investments valuation policy was in compliance with the applicable 
accounting framework.

We understood and evaluated the design and implementation of key controls, including relevant 
information technology systems and controls, in place around the valuation of investments at fair 
value through profit or loss.

We tested key controls performed in the valuation process of investments in relation to the 
financial data included in the valuation models, the “look back” comparison of the forecast vs 
actual cash flows for the previous financial year, as well as other investment model review controls.

The key controls on which we placed reliance for the purposes of our audit were appropriately 
designed and implemented and were operating effectively.

In addition, we obtained substantive audit evidence over the valuation of investments at fair value 
through profit or loss as follows:

 - We inquired into the qualification of the Management Board and its internal valuation team 

and concluded that they have sufficient experience and expertise.

 - We obtained the overall fair value reconciliation of opening to closing fair value and 
corroborated significant fair value movements during the year, thereby assessing the 
reasonableness and completeness of the movement in fair value for the year.

 - With the support of our own valuation experts, we assessed that the Group’s valuation 

methodology was in compliance with the International Private Equity and Venture Capital 
Valuation Guidelines and market practice based on our knowledge of the investments held 
by the Group and experience of the industry in which the Group operates.

 - For a sample of assets selected via risk and value-based targeted sampling, we assessed that 
the key macroeconomic assumptions such as inflation, deposit rates, corporate tax rates, 
discount rate setting were appropriate and/or within acceptable ranges based on market 
research. We also checked that the selected asset specific discount rates were within 
acceptable ranges.

 - We obtained and read the valuation report prepared by Management’s external valuation 
expert which confirmed that the portfolio value prepared by the Management Board was 
appropriate.

 - Finally, for the entire portfolio, we obtained external confirmation over the existence and 

percentage of ownership of the investments held by the Group.

Annual Report 2023 

95

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardAudit Report continued
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Other information 

The Management Board is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information stated in the annual report but does 
not include the consolidated financial statements and our audit report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, 
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the Management Board and those charged with governance for the consolidated financial statements

The Management Board is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 
Accounting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and for such internal control as the Management Board determines is necessary to enable 
the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Management Board is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Management Board of 
Directors either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.

Responsibilities of the “Réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for the audit of the consolidated financial statements

The objectives of our audit are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an audit report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with 
ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 •

identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

 • obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, 

but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control;

 • evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the 

Management Board;

 •

conclude on the appropriateness of the Management Board’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our audit report to the related 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on 
the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our audit report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue 
as a going concern;

 • evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the 

consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation;

 • obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities and business activities within the Group to express 
an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We 
remain solely responsible for our audit opinion 

96 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Audit Report continued
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant 
audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, 
and communicate to them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, 
actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the 
consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our audit report unless 
law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be 
communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of 
such communication.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

The annual report is consistent with the consolidated financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

We have been appointed as “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” by the General Meeting of the Shareholders on 28 April 2023 and the duration of our 
uninterrupted engagement, including previous renewals and reappointments, is one year.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Société coopérative
Represented by

Emanuela Sardi 
Luxembourg, 27 March 2024

Annual Report 2023 

97

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardConsolidated Income Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Notes

2023 

2022

Income from investments at fair value through profit or loss

Other operating income

Operating income

Administrative expenses

Other operating expenses

Operating expenses

Results from operating activities

Net finance result

Net gain/(loss) on balance sheet hedging

Profit before tax

Tax expense – net

Profit for the year

Earnings per share

  Basic earnings per share (pence)

  Diluted earnings per share (pence)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

9

10

6

7

8

19

12

15

15

38,865

10,659

49,524

(12,130)

(154)

(12,284)

159,545

83

159,628

(11,756)

(12,781)

(24,537)

37,240

135,091

(2,524)

8,874

43,590

(3,303)

40,287

(2,005)

(10,572)

122,514

(3,472)

119,042

5.64

5.62

16.70

16.68

98 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Profit for the year

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax

Net loss on a previously consolidated subsidiary

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

Notes

2023 

2022

40,287

119,402

(351)

(450)

(453)

(804)

–

(450)

39,483

118,592

Annual Report 2023 

99

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardConsolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2023

Notes

2023

2022

93

123

9,19

1,047,244

1,102,844

12

19

16

21

13

19

11

14

22

14

16

19

16

17

19

12

14

14

983

2,663

994

153

–

275

1,051,977

1,103,395

865

1,329

–

9,672

11,866

909

994

2,885

31,157

35,945

1,063,843

1,139,340

852,386

850,007

3,113

2,502

(1,635)            14,371

202,764

202,298

1,056,628

1,069,178

–

–

–

233

2,697

2,823

1,462

7,215

7,215

56,390

5,687

62,077

230

3,242

3,006

1,607

8,085

70,162

1,063,843

1,139,340

1,056,628

1,069,178

147.81

149.89

In thousands of Sterling

Assets

Property and equipment

Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Deferred tax assets

Derivative financial assets

Other non-current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Derivative financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Equity

Share capital

Additional paid-in capital

Translation and other capital reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Derivative financial liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial liabilities

Tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Net asset value attributable to the owners of the Company

Net asset value per ordinary share (pence)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

100 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Balance as at 1 January 2023

Total comprehensive income for the year ended

31 December 2023

Profit for the year

Other movements in other comprehensive income

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operation

Total comprehensive income for year

Transactions with the owners of the Company,

recognised directly in equity

Scrip dividends

Cash dividends

Equity settlement of share-based compensation

Share-based payment

Share issuance costs

Balance as at 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Balance as at 1 January 2022

Total comprehensive income for the year ended    
  31 December 2022

Profit for the year

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operation

Total comprehensive income for year

Transactions with the owners of the Company,  
  recognised directly in equity

Scrip dividends

Cash dividends

Equity settlement of share-based compensation

Share-based payment

Share issuance costs

Balance as at 31 December 2022

Share
capital

Additional
paid-in
capital

Notes

Translation
and other
capital
reserve

Retained
earnings

Total
equity

850,007

2,502

14,371

202,298

1,069,178

–

–

–

–

1,536

–

888

–

(45)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,427)

2,038

–

–

    3

(16,009)

(16,006)

40,287

 40,287

(456)

15,658

55,489

(453)

(351)

39,483

–

–

–

–

–

(1,536)

–

(53,487)

(53,487)

–

–

–

(539)

2,038

(45)

852,386

3,113

(1,635)

202,764

1,056,628

Additional
paid-in
capital

Translation
and other
capital
reserve

Retained
earnings

Total
equity

1,833

(8,809)

159,661

1,000,543

–

–

–

–

–

(1,068)

1,737

–

2,502

–

119,042

119,042

23,180

23,180

(23,630)

(450)

95,412

118,592

–

–

–

–

–

(1,092)

(51,683)

–

–

–

–

(51,683)

16

1,737

(27)

14,371

202,298

1,069,178

Share
capital

847,858

–

–

–

1,092

–

1,084

–

(27)

850,007

14

14

14,22

22

14

Notes

14

14

14,22

22

14

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

Annual Report 2023 

101

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Operating activities

Profit for the year

Adjustments for:

  Depreciation expense

  Net finance results

Income from investments at fair value through profit or loss

  Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments – net

  Foreign currency exchange loss/(gain) – net

  Share-based compensation

  Tax expense – net

Working capital adjustments:

  Trade and other receivables

  Other assets

  Trade and other payables

Cash used in operating activities

Interest paid and other borrowing costs

Interest received

  Realised loss on derivative financial instruments – net

  Taxes paid

Net cash flows used in operating activities

Investing activities

Acquisition of/additional investments at fair value through profit or loss

Distributions received from investments at fair value through profit or loss

Realised gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments – net

Acquisition of property and equipment

Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities

Dividends paid

Repayment of loans and borrowings

Proceeds from the issuance of loans and borrowings

Debt and equity instrument issue cost

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Impact of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

102 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes

2023

2022

40,287

119,042

6

8

9

19

7,10

22

12

8

19

9

9

19

14

16

16

14

11

44

2,524

(38,865)

(18,107)

(1,319)

2,038

3,303

(114)

(435)

(780)

(11,424)

(2,735)

537

(913)

(4,817)

34

2,005

(159,545)

21,899

840

1,737

3,472

(506)

(508)

92

(11,438)

(1,870)

172

(3,779)

(3,391)

(19,352)

(20,306)

–

94,465

13,371

(14)

(64,407)

96,333

(12,550)

(89)

107,822

19,287

(53,487)

(71,404)

15,000

(45)

(109,936)

(21,466)

(19)

31,157

9,672

(51,683)

(17,000)

72,512

(26)

3,803

2,784

1,511

26,862

31,157

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2023

1. Corporate information
BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.,(‘BBGI’, or the ‘Company’ or, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the ‘Group’) is an investment company 
incorporated in Luxembourg in the form of a public limited liability company (société anonyme) with variable share capital (société d’investissement à 
capital variable, or ‘SICAV’) and regulated by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (‘CSSF’) under Part II of the amended Luxembourg 
law of 17 December 2010 on undertakings for collective investments with an indefinite life. The Company qualifies as an alternative investment fund 
within the meaning of Article 1 (39) of the amended law of 12 July 2013 on alternative investment fund managers (‘2013 Law’) implementing Directive 
2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 
2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010 and is authorised as an internal alternative investment fund 
manager (‘AIFM’) in accordance with Chapter 2 of the 2013 Law. The Company was admitted to the official list of the UK Listing Authority (premium 
listing, closed-ended investment company) and to trading on the main market of the London Stock Exchange on 21 December 2011.

As of 1 January 2021, the main market of the London Stock Exchange is not considered as an EU regulated market (as defined by the MiFID II). As a 
result, Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004, on the harmonisation of transparency requirements 
in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market, and amending Directive 2001/34/EC (the 
Transparency Directive) as implemented in the Luxembourg law by the act dated 11 January 2008 on transparency requirements for issuers (the 
Transparency Act 2008), among other texts, do not apply to the Company.

The Company’s registered office is 6E, route de Trèves, L-2633 Senningerberg, Luxembourg and is registered with the Registre de Commerce et des 
Sociétés Luxembourg under the number B163879.

The Company is a closed-ended investment company that invests, through its subsidiaries, predominantly in a globally diversified portfolio of Public 
Private Partnership (‘PPP’)/Private Finance Initiative (‘PFI’) infrastructure or similar style assets (Investment portfolio’). As at 31 December 2023, the 
Group has no investment where the asset is under construction (31 December 2022: one).

As at 31 December 2023, the Group employed 26 staff (31 December 2022: 25 staff).

Reporting period
The Company’s reporting period runs from 1 January to 31 December each year. The Company’s consolidated income statement, consolidated 
statement of other comprehensive income, consolidated statement of financial position, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated 
statement of cash flows include comparative figures as at 31 December 2022.

The amounts presented as ‘non-current’ in the consolidated statement of financial position are those expected to be recovered or settled after more 
than one year. The amounts presented as ‘current’ are those expected to be recovered or settled within one year.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Management Board on 27 March 2024.

2. Basis of preparation 
Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards accounting 
standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’).

The Group follows, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of the Standard of Recommended Practices issued by the Association of Investment 
Companies (‘AIC SORP’). If a provision of the AIC SORP is in direct conflict with IFRS as adopted by the EU, the standards of the latter shall prevail.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the going concern principle, under the historical cost basis, except for investments at 
fair value through profit or loss (‘Investments at FVPL’) and derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.

Changes in accounting policy
New and amended standards applicable to the Group are as follows:

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of Accounting policies
The amendments aim to help entities provide accounting policy disclosures that are more useful by replacing the requirement for entities to disclose 
their ‘significant’ accounting policies with a requirement to disclose their ‘material’ accounting policies and adding guidance on how entities apply the 
concept of materiality in making decisions about accounting policy disclosures.

Definition of Accounting Estimate - Amendments to IAS 8
The amendments introduce a definition of ‘accounting estimates’ and clarify the distinction between changes in accounting estimates and changes in 
accounting policies and the correction of errors. Also, they clarify how entities use measurement techniques and inputs to develop accounting 
estimates.

These amendments have no significant impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group. 

Annual Report 2023 

103

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

2. Basis of preparation (continued)
Functional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, the Company’s functional currency. All amounts presented in tables throughout the 
report have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise stated.

The Company as an Investment Entity
The Management Board has assessed that the Company is an Investment Entity in accordance with the provisions of IFRS 10. The Company meets the 
following criteria to qualify as an Investment Entity:

a)  Obtains funds from one or more investors for the purpose of providing those investors with investment management services – The Group is 

internally managed with management focused solely on managing those funds received from its shareholders in order to maximise investment 
income/returns.

b)  Commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income, or both – The 

investment objectives of the Company are to:

 – Provide investors with secure and highly predictable long-term cash flows whilst actively managing the Investment portfolio with the intention 

of maximising return over the long-term.

 – Target an annual dividend payment with the aim to increase this distribution progressively over the longer-term.

 – Target an IRR which is to be achieved over the longer-term via active management and to enhance the value of existing investments.

The above-mentioned objectives support the fact that the main business purpose of the Company is to seek to maximise investment income for 
the benefit of its shareholders.

c)  Measures and evaluates performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis – The investment policy of the Company is to invest in 

equity, subordinated debt or similar interests issued in respect of infrastructure assets that have been developed predominantly under the 
Investment portfolio procurement models. Each of these assets is valued at fair value. The valuation is carried out on a six-monthly basis as at 30 
June and 31 December each year.

Based on the Management Board’s assessment, the Company also meets the typical characteristics of an Investment Entity as follows:

a)  it has more than one investment – as at 31 December 2023, the Company has 56 investments;

b)  it has more than one investor – the Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange with its shares held by a broad pool of investors;

c)  it has investors that are not related parties of the entity – other than those shares held by the Supervisory Board and Management Board 

Directors, and certain other employees, all remaining shares in issue (more than 99 per cent) are held by non-related parties of the Company; and

d)  it has ownership interests in the form of equity or similar interests – ownership in the Company is through equity interest.

3. Summary of material accounting policies
a) Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are investees controlled by the Company (directly or indirectly). The Company controls an investee if it is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The Company is an Investment Entity and measures investments in certain subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss. In determining whether the 
Company meets the definition of an Investment Entity, the management considered the Group structure as a whole (see also Note 2).

The Company, which qualifies as an Investment Entity and is required to value certain subsidiaries at fair value, also holds, directly or indirectly, 
subsidiaries which provide services that support the Company’s investment activities. These subsidiaries are consolidated on a line-by-line basis (see 
Note 20).

The shares in some of these consolidated subsidiaries have been pledged as a security under the Company’s multi-currency Revolving Credit Facility 
(‘RCF’) (see note 16 for the RCF terms). As such, the financial covenants of the RCF includes the financial position and net results of the consolidated 
subsidiaries. Furthermore, the assets and liabilities of the consolidated subsidiaries used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, 
closely approximates its fair value due either to: (i) the short-term nature of their assets and liabilities or; (ii) their underlying investments of these 
consolidated subsidiaries are already measured at fair value through profit and loss.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation (consolidated subsidiaries)
Intra-group receivables, liabilities, revenue and expenses are eliminated in their entirety when preparing the consolidated financial statements. Gains 
that arise from intra-group transactions and that are unrealised from the standpoint of the Group, at the date of the consolidated statement of 
financial position, are eliminated in their entirety. Unrealised losses on intra-group transactions are also eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, 
to the extent that the loss does not correspond to an impairment loss.

104 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

3. Summary of material accounting policies (continued)
b) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at the exchange rate at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated into Sterling at the exchange rate on that date.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are translated into Sterling at the exchange rate 
on the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognised in the consolidated income statement 
as a gain or loss on currency translation.

c) Foreign currency translations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to Sterling at the exchange rates on the reporting date. The income and expenses of 
foreign operations are translated to Sterling at the average exchange rates during the year, if such does not significantly deviate from the exchange 
rates at the date on which the transaction is entered into. If significant deviations arise, then the exchange rate at the date of the transaction is used.

Foreign currency differences are recognised in the consolidated statement of other comprehensive income, and presented in ‘translation and other 
capital reserve’ in equity, except for exchange differences from intra-Group monetary items which are reflected in the consolidated income statement. 
Foreign currency movements during the reporting period relating to investments are included as part of the ‘Income from investments at fair value 
through profit or loss’ (income from Investments at FVPL). 

When a foreign operation is disposed of such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve 
related to that foreign operation is reclassified to consolidated income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal. 

When the settlement of a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, 
foreign currency gains and losses arising from such an item are considered to form part of a net investment in the foreign operation and are 
recognised in other comprehensive income, and presented in the translation and other capital reserve in equity.

d) Financial instruments
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial assets are classified at initial recognition at either: (i) amortised cost; (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income – debt instruments; 
(iii) fair value through other comprehensive income – equity instruments; or (iv) fair value through profit or loss.

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the Group’s business 
model for managing them. With the exception of trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has 
applied the practical expedient, the Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value 
through profit or loss, transaction costs.

The Group’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. The business 
model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, or both. The Group’s financial assets 
classified and measured at amortised cost are held within a business model with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual 
cash flows which represents solely payments of principal and interests.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a 
legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

At the date of the consolidated statement of financial position, except for Investments at FVPL and derivative financial assets, all non-derivative 
financial assets of the Group have been classified as financial assets at amortised cost.

Investments at FVPL
The Company is an Investment Entity and therefore values its investment in subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss, except where the subsidiary 
provides investment related services or activities. The fair value of an investment in subsidiary includes the fair value of the equity, loans and interest 
receivable and any other amounts which are included in the discounted estimated cash flow (which is used to compute the fair value) from such 
subsidiary. The Company subsequently measures its investment in certain subsidiaries at fair value in accordance with IFRS 13, with changes in fair value 
recognised in consolidated income statement in the period of change. The fair value estimation of investments in subsidiaries is described in Note 19.

Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met:

 – the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and

 – the contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Annual Report 2023 

105

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

3. Summary of material accounting policies (continued)
d) Financial instruments (continued)
Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)(continued)
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest rate (‘EIR’) method and are subject to impairment. Gains and 
losses are recognised in the consolidated income statement when the asset is derecognised, modified, or impaired.

The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (‘ECLs’) for all debt instruments not held at fair value through profit or loss. ECLs are 
based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to 
receive, discounted at an approximation of the original EIR.

The Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss 
allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is primarily derecognised when:

 – The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or

 – The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full 

without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and 
rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred 
control of the asset.

Non-derivative financial liabilities
The Company classifies non-derivative financial liabilities as liabilities at amortised cost. Such financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value less 
any direct attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the EIR method.

The Company derecognises a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) from the consolidated statement of financial position when, and only 
when, it is extinguished or when the obligation specified in the contract or agreement is discharged or cancelled or has expired. The difference 
between the carrying amount of a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration 
paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is considered in the consolidated income statement.

e) Fair value measurement
The Group accounts for its investments in Portfolio Companies as Investments at FVPL. The valuation is determined using the discounted cash flow 
methodology. The cash flows forecasted to be received by the Company or its consolidated subsidiaries, generated by each of the underlying assets, 
and adjusted as appropriate to reflect the risk and opportunities, have been discounted using asset-specific discount rates. The valuation methodology 
is unchanged from previous reporting periods.

The fair value of other financial assets and liabilities, other than current assets and liabilities, is determined by discounting future cash flows at an 
appropriate discount rate and with reference to recent market transactions, where appropriate. Further information on assumptions and estimation 
uncertainties are disclosed in Note 19.

Fair values are categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs in the valuation methodology, as follows:

 – Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 – Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 

(i.e. derived from prices).

 – Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (‘unobservable inputs’).

If the inputs to measure fair value of an asset or a liability fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is 
categorised in its entirety at the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognises transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period in which the change has occurred.

f) Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is 
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future 
cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to a liability. The unwinding of 
such discount is recognised as a finance cost.

g) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash balances and term deposits with maturities of three months or less from the date when the deposits were made 
and that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in their fair value, and are used by the Group in the management of its short-term commitments.

h) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares, or which are associated with the establishment of the 
Company, that would otherwise have been avoided are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

106 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

3. Summary of material accounting policies (continued)
i) Segment reporting
Segment results that are reported to the Management Board include items directly attributable to segments as well as those that can be allocated on a 
reasonable basis.

j) Employee benefits and share-based payment arrangements
Short-term and other long-term employee benefits are expensed as the related services are provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected 
to be paid, and discounted at present value if necessary, if the Group has present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of a 
past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

For share-based payment arrangements, the grant-date fair value of the equity settled share-based payment arrangement is recognised as an expense, 
with a corresponding increase in additional paid in capital over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to 
reflect related service and non-market performance conditions. The market condition related to the award is measured at the date of grant and there is 
no adjustment of expense/income to the consolidated income statement for differences between expected and actual outcomes.

k) Finance income and finance costs
Interest income and expenses are recognised in the consolidated income statement using the EIR method.

The EIR is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments and receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument (or, 
where appropriate, a shorter period) to the carrying amount of the financial instrument. When calculating the EIR rate, the Group estimates future cash 
flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, but not future credit losses.

Interest received or receivable and interest paid or payable are recognised in the consolidated income statement as finance income and finance costs, 
respectively.

l) Leases
Under IFRS 16, upon lease commencement, a lessee recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at 
cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any 
initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove any improvements made to office premises.

m) Tax
i) Subscription tax
According to the Luxembourg regulations regarding SICAV companies, the Company itself, as an undertaking for collective investment, is exempt from 
paying income and/or capital gains taxes in Luxembourg. It is, however, liable to annual subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on its consolidated net asset 
value (‘NAV’), payable quarterly and assessed on the last day of each quarter. Subscription tax is recognized as a tax expense in the consolidated 
income statement for the period in which it is incurred.

ii) Income tax
Income tax on the consolidated subsidiaries’ profits for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised in the 
consolidated income statement except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or in the 
consolidated statement of other comprehensive income.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

 – Temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither 

accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 – Temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the 

temporary difference and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 – Taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to taxes levied 
by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis 
or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognised for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future 
taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed each reporting date and are reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

n) Current versus non-current classification
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on current/non-current classification. An asset is current when it is:

 – Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle;

Annual Report 2023 

107

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

3. Summary of material accounting policies (continued)
n) Current versus non-current classification (continued)
 – Held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 – Expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period; or

 – Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All 

other assets are classified as non-current.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 – It is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle;

 – It is held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 – It is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or

 – There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

The terms of the liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its 
classification.

The Group classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

4. Material accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Management Board to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, and expenses. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the 
estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Management Board has made the following judgements that would have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

4.1 Assessment as an investment entity
Refer to Note 2 for the discussion on this topic.

4.2 Fair value determination
Refer to Note 3 e) for the discussion on this topic.

4.3 Share-based payments
Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which depends on the 
terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the 
expected life of the share option or appreciation right, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them.

For the measurement of the fair value of equity-settled transactions for the Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’), the Group uses a Monte Carlo simulation 
model for the market-based performance condition element of the awards. Non-market based performance conditions are not taken into account in 
the valuation of the unit fair value per share of the LTIP. Instead, the number of shares is adjusted at each reporting date to take into account the actual 
level of non market-based performance condition.

For the measurement of the fair value of equity-settled transactions for the Deferred Short-Term Incentive Plan (‘Deferred STIP’), the Group recognises 
a portion of the annual estimated bonus of the Management Board. The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value for share-based 
payment transactions are disclosed in Note 22.

4.4 Going concern basis of accounting
The Group’s portfolio is currently 100 per cent operational and relies on availability-style revenues. At the time of producing these consolidated 
financial statements, there was no evidence to suggest of material disruption to the operations of the Group and financial performance is not expected 
to be materially affected.

The Management Board has satisfied itself that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least 12 months from the 
date of approval of the consolidated financial statements. After due consideration, the Management Board believes it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

108 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

5. Segment reporting
IFRS 8 – Operating Segments adopts a ‘through the eyes of the management’ approach to an entity’s reporting of information relating to its operating 
segments, and also requires an entity to report financial and descriptive information about its reportable segments.

Based on a review of information provided to the Management Board (determined to be the chief operating decision makers or CODM), the Group has 
identified five reportable segments based on the geographical concentration risk. The main factor used to identify the Group’s reportable segments is 
the geographical location of the asset. The Management Board has concluded that the Group’s reportable segments are:

(1) UK; (2) North America; (3) Australia; (4) Continental Europe; and (5) Holding Activities. These reportable segments are the basis on which the Group 
reports information to the Management Board.

Segment information is presented below:

For the year ended 31 December 2023 
In thousands of Sterling

UK

North 
America

Australia

Continental 
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

Income/(loss) from investments at FVPL (Note 9)

18,803

17,030

(4,022)

7,054

–

38,865

Administrative expenses

Other operating income – net

Results from operating activities

Net finance result

Net gain on balance sheet hedging

Tax expense – net

Profit/(loss) for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

18,803

17,030

(4,022)

7,054

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

18,803

17,030

(4,022)

7,054

(12,130)

(12,130)

10,505

(1,625)

(2,524)

8,874

(3,303)

1,422

10,505

37,240

(2,524)

8,874

(3,303)

40,287

For the year ended 31 December 2022
In thousands of Sterling

UK

North 
America

Australia

Continental 
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

Income from investments at FVPL (Note 9)

66,910

72,902

10,707

9,026

–

159,545

Administration expenses

Other operating expenses – net

Results from operating activities

Net finance result

Net loss on balance sheet hedging

Tax expense – net

Profit/(loss) for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

66,910

72,902

10,707

9,026

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(11,756)

(12,698)

(24,454)

(2,005)

(10,572)

(3,472)

(11,756)

(12,698)

135,091

(2,005)

(10,572)

(3,472)

66,910

72,902

10,707

9,026

(40,503)

119,042

Statement of financial position per segment information as at 31 December 2023 and 2022 are presented below:

As at 31 December 2023 
In thousands of Sterling

Assets

Property and equipment

Investments at FVPL

Other non-current assets 

Current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Non-current

Current

Total liabilities

UK

–

North 
America

Australia

Continental 
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

–

–

–

341,635

477,734

97,181

130,694

93

–

93

1,047,244

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,640

11,866

4,640

11,866

341,635

477,734

97,181

130,694

16,599

1,063,843

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,215

7,215

–

7,215

7,215

Annual Report 2023 

109

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

5. Segment reporting (continued)

As at 31 December 2022 
In thousands of Sterling

Assets

Property and equipment

Investments at FVPL

Other non-current assets 

Current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Non-current

Current

Total liabilities

UK

–

North 
America

Australia

Continental 
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

–

–

–

354,002

504,408

112,414

132,020

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

354,002

504,408

112,414

132,020

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

123

–

428

35,945

36,496

62,077

8,085

70,162

123

1,102,844

428

35,945

1,139,340

62,077

8,085

70,162

The Holding Activities of the Group include the activities which are not specifically related to a particular asset or region, but to those companies which 
provide services to the Group. The total current assets classified under Holding Activities mainly represent cash and cash equivalents.

Transactions between reportable segments are conducted at arm’s length and are accounted for in a similar way to the basis of accounting used for 
third parties. The accounting methods used for all the segments are similar and comparable with those of the Company.

The Group maintains a well-diversified portfolio with no major single asset exposure.

6. Administrative expenses

In thousands of Sterling

Personnel expenses

  Short-term benefits

  Share-based compensation expenses (Note 22)

  Supervisory Board fees

Legal and professional fees

Office and other expenses

Depreciation expense

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

5,639

2,038

315

7,992

2,716

1,378

44

5,919

1,737

260

7,916

2,630

1,176

34

12,130

11,756

Short-term benefits relate to the Management Board and staff, and include basic salaries, Short-Term Incentive Plan (‘STIP’), staff bonus, social security 
contributions and other related expenses.

The Group has engaged certain third parties to provide legal, depositary, custodian, audit, tax, and other services. The expenses incurred in relation to 
such services are treated as legal and professional fees. Depositary and custodian related charges during the year amounted to £395,000 (2022: 
£383,000).

110 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

6. Administrative expenses (continued)
During the year, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries obtained the following services from the external auditors.

In thousands of Sterling

Group auditor remuneration:

  Statutory audit fees

Interim review and other permitted assurance services

  Non-assurance fees

Audit and audit-related fees from non-Group auditor

7. Other operating expenses

In thousands of Sterling

Acquisition-related costs and others (including unsuccessful bid costs)

Loss on derivative financial instruments at FVPL – net (Note 19) 

Foreign currency exchange loss – net

8. Net finance results

In thousands of Sterling

Finance costs on loans and borrowings (Note 16)

Interest income on bank deposits

9. Investments at FVPL

In thousands of Sterling

Balance as at 1 January

Acquisitions of/additions in Investments at FVPL

Income from investments at FVPL(i)

Distributions received from Investments at FVPL

Balance as at 31 December

(i)  This account reflects the unrealised gain on valuation of investments.

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

290

104

–

394

43

437

238

56

5

299

65

364

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

154

–

–

154

615

11,326

840

12,781

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

3,061

(537)

2,524

2,177

(172)

2,005

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

1,102,844

–

38,865

975,225

64,407

159,545

(94,465)

(96,333)

1,047,244

1,102,844

Income from Investments at FVPL include the impact of net foreign exchange losses for the year ended 31 December 2023 amounting to £23.3 million 
(year ended 31 December 2022: net foreign exchange gain of £34.2 million). Refer to Note 19 of the consolidated financial statements for further 
information on Investments at FVPL.

Distributions from Investments at FVPL are received after either: (a) financial models have been tested for compliance with certain ratios; or (b) financial 
models have been submitted to the external lenders of the Portfolio Companies; or (c) approvals of the external lenders on the financial models have 
been obtained. 

As at 31 December 2023 and 2022, loan and interest receivable amounts from unconsolidated subsidiaries is embedded within Investments at FVPL. 
The valuation of Investments at FVPL considers all future cash flows related to each individual underlying asset including but not limited to interest 
income, dividend income, asset-related management fee income and other income.

Annual Report 2023 

111

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

9. Investments at FVPL (continued)
Details of various asset investments in the Group’s portfolio and their respective acquisition dates are as follows:

Company(i)

RW Health Partnership Holdings Pty Limited

Victorian Correctional Infrastructure Partnership Pty Limited

Asset

Royal Women’s Hospital

Victorian Correctional 
Facilities

Country of
Incorporation

Ownership
Interest

Year
Acquired

Australia

Australia

100%

100%

2012

2012

BBPI Sentinel Holdings Pty Limited, BBGI Sentinel Holdings 2 Pty Limited, 
Sentinel Financing Holdings Pty Limited

Northern Territory Secure 
Facilities

Australia

100% 2014 and 2015

Golden Crossing Holdings Inc.

Trans-Park Highway Holding Inc.

NorthwestConnect Holdings Inc.

Golden Ears Bridge

Kicking Horse Canyon 
Highway

Canada

Canada

Northwest Anthony Henday 
Drive

Canada

100% 2012 and 2013

50%

50%

2012

2012

BBGI KVH Holdings Inc., BBGI KVH Holdings 2 Inc.

Kelowna & Vernon Hospitals Canada

100% 2013 and 2020

WCP Holdings Inc.

Stoney Trail Group Holdings Inc.

BBGI NCP Holdings Inc.

SNC-Lavalin Infrastructure Partners LP

BBGI Stanton Holdings Inc.

BBGI 104 GP Inc.

BBGI Champlain Holding Inc.

Kreishaus Unna Holding GmbH

PJB Beteiligungs–GmbH

Hochtief PPP 1 Holding GmbH & Co. KG

BBGI PPP Investment S. à r.l.

Noaber18 Holding B.V.

De Groene Schakel Holding B.V. 

SAAone Holding B.V.

Agder OPS Vegselskap AS

Folera TH Holdings Limited

Kent Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Healthcare Providers (Gloucester) Limited

Highway Management M80 Topco Limited

Bedford Education Partnership Holdings Limited

Lisburn Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Women’s College Hospital

Canada

North East Stoney Trail

North Commuter Parkway

William R. Bennett Bridge

South East Stoney Trail

Canada Line

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Restigouche Hospital Centre Canada

McGill University Health 
Centre

Canada

John Hart Generating Station Canada

100%

100%

50%

80%

40%

26.7%

80%

40%

80%

2013

2013

2015

2017

2017

2017

2017

2018

2022

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Canada

100% 2018 and 2020

Highway 104

Champlain Bridge

Canada

Canada

50%

25%

2020

2020

Unna Administrative Centre

Germany

90% 2012 and 2020

Burg Correctional Facilities

Germany

Cologne Schools

Rodenkirchen Schools

Frankfurt Schools

Fürst Wrede Barracks

A7 Motorway

N18 Motorway

Westland Town Hall

A1/A6 Motorway

E18 Motorway

Poplar Affordable Housing & 
Recreational Centres

Kent Schools

Gloucester Royal Hospital

M80 Motorway

Bedford Schools

Lisburn College

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

Luxembourg

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Norway

Jersey

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

90%

50%

49%

52%

2012

2014

2022

2018, 2019 
and 2020

100% 2018 and 2019

37.1% 2018 and 2019

100% 2013 and 2014

100%

50%

50%

50%

100%

100%

100%

60%

2021

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

100% 2012 and 2018

100%

2012

Clackmannanshire Schools Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Clackmannanshire Schools

Primaria (Barking Dagenham & Havering) Limited

East Down Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Barking Dagenham & 
Havering (LIFT)

East Down Colleges

Scottish Borders Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Scottish Borders Schools

112 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

9. Investments at FVPL (continued)

Company(i)

Coventry Education Partnership Holdings Limited

Fire Support (SSFR) Holdings Limited

GB Consortium 1 Limited

Mersey Care Development Company 1 Limited

MG Bridge Investments Limited

Tor Bank School Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Lagan College Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Highway Management (City) Holding Limited

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) Holdings Limited

Northwin Limited

Northwin (Intermediate) (Belfast) Limited

Fire and Rescue NW Holdings Limited

Woodland View Holdings Co Limited

Aberdeen Roads Holdings Limited

BBGI East End Holdings Inc.

(i) and its subsidiary companies.

10. Other operating income

In thousands of Sterling

Gain on derivative financial instruments – net (Note 19)

Foreign currency exchange gain – net

Others

Asset

Coventry Schools

Stoke & Staffs Rescue 
Service

North London Estates 
Partnership (LIFT)
Liverpool & Sefton Clinics 
(LIFT)

Mersey Care Hospital

Mersey Gateway Bridge

Tor Bank School

Lagan College

M1 Westlink

UK

UK

UK 

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Avon & Somerset Police HQ UK

North West Regional College UK

Belfast Metropolitan College UK

North West Fire and Rescue UK

Ayrshire and Arran Hospital

Aberdeen Western 
Peripheral Route

Ohio River Bridges

UK

UK

US

Country of
Incorporation

Ownership
Interest

Year
Acquired

100%

85%

2012

2012

60% (both)

2012, 2014 
and 2018

79.6% 2013 and 2014

37.5%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

33.3%

2014

2013

2014

2014

2014, 2015 
and 2016

2015

2016

2021

2021

2021

66.7% 2014 and 2019

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

9,233

1,319

107

10,659

–

–

83

83

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

3,755

532

4,287

(984)

3,303

3,705

515

4,220

(748)

3,472

11. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents relate to bank deposits amounting to £9,672,000 (31 December 2022: £31,157,000).

12. Taxes

In thousands of Sterling

Current tax:

Income tax and other taxes

Subscription tax

Deferred tax:

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences

The Company, as an undertaking for collective investment, is exempt from corporate income tax in Luxembourg and instead pays an annual 
subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on the value of its total net assets. Moreover, the Company as a SICAV is not subject to taxes on capital gains or 
income. All other consolidated subsidiaries are subject to taxation at the applicable rate in their respective jurisdictions.

Annual Report 2023 

113

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

12. Taxes (continued) 
Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by the Company’s effective corporate tax rate for the year is as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

Profit before tax

Income tax using the Luxembourg domestic tax rate of 24.94%

Subscription tax during the year

Reconciling difference mainly due to fair valuation of assets

Tax charge for the year

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

43,590

10,871

532

122,514

30,555

515

(8,100)

(27,598)

3,303

3,472

A significant portion of the profit before tax results from fair valuation of Investments at FVPL. The net income of the unconsolidated subsidiaries is 
taxed in their respective jurisdictions.

As a consequence of the adoption of IFRS 10, the Company is classified as an Investment Entity (see Note 2), meaning the tax expenses of the 
unconsolidated subsidiaries are not included within these consolidated financial statements. Therefore, the consolidated tax expense and tax assets/ 
liabilities, if any, do not include those of the Portfolio Companies. The tax liabilities of the Portfolio Companies are embedded in the fair value 
calculation of Investments at FVPL.

Deferred tax relates to the following:

In thousands of Sterling

Losses available for offsetting against future taxable income

Consolidated statement 
of financial position
31 December

Consolidated
income statement
31 December

2023

983

2022

153

2023

984

2022

748

The Group has additional tax losses carried forward amounting to £12,257,000 (2022: £18,032,000) for which no deferred tax asset was recognised.

Tax liability as at 31 December 2023 amounted to £1,462,000 (31 December 2022: £1,607,000).

13. Other current assets

In thousands of Sterling

Prepaid taxes

Prepaid expenses

Others

14. Capital and reserves
Share capital
Changes in the Company´s share capital are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

Share capital as at 1 January

Share capital issued through scrip dividends

Equity settlement of share-based compensation (Note 22)

Shares issuance costs

114 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

31 December
 2023

31 December
 2022

833

230

266

1,329

537

227

230

994

31 December
 2023

31 December
 2022

850,007

847,858

1,536

888

(45)

1,092

1,084

(27)

852,386

850,007

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

14. Capital and reserves (continued)
Share capital (continued) 
The changes in the number of ordinary shares of no-par value issued by the Company are as follows:

In thousands of shares

In issue at beginning of the year

Shares issued through scrip dividends

Shares issued as share based compensation – net(i)

(i)  Being the net share entitlement after adjustments to settle taxes.

31 December
 2023

31 December
 2022

713,331

712,126

1,017

529

649

556

714,877

713,331

Gross number of ordinary shares entitlement, before the settlement of taxes, as share-based compensation amounted to the following:

In thousands of shares

LTIP

STIP

31 December
 2023

31 December
 2022

330

463

793

636

367

1,003

All of the ordinary shares issued rank pari passu. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are 
entitled to one vote per share at general meetings of the Company.

The Company meets the minimum share capital requirement as imposed under the applicable Luxembourg regulation. 

Translation and other capital reserve
Foreign currency differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity except 
for exchange differences from intragroup monetary items which are reflected in the consolidated income statement. The translation reserve amounting 
to a debit balance of £1,635,000 (31 December 2022: credit balance of £14,153,000) comprises foreign currency differences arising from the translation 
of the financial statements of foreign operations. The remaining balance of other capital reserve relates to statutory amounts required to be allocated 
to this reserve account and which may not be distributed.

Dividends
The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2023 are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling except as otherwise stated

2022 2nd interim dividend of 3.740 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period
   1 July 2022 to 31 December 2022

2023 1st interim dividend of 3.965 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period
   1 January 2023 to 30 June 2023

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
 2023

         26,679

28,345

55,024

The 31 December 2022 2nd interim dividend was paid in April 2023. The value of the scrip election was £1,536,000, with the remaining amount of 
£25,143,000 paid in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

The 30 June 2023 1st interim dividend was paid in October 2023. The value of the scrip election was £28,345,000. The scrip alternative was not available 
with this dividend payment.

The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2022 are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling except as otherwise stated

2021 2nd interim dividend of 3.665 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period
   1 July 2021 to 31 December 2021

2022 1st interim dividend of 3.740 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period
   1 January 2022 to 30 June 2022

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
 2022

26,099

26,676

52,775

Annual Report 2023 

115

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

14. Capital and reserves (continued)  
Dividends (continued) 
The 31 December 2021 2nd interim dividend was paid in April 2022. The value of the scrip election was £964,000, with the remaining amount of 
£25,135,000 paid in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

The 30 June 2022 1st interim dividend was paid in October 2022. The value of the scrip election was £127,000 with the remaining amount of 
£26,548,000 paid in cash to those investors that elected for a cash dividend.

Net Asset Value (‘NAV’)
The consolidated NAV and NAV per share as at 31 December 2023, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 were as follows:

In thousands of Sterling/pence

NAV attributable to the owners of the Company

NAV per ordinary share (pence)

2023

2022

2021

1,056,628

1,069,178

1,000,543

147.81

149.89

140.50

15. Earnings per share
a) Basic earnings per share
The basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding.

In thousands of Sterling/in thousands of shares

Profit for the year

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Basic earnings per share (in pence)

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

40,287

714,387

5.64

119,042

712,917

16.70

The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the purpose of calculating the basic earnings per share is computed as follows:

In thousands of shares

Shares outstanding as at 1 January

Effect of scrip dividends issued

Shares issued as share-based compensation

Weighted average – outstanding shares

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

713,331

712,126

763

293

443

348

714,387

712,917

b) Diluted earnings per share
The diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, after 
adjusting for the effects of all potential dilutive ordinary shares. There were no items of the consolidated income statement accounts which have a 
dilutive effect on the profit for the year.

The weighted average number of potential diluted ordinary shares for the purpose of calculating the diluted earnings per share is computed as follows:

In thousands of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share

Effect of potential dilution from share-based payment

Weighted average – outstanding shares

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

714,387

712,917

2,412

852

716,799

713,769

The price of the Company’s shares for the purpose of calculating the potential dilutive effect of award letters (see Note 22) was based on the average 
market price for the year ended 2023 and 2022, during which period the awards were outstanding.

16. Loans and borrowings
The Group RCF with ING Bank, KFW IPEX Bank, DZ Bank, Frankfurt Am Main and SMBC Bank EU AG for a total commitment of £230 million. The tenor 
of the RCF is five years (maturing in May 2026). The borrowing margin is 165 bps over the reference bank rate. Under the RCF, the Group retains the 
possibility to consider larger transactions by virtue of having structured a further £70 million incremental accordion tranche, on which no commitment 
fees are paid.

116 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

16. Loans and borrowings (continued)
Outstanding borrowings under the RCF as at 31 December 2023 amounted to £nil million (31 December 2022: £57.5 million). As at 31 December 2023, 
the Group has utilised £1.4 million (31 December 2022: £1.3 million) of the £230 million RCF, to cover letters of credit.

The interest and other related fees payables under the RCF as at 31 December 2023 amounted to £233,000 (31 December 2022: £230,000).

The RCF unamortised debt issuance cost amounted to £771,000 as at 31 December 2023 (2022: £1,094,000). The unamortised debt issuance cost is 
presented as part of ‘Other non-current assets’ in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (2022: as part of ‘Loans and borrowings’).

The total finance cost incurred under the RCF for the year ended 31 December 2023 amounted to £3,061,000 (31 December 2022: £2,171,000) which 
includes amortisation of debt issuance costs of £323,000 (31 December 2022: £549,000).

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

In thousands of Sterling

1 January
2023

Proceeds

Repayment

Foreign
exchange

Loans and borrowings non-current

56,390

15,000

(71,404)

(1,080)

In thousands of Sterling

1 January
2022

Proceeds

Repayment

Foreign
exchange

Loans and borrowings non-current

–

72,512

(17,000)

   1,972

Others

1,094

31 December
2023

–

Others

(1,094)

31 December
2022

56,390

Pledges and collaterals
As of 31 December 2023, and 31 December 2022, the Group has provided a pledge over shares issued by consolidated subsidiaries, pledge over 
receivables between consolidated subsidiaries and a pledge over the bank accounts of the consolidated subsidiaries.

Based on the provisions of the RCF, where there is a continuing event of default, the lender, among other things, will have the right to cancel all 
commitments and declare all or part of utilisations to be due and payable, including all related outstanding amounts, and exercise or direct the security 
agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the RCF.

The Group operated comfortably within covenant limits of the RCF during the year.

17. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are usually settled within six months.

18. Financial risk review and management
Risk management framework
The Management Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and control of the Group’s risk management framework.

The Group has exposure to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk.  This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of these risks, 
the Group’s objectives, policies, and processes for measuring and managing risk and the Group’s management of capital. This note also presents the 
result of the review performed by management on these risk areas.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation or commitment that it has entered into with the 
Group, resulting in:

1) impairment or reduction in the amounts recoverable from receivables and other current and non-current assets; and

2) non-recoverability, in part or in whole, of cash and cash equivalents deposited with banks.

Exposures to credit risks
The Group is exposed to credit risks on the following items in the consolidated statement of financial position:

In thousands of Sterling

Derivative financial assets 

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

2,663

865

9,672

13,200

2,885

909

31,157

34,951

Annual Report 2023 

117

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

18. Financial risk review and management (continued) 
Exposures to credit risks (continued)  
The maximum exposure to credit risk on receivables that are neither overdue nor impaired as of 31 December 2023, amounts to £865,000 (2022: 
£909,000).

As of 31 December 2023, the Group is also exposed to credit risk on the loan receivable, interest, and other receivable components of Investments at 
FVPL (loans provided to Portfolio Companies) totalling to £275,833,000 (2022: £282,378,000). 

Cash and cash equivalents and foreign currency forwards
The cash and cash equivalents and foreign currency forward contracts (recorded either as ‘derivative financial assets’ or ‘derivative financial liabilities’) 
are maintained with reputable banks with ratings that are acceptable based on the established internal policy of the Group. Based on the assessment of 
the Management Board, there are no significant credit risks related to the cash and cash equivalents and foreign currency forward contracts 
maintained. The main counterparty banks of the Group have S&P/Moody’s credit rating of A+/A1 and A+-/Aa3.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by 
delivering cash or another financial asset.

The Group’s policy over liquidity risk is that it will seek to have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities and obligations when they fall due.

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash and cash equivalents and access to borrowing facilities to finance day-to-day 
operations and medium to long-term capital needs. The Group also regularly monitors the forecast and actual cash requirements and matches the 
maturity profiles of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities.

The following are the undiscounted contractual maturities of the financial liabilities of the Group, including estimated interest payments:

31 December 2023
In thousands of Sterling

Loans and borrowings (Note 16)

Trade and other payables

Net derivative liability

31 December 2022 
In thousands of Sterling

Loans and borrowings (Note 16)

Trade and other payables

Net derivative liability

Carrying
amount

233

2,697

2,823

5,753

Carrying
amount

56,620

3,242

5,808

65,670

Contractual cash flows

Total

3,318

2,697

2,823

8,838

Within
1 year

1,377

2,697

2,823

6,897

Contractual cash flows

Total

65,112

3,242

5,808

74,162

Within
1 year

19,907

3,242

121

23,270

1-5
years

1,941

–

–

1,941

1-5
years

45,205

–

5,687

50,892

The Group needs to maintain certain financial covenants under the RCF. Non-compliance with such covenants may trigger an event of default (see 
Note 16). At 31 December 2023 and 2022, the Group was not in breach of any of the covenants under the RCF.

Depending on capital market conditions, the Company has the possibility of raising capital through the issuance of shares, or it can also use free cash 
flows generated by the Investments at FVPL in order to finance further acquisitions or to repay debt.

All external financial liabilities of the Group have maturities of less than one year except for loans and borrowings, which have a maturity of more than 
one year. The Group has sufficient cash and cash equivalents and sufficient funding sources to pay and/or refinance currently maturing obligations.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Group’s income or 
the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within 
acceptable parameters, while optimising the returns.

Currency risk
The Group buys derivative financial instruments, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks. All such transactions are carried 
out within certain internal guidelines. The Group, via its hedge counterparty, reports all trades under these hedging instruments, for European Market 
Infrastructure Regulations purposes, to an EU branch of the derivative repository.

118 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

18. Financial risk review and management (continued)
Currency risk (continued)
The Group is exposed to currency risk as a result of the cash flows from underlying Investments at FVPL and cash and cash equivalents being 
denominated in currencies other than Sterling. The currencies in which these items are primarily denominated are Australian dollars (A$), Canadian 
dollars (C$), Euros (€), Norwegian kroner (NOK) and US dollars (US$).

The Group actively seeks to manage geographical concentration and mitigate foreign exchange risk by balance sheet hedging through foreign 
exchange forward contracts, hedging of forecast portfolio distributions, and borrowing in non-Sterling currencies. Furthermore, Euro-denominated 
running costs provide a natural hedge against the Euro-denominated portfolio distributions.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than Sterling, the Group’s policy is to ensure that its net exposure is 
kept at an acceptable level. The Company accepts that risk from foreign exchange exposure is an inherent aspect of holding an international portfolio 
of investments. However, the Management Board believes that, in addition to the hedging program in place, this risk is further mitigated by having 
exposure to a number of different currencies including the Australian dollar, Canadian dollar, US dollar, Euro and Norwegian krone, all of which can 
provide diversification benefits. The Management Board spends considerable time reviewing its hedging strategy and believes it remains both 
appropriate and cost effective to continue with its four-year rolling hedge policy.

The summary of the quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk are as follows:

31 December 2023
In thousands of Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value

Investments at FVPL

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

  Trade and other payables

31 December 2022
In thousands of Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value

Investments at FVPL

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

  Trade and other payables

  Loan and borrowings

A$

C$

€

NOK

US$

97,181

373,986

109,323

21,371

103,749

1,177

90

1,267

–

A$

4,084

761

4,845

782

–

782

(581)

(844)

2

–

2

–

96

–

96

–

C$

€

NOK

US$

112,414

386,678

106,655

25,365

117,730

18

148

166

(17)

–

(17)

10,117

467

10,584

(688)

–

(688)

579

76

655

(877)

(42,497)

(43,374)

3

–

3

–

–

–

101

201

302

(80)

–

(80)

The significant exchange rates applied during the year ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 are as follows:

A$ 1

C$1

€1

NOK 1

US$ 1

31 December 2023

Average £

Spot rate £

0.535

0.596

0.870

0.076

0.804

0.535

0.593

0.867

0.077

0.785

Annual Report 2023 

119

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

18. Financial risk review and management (continued)
Currency risk (continued) 

A$ 1

C$1

€1

NOK 1

US$ 1

31 December 2022

Average £

Spot rate £

0.562

0.623

0.853

0.084

0.811

0.564

0.610

0.885

0.084

0.827

The sensitivity of the NAV to a 10 per cent positive and adverse movement in foreign exchange rates is disclosed in Note 19 to the consolidated 
financial statements. This scenario assumes that all other macroeconomic assumptions remain constant. 

Interest rate risk
Except for the loans and other receivables from Portfolio Companies which are included as part of Investments at FVPL, the Group does not account for 
other fixed-rate financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. For the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022, the main variable 
interest rate exposure of the Group is on the interest rates applied to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, including deposit rates used in valuing the 
Investments at FVPL and the loans and borrowings of the Group (see Note 16). A change in the deposit rates used in valuing Investments at FVPL 
would have an impact on the value of such and a corresponding impact on the Group’s NAV. Refer to Note 19 for a sensitivity analysis of the impact of 
a change on deposit rates on the Group’s NAV.

Investment risk
The valuation of Investments at FVPL depends on the ability of the Group to realise cash distributions from Portfolio Companies. The distributions to be 
received from the Portfolio Companies are dependent on cash received by a particular Portfolio Company under the service concession agreements. 
The service concession agreements are predominantly granted to the Portfolio Companies by a variety of public sector clients including, but not limited 
to, central government departments and local, provincial, and state government and corporations set up by the public sector.

The Group predominantly makes investments in countries where the Management Board consider that asset structures are reliable, where (to the 
extent applicable) public sector counterparties carry what the Management Board consider to be an appropriate credit risk, or alternatively where 
insurance or guarantees are available for the sovereign credit risk, where financial markets are relatively mature and where a reliable judicial system 
exists to facilitate the enforcement of rights and obligations under the contracts.

The Management Board continuously monitors the ability of a particular Portfolio Company to make distributions to the Group. During the year, there 
have been no material concerns raised in relation to current and future distributions to be received from any of the Portfolio Companies.

Capital risk management
The Company’s objective when managing capital is to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns to 
shareholders and benefits for further stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure. The Company, at a Group level, views the share capital 
(see Note 14) and the RCF (see Note 16) as capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividend paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, avail itself of additional debt financing, pay down debt or issue new shares. 

The Group regularly reviews compliance with Luxembourg regulations regarding restrictions on minimum capital. During the year, the Group complied 
with all externally imposed capital requirements and made no changes in its approach to capital management.

Derivative financial assets and liabilities for which hedge accounting is not applied
The Group has entered into foreign currency forwards to fix the foreign exchange rates on certain investment distributions that are expected to be 
received (‘cash flow hedges’) and on a portion of the non-Sterling and non-Euro denominated portfolio value (‘balance sheet hedges’). The derivative 
financial instruments (asset/liability) in the consolidated statement of financial position represent the fair value of foreign currency forwards which were 
not designated as hedges. The movements in their fair value are directly charged/credited in the consolidated income statement within other operating 
expenses and net gain(loss) on balance sheet hedging.

Derivative financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position as the Group has a 
legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis. Cash flows from the settlement of cash 
flow hedges and balance sheet hedges are presented as part of the net cash flows in operating and investing activities, respectively.

19. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement of financial position are 
presented below. This does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying 
amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value (i.e. cash and cash equivalents; trade and other receivables; trade payables, accruals and other 
payables, loans, and borrowings).

120 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

19. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued) 
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method.

31 December 2023
In thousands of Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value

Investments at FVPL

Derivative financial assets

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Derivative financial liabilities

31 December 2022
In thousands of Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value

Investments at FVPL

Derivative financial assets

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Derivative financial liabilities

Fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

–

–

–

–

1,047,244

1,047,244

–

–

2,663

(2,823)

2,663

(2,823)

Fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

–

–

–

–

1,102,844

1,102,844

2,885

(8,693)

–

–

2,885

(8,693)

Refer to table presented in Note 9 for the reconciliation of the movements in the fair value measurements in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for 
Investments at FVPL. There were no transfers between any levels during the year.

Investments at FVPL
The Management Board is responsible for carrying out the fair market valuation of the Company’s investments, which it then presents to the 
Supervisory Board. The portfolio valuation is carried out on a six-monthly basis as at 30 June and 31 December each year. The portfolio valuation is 
reviewed by an independent third-party professional.

The valuation is determined using the discounted cash flow methodology. The cash flow forecasts, generated by each of the underlying assets, are 
received by the Company or its subsidiaries, adjusted as appropriate to reflect risks and opportunities, and discounted using asset-specific discount 
rates. The portfolio valuation methodology remains unchanged from previous reporting periods.

Key Portfolio Company and portfolio cash flow assumptions underlying NAV calculation include:

 – Discount rates and the Assumptions, as set out below, continue to be applicable.

 – The updated financial models used for the valuation accurately reflect the terms of all agreements relating to the Portfolio Companies and 

represent a fair and reasonable estimation of future cash flows accruing to the Portfolio Companies.

 – Cash flows from and to the Portfolio Companies are received and made at the times anticipated.

 – Non-UK investments are valued in local currency and converted to Sterling at either the period-end spot foreign exchange rates or the 

contracted foreign exchange rate.

 – Where the operating costs of the Portfolio Companies are contractually fixed, such contracts are performed, and where such costs are not fixed, 

they remain within the current forecasts in the valuation models.

 – Where lifecycle costs/risks are borne by the Portfolio Companies, they remain in line with the current forecasts in the valuation models.

 – Contractual payments to the Portfolio Companies remain on track and contracts with public sector or public sector backed counterparties are 

not terminated before their contractual expiry date.

 – Any deductions or abatements during the operations period of Portfolio Companies are passed down to subcontractors under contractual 

arrangements or are part of the planned (lifecycle) forecasts.

 – Changes to the concession period for certain investments are realised.

Annual Report 2023 

121

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

19. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Key Portfolio Company and portfolio cash flow assumptions underlying NAV calculation include: (continued)

 – In cases where the Portfolio Companies have contracts which are in the construction phase, they are either completed on time or any delay costs 

are borne by the construction contractors.

 – Enacted tax or regulatory changes, or forecast changes with a high probability, on or prior to this reporting period-end with a future effect 

materially impacting cash flow forecasts, are reflected in the financial models.

In forming the above assessments, BBGI uses its judgement and works with our Portfolio Company management teams, as well as using due diligence 
information from, or working with, suitably qualified third parties such as technical, legal, tax and insurance advisers.

Macroeconomic assumptions

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

UK(i) RPI/CPIH

5.20% (actual) for 2023; 3.80% for 2024 then 3.00% 
(RPI) / 2.25% (CPIH)

13.40% (actual) for 2022; 5.80% for 2023 then 2.75% 
(RPI) / 2.00% (CPIH)

Canada

Australia

Germany(ii)

Inflation

3.90% (actual) for 2023; 2.50% for 2024; 2.10% for 
2025 then 2.00%

6.30% (actual) for 2022; 4.00% for 2023; 2.30% for 
2024 then 2.0%

4.50% for 2023; 3.50% for 2024; 3.00% for 2025 then 
2.50%

8.00% for 2022; 4.75% for 2023; 3.25% for 2024 
then 2.50%

3.70% (actual) for 2023; 2.70% for 2024; 2.10% for 
2025 then 2.00%

8.40% for 2022; 6.30% for 2023; 3.40% for 2024 
then 2.00%

Netherlands(ii)

3.80% (actual) for 2023; 2.70% for 2024; 2.10% for 
2025 then 2.00%

8.40% for 2022; 6.30% for 2023; 3.40% for 2024 
then 2.00%

4.80% (actual) for 2023; 4.50% for 2024; 2.50% for 
2025 then 2.25%

5.90% (actual) for 2022; 4.90% for 2023 then 2.25%

3.40% (actual) for 2023 then 2.50%

6.50% (actual) for 2022; 3.40% for 2023 then 2.50%

Norway(ii)

US

UK

Canada

Australia 

US

UK

Canada(iii)

Australia 

Germany(iv)

Netherlands

Norway

US

Deposit rates 
(p.a.)

Corporate tax 
rates (p.a.)

4.50% to Q4 2024, then 2.50%

4.75% to Q4 2024, then 2.50%

4.75% to Q4 2024, then 3.50%

Germany/ Netherlands

3.25% to Q4 2024, then 2.00%

Norway

4.75% to Q4 2024, then 2.75%

4.50% to Q4 2024, then 2.50%

25.00%

2.00% to Q4 2024, then 1.50%

3.50% to Q4 2024, then 1.75%

3.25% to Q4 2024, then 3.00%

0.50% to Q4 2024, then 1.00%

2.00% to Q4 2024, then 2.00%

3.75% to Q4 2024, then 1.50%

19.00% until March 2023 then 25.00%

23.00%/26.50%/27.00%/29.00%

23.00%/26.50%/27.00%/29.00%

30.00%

15.83%

25.80%

22.00%

21.00%

30.00%

15.83%

25.80%

22.00%

21.00%

(i) On 25 November 2020, the UK Government announced the phasing out of RPI after 2030 to be replaced with CPIH. The Company’s UK portfolio indexation factor changes from RPI to CPIH 

beginning on 1 January 2031. 

(ii) CPI indexation only. Where investments are subject to a basket of indices, a projection for non-CPI indices is used.
(iii) Individual tax rates vary among Canadian provinces: Alberta; Ontario; Quebec; Northwest Territories; Saskatchewan; British Columbia; New Brunswick. 
(iv) Including solidarity charge; individual local trade tax rates are considered in addition to the tax rate above.

Based on data from transactional activity, benchmark analysis with comparable companies and sectors, discussions with advisers in the relevant 
markets, publicly available information gathered over the year and equity risk premium over government bond yields, we have increased the weighted 
average discount rate to 7.3 per cent (31 December 2022: 6.9 per cent). This methodology calculates the weighted average based on the value of each 
investment in proportion to the total portfolio value i.e. based on the net present value of their respective future cash flows. Furthermore, the Group, 
with the advice of external experts, has considered the impact of climate change on the value of the investments at FVPL and has concluded that no 
valuation adjustment was required.

122 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

19. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Discount rate sensitivity
The weighted average discount rate applied to the Company’s portfolio of investments is the single most important judgement and variable.

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a change in the discount rate:

Effects in thousands of Sterling

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

+1% to 8.3% in 2023(i)

-1% to 6.3% in 2023(i)

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(76,995)

(76,995)

(87,101)

(87,101)

88,329

100,702

88,329

100,702

(i)  Based on the weighted average rate of 7.3 per cent (31 December 2022: 6.9 per cent).

Inflation has increased in all jurisdictions across BBGI’s geographies, and interest rates have risen from historical lows, although in some jurisdictions 
these trends have reversed over the period. Should long-term interest rates change substantially further, this is likely to further affect discount rates, 
and as a result, impact portfolio valuation. 

Combined sensitivity: inflation, deposit rates and discount rates
It is reasonable to assume that macroeconomic movements would affect discount rates, deposit rates and inflation rates, and not be isolated to one 
variable. To illustrate the effect of this combined movement on the Company’s NAV, two scenarios were created assuming a one percentage point 
change in the weighted average discount rate, and a one percentage point change in both deposit and inflation rates above the macroeconomic 
assumptions.

Effects in thousands of Sterling

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Increase by 1%

Decrease by 1%

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(16,344)

(16,344)

19,915

19,915

(22,796)

(22,796)

n/a

n/a

Inflation sensitivity
The Company’s investments are contractually entitled to receive contracted revenue streams from public sector clients, which are typically adjusted 
every year for inflation. Facilities management subcontractors for accommodation investments and operating and maintenance subcontractors for 
transport investments have similar indexation arrangements. The portfolio cash flows are positively linked with inflation (e.g. RPI, CPI, or a basket of 
indices).

This inflation-linkage is achieved through contractual indexation mechanics in the various project agreements with the public sector clients at the 
portfolio companies and the inflation adjustment updated at least annually.

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a change in inflation rates compared to the assumptions in the table above:

Effects in thousands of Sterling

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

+1%

-1%

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

45,370

51,508

45,370

51,508

(40,852)

(40,852)

(45,524)

(45,524)

Short-term inflation sensitivity
Inflation may continue to be elevated for the short-term before diminishing. To illustrate the effect of persistent higher short-term inflation on the 
Company’s NAV, two scenarios were created assuming inflation is two percentage points above our assumptions for the next one, and three years.

In thousands of Sterling

Inflation +2% for one year

Inflation +2% for three years

+2%

Equity

Profit or loss

11,667

30,737

11,667

30,737

Annual Report 2023 

123

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

19. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Foreign exchange sensitivity
As described above, a significant proportion of the Company’s underlying investments are denominated in currencies other than Sterling. 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV, to a change in foreign exchange rates:

Effects in thousands of Sterling

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Increase by 10%(i)

Decrease by 10%(i)

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(30,875)

(30,875)

(23,665)

(23,665)

31,161

31,488

31,161

31,488

(i)  Sensitivity in comparison to the spot foreign exchange rates as at 31 December 2023 and considering the contractual and natural hedges in place, derived by applying a ten per cent increase or 

decrease to the Sterling/foreign currency rate.

Deposit rate sensitivity
Portfolio Companies typically have cash deposits that are required to be maintained as part of the senior debt funding requirements (e.g. six-month 
debt service reserve accounts and maintenance reserve accounts). The asset cash flows are positively correlated with the deposit rates.

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a percentage-point change in long-term deposit rates compared to the long-term assumptions in 
the table above:

Effects in thousands of Sterling

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

+1 %

-1%

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

21,029

20,659

21,029

20,659

(21,674)

(21,674)

(20,635)

(20,635)

Lifecycle costs sensitivity
Lifecycle costs are the cost of planned interventions or replacing material parts of an asset to maintain it over the concession term. They involve larger 
items that are not covered by routine maintenance and, for roads, it will include items such as replacement of asphalt, rehabilitation of surfaces, or 
replacement of electromechanical equipment. Lifecycle obligations are generally passed down to the facility maintenance provider, with the exception 
of transportation investments, where these obligations are typically retained by the Portfolio Company.

Of the 56 investments in the portfolio, 20 investments retain the lifecycle obligations. The remaining 36 investments have this obligation passed down 
to the subcontractor. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a change in lifecycle costs:

Effects in thousands of Sterling

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Increase by 10%(i)

Decrease by 10%(i)

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(24,865)

(24,865)

(25,956)

(25,956)

22,801

23,459

22,801

23,459

(i)  Sensitivity applied to the 20 investments in the portfolio that retain the lifecycle obligation i.e. the obligation is not passed down to the subcontractor. 

Corporate tax rate sensitivity
The profits of each Portfolio Company are subject to corporation tax in the country where the Portfolio Company is located.

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a change in corporate tax rates compared to the assumptions in the table above:

In thousands of Sterling

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

+1%

-1%

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(12,189)

(12,189)

(11,150)

(11,150)

12,045

11,011

12,045

11,011

124 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

19. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Refinancing: senior debt rate sensitivity
Assumptions are used where a refinancing of senior debt is required for an investment during the remaining investment concession term. There is a 
risk that such assumptions may not be achieved.

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a one percentage point increase in the forecasted debt rate.

In thousands of Sterling

2023

2022

Margin +1%

Equity

Profit or loss

(7,942)

(9,051)

(7,942)

(9,051)

Refinancing sensitivity relates to the Northern Territory Secure Facilities, as it is common practice in the Australian infrastructure market to have senior 
debt durations that are typically between five and seven years. We assume three refinancings for the Northern Territory Secure Facilities, between the 
fourth quarter of 2025 and the fourth quarter of 2038. Long-term interest rate hedges fully mitigate base rate risk, leaving exposure only to potential 
changes in margin.

Derivative financial instruments
The fair value of derivative financial instruments (‘foreign exchange forwards’) is calculated by the difference between the contractual forward rate and 
the estimated forward exchange rates at the maturity of the forward contract. The foreign exchange forwards are fair valued periodically by the 
counterparty bank. The fair value of derivative financial instruments as of 31 December 2023 amounted to a net liability of £160,000 (31 December 
2022: £5,808,000 – net liability). The counterparty bank has an S&P/Moody’s long-term credit rating of A+/A1.

During the year, the Group recognised the following net gains/(losses) on derivatives financial instruments at FVPL:

In thousands of Sterling

Cash flow hedging

Balance sheet hedging

Year ended
31 December 2023

Year ended
31 December 2022

Realised

Unrealised

Realised

Unrealised

(913)

13,371

12,458

10,146

(4,497)

5,649

(3,779)

(12,550)

(16,329)

(7,547)

1,978

(5,569)

20. Subsidiaries
During the year ended 31 December 2023, the Company had the following consolidated subsidiaries (‘Holding Companies’ if referred to individually) 
which are included in the consolidated financial statements:

Company

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r. l. (‘MHC’)

BBGI Inv, S.à r. l. 

BBGI Investments S.C.A.

BBGI Holding Limited

BBGI (NI) Limited

BBGI (NI) 2 Limited

BBGI CanHoldco Inc.

BBGI Ireland Limited

Country of Incorporation

Effective  
Ownership Interest

Year Acquired/ 
Established

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

UK

UK

UK

Canada

Ireland

Ultimate Parent

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

 2011

2011

2012

2012

2012

2013

2015

2013

2017

Annual Report 2023 

125

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

20. Subsidiaries (continued)
The Company’s subsidiaries which are not consolidated, by virtue of the Company being an Investment Entity, and are accounted for as Investments at 
FVPL, are as follows:

Company

RW Health Partnership Holdings Pty Limited

RWH Health Partnership Pty Limited

RWH Finance Pty Limited

Asset name

Royal Women’s Hospital

Royal Women’s Hospital

Royal Women’s Hospital

Victorian Correctional Infrastructure Partnership Pty Limited

Victorian Correctional Facilities

BBGI Guernsey Holding Limited(i)

BBPI Sentinel Holdings Pty Limited

BBPI Sentinel Holding Trust

BBPI Sentinel Pty Limited

BBPI Member Trust

Sentinel Partnership Pty Limited

Sentinel UJV

Sentinel Financing Holdings Pty Limited

Sentinel Financing Pty Limited

Sentinel Finance Holding Trust

Sentinel Finance Trust

BBGI Sentinel Holdings 2 Pty Limited

BBGI Sentinel Holding Trust 2

BBGI Sentinel 2 Pty Limited

BBGI Sentinel Trust 2

BBGI Champlain Holding Inc.

BBGI SSLG Partner Inc.

Golden Crossing Holdings Inc.

Golden Crossing Finance Inc.

Golden Crossing Inc.

Global Infrastructure Limited Partnership

Golden Crossing General Partnership

BBGI KVH Holdings Inc.

BBGI KVH Inc.

BBGI KVH Holdings 2 Inc.

BBGI KVH 2 Inc.

Infusion Health KVH General Partnership

BBGI 104 GP Inc.

WCP Holdings Inc.

WCP Inc.

WCP Investments Inc.

Women’s College Partnership

Stoney Trail Group Holdings Inc.

Stoney Trail LP Inc.

Stoney Trail Investments Inc.

Stoney Trail Inc.

Stoney Trail Global Limited Partnership

Stoney Trail General Partnership

BBGI NCP Holdings Inc.

126 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Champlain Bridge

Champlain Bridge

Golden Ears Bridge

Golden Ears Bridge

Golden Ears Bridge

Golden Ears Bridge

Golden Ears Bridge

Kelowna & Vernon Hospitals

Kelowna & Vernon Hospitals

Kelowna & Vernon Hospitals

Kelowna & Vernon Hospitals

Kelowna & Vernon Hospitals

Highway 104

Women’s College Hospital

Women’s College Hospital

Women’s College Hospital

Women’s College Hospital

North East Stoney Trail

North East Stoney Trail

North East Stoney Trail

North East Stoney Trail

North East Stoney Trail

North East Stoney Trail

North Commuter Parkway

Country of
Incorporation

Effective
Ownership

Date  
Acquired/ 
Controlled

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2012

2012

2012

2012

2013

2014

2014

2014

2014

100% 2014 and 2015

100% 2014 and 2015

100% 2014 and 2015

100% 2014 and 2015

100% 2014 and 2015

100% 2014 and 2015

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2015

2015

2015

2015

2020

2020

100% 2012 and 2013

100% 2012 and 2013

100% 2012 and 2013

100% 2012 and 2013

100% 2012 and 2013

100%

100%

100%

100%

2013

2013

2020

2020

100% 2013 and 2020

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2020

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2015

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

20. Subsidiaries (continued)

Company

BBGI Stanton Holdings Inc.

BBGI Stanton Partner 1 Inc.

BBGI Stanton Partner 2 Inc.

Boreal Health Partnership

PJB Beteiligungs GmbH

Asset name

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Burg Correctional Facilities

Projektgesellschaft Justizvollzug Burg GmbH & Co. KG

Burg Correctional Facilities

PJB Management GmbH

Kreishaus Unna Holding GmbH

Burg Correctional Facilities

Unna Administrative Centre

Projekt und Betriebsgesellschaft Kreishaus Unna mbH

Unna Administrative Centre

BBGI PPP Investment S.à r.l.

De Groene Schakel Holding B.V.

De Groene Schakel B.V.

Noaber18 Holding B.V.

Noaber18 B.V.

Agder OPS Vegselskap AS

Bedford Education Partnership Holdings Limited

Bedford Education Partnership Limited

Lisburn Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Lisburn Education Partnership Limited

A7 Motorway

Westland Town Hall

Westland Town Hall

N18 Motorway

N18 Motorway

E18 Motorway

Bedford Schools

Bedford Schools

Lisburn College

Lisburn College

Clackmannanshire Schools Education Partnership (Holdings) 
Limited

Clackmannanshire Schools

Clackmannanshire Schools Education Partnership Limited

Clackmannanshire Schools

Primaria (Barking & Havering) Limited

Barking Dagenham & Havering (LIFT)

Barking Dagenham Havering Community Ventures Limited

Barking Dagenham & Havering (LIFT)

Barking & Havering LIFT (Midco) Limited

Barking Dagenham & Havering (LIFT)

Barking & Havering LIFT Company (No.1) Limited

Barking Dagenham & Havering (LIFT)

Scottish Borders Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Scottish Borders Schools

Scottish Borders Education Partnership Limited

Scottish Borders Schools

Coventry Education Partnership Holdings Limited

Coventry Education Partnership Limited

Fire Support (SSFR) Holdings Limited

Fire Support (SSFR) Limited

Coventry Schools

Coventry Schools

Stoke & Staffs Rescue Service

Stoke & Staffs Rescue Service

Highway Management M80 Topco Limited

M80 Motorway

Tor Bank School Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Tor Bank School

Tor Bank School Education Partnership Limited

Tor Bank School

Mersey Care Development Company 1 Limited

Mersey Care Hospital

MG Bridge Investments Limited

Mersey Gateway Bridge

Lagan College Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Lagan College

Lagan College Education Partnership Limited

Highway Management (City) Holding Limited

Highway Management (City) Finance Plc

Highway Management (City) Limited

GB Consortium 1 Limited

Lagan College

M1 Westlink

M1 Westlink

M1 Westlink

North London Estates Partnership 
(LIFT)
Liverpool & Sefton Clinics (LIFT)

Country of
Incorporation

Effective
Ownership

Date  
Acquired/ 
Controlled

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

Luxembourg

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

100% 2018 and 2020

100% 2018 and 2020

100%

2020

100% 2018 and 2020

100%

90%

100%

2012

2012

2012

100% 2012 and 2020

90% 2012 and 2020

100%

2018

100% 2018 and 2019

100% 2018 and 2019

52%

52%

2018, 2019 
and 2020

2018, 2019 
and 2020

Norway

100% 2013 and 2014

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

60%

60%

60%

100%

100%

100%

100%

85%

85%

100%

100%

100%

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2013

2013

100% 2013 and 2014

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2014

2014

2014

2014

2014

2014

2012, 2014 
and 2018

Annual Report 2023 

127

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

20. Subsidiaries (continued)

Company

Asset name

East Down Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

East Down Colleges

East Down Education Partnership Limited

East Down Colleges

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) NewCo Limited(ii)

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) Holdings Limited

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) NewCo 2 Limited(ii)

GT ASP Limited(ii)

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) Limited

Northwin Limited

Northwin (Intermediate) (Belfast) Limited

Northwin (Belfast) Limited

Folera TH Holdings Limited

Folera Limited

Woodland View Holdings Co Limited

Woodland View Intermediate Co Limited

Woodland View Project Co Limited

Fire and Rescue NW Holdings Limited

Fire and Rescue NW Intermediate Limited

Fire and Rescue NW Limited

BBGI East End Holdings Inc.

Avon & Somerset Police HQ

Avon & Somerset Police HQ

Avon & Somerset Police HQ

Avon & Somerset Police HQ

Avon & Somerset Police HQ

North West Regional College

Belfast Metropolitan College

Belfast Metropolitan College

Poplar Affordable Housing & 
Recreational Centres

Poplar Affordable Housing & 
Recreational Centres

Ayrshire and Arran Hospital

Ayrshire and Arran Hospital

Ayrshire and Arran Hospital

North West Fire and Rescue

North West Fire and Rescue

North West Fire and Rescue

Ohio River Bridges

(i)  Accounted as part of Investment at FVPL starting at 1 July 2023
(ii)  In the process of liquidation as at 31 December 2023

21. Related parties and key contracts
All transactions with related parties were undertaken on an arm’s length basis.

Country of
Incorporation

Effective
Ownership

Date  
Acquired/ 
Controlled

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Jersey

Jersey

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

US

100% 2012 and 2018

100% 2012 and 2018

100% 2014 and 2016

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

99%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2014, 2015 
and 2016

2015

2015

2014, 2015 
and 2016

2015

2016

2016

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2014

Supervisory Board fees
The members of the Supervisory Board of the Company were entitled to total fees of £315,000 for the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: £260,000).

Directors' shareholding in the Company 

In thousands of shares

Management Board

Duncan Ball

Frank Schramm(i)

Michael Denny

Supervisory Board

Sarah Whitney

June Aitken

Andrew Sykes

Christopher Waples

Jutta af Rosenborg

(i) Retired on 31 January 2024

128 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

1,071

1,001

650

60

56

40

17

8

871

829

504

39

31

40

17

–

2,903

2,331

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

21. Related parties and key contracts (continued) 
Remuneration of the Management Board 
The Management Board members are entitled to a fixed remuneration under their contracts and are also entitled to participate in a short-term 
incentive plan and a long-term incentive plan. Compensation under their contracts is reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee.

The total short-term and other long-term benefits recorded in the consolidated income statement for the Management Board, as the key management 
personnel, are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

Short-term benefits

Share-based payments

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

2,676

1,750

4,426

2,944

1,536

4,480

Trade and other receivables
As at 31 December 2023, trade and other receivables include short-term receivables from non-consolidated subsidiaries amounting to £865,000 (2022: 
£909,000).

22. Share-based compensation 
Each of the members of the Management Board received award letters (‘2022 Award’, ‘2021 Award’, and ‘2020 Award’, respectively and referred 
collectively as ‘Awards’) under the Group’s LTIP. These Awards are to be settled by MHC in the Company’s own shares. The Awards vest by reference to 
a combination of performance measures including the increase in the Company’s Investment Basis NAV per share (‘NAV condition’), key climate-related 
environmental metrics, including a reduction in corporate GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2 & 3) (against a 2019 baseline) and progress in the 
implementation of net zero targets related to BBGI Portfolio Companies (Financed Emissions) by value, in accordance with published targets related to 
BBGI’s commitments as a signatory of the Net Zero Asset Managers Initiative decrease in Corporate Greenhouse Gas Emissions (‘GHG’) over the Return 
Periods.

2020 Award
For 2020 awards, 100 per cent of the performance target will be subject to stretching NAV Total Return over a three-year period.

Performance metric

NAV Total Return
(100% weighting)

Threshold performance

Target performance

Maximum performance

Dividend of 7.18p per annum to 
2023, and NAV per share maintained 
from 31 December 2020 to 31 
December 2023.

Dividend growth of 2% per annum 
to 2023; and 1% per annum NAV per 
share growth to 31 December 2023.

Dividend growth of 2% per annum 
to 2023; and 2% per annum NAV per 
share growth to 31 December 2023.

2021 Award
For 2021 awards, 90 per cent of the performance target will be subject to stretching NAV Total Return targets over a three-year period.

10 per cent of the award will be linked to a reduction in corporate GHG emissions (Scope 1, 2 & 3) (against a 2019 baseline), a key climate-related ESG 
metric linked to BBGI’s Net Zero Plan. 

Performance metric

NAV Total Return
(90% weighting)

ESG – percentage of 
Corporate GHG emissions
(Scope 1, 2 & 3)
(10% weighting)

Threshold performance

Target performance

Maximum performance

Dividend of 7.33p per annum to 
2024, and NAV per share maintained 
from 31 December 2021 to 31 
December 2024.

Dividend growth of 2% per annum 
to 2024; and 1% per annum NAV per 
share growth to 31 December 2024.

Dividend growth of 2% per annum 
to 2024; and 2% per annum NAV per 
share growth to 31 December 2024.

GHG emissions as a percentage of 2019 baseline (as at 31 December 2024)

77%

75%

72%

Annual Report 2023 

129

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

22. Share-based compensation (continued)  
2022 Award
For the 2022 award, 80 per cent of the performance target will be subject to stretching NAV Total Return targets over a three-year period. 

20 per cent of the award will be linked to key climate-related ESG metrics, comprising (i) 10 per cent linked to a reduction in corporate GHG emissions 
(Scopes 1, 2 & 3) (against a 2019 baseline) and (ii) 10 per cent linked to progress in the implementation of net zero targets related to BBGI Portfolio 
Companies (Financed Emissions) by value, in accordance with published targets related to BBGI’s commitments as a signatory of the Net Zero Asset 
Managers Initiative.  

Performance metric

Threshold performance

Target performance

Maximum performance

NAV growth per share + dividends paid 
(expressed as a percentage of opening 
NAV)
(80% of weighting)

ESG – percentage of 
Corporate GHG emissions
(Scope 1, 2 & 3)
(10% weighting)

ESG – the implementation of net zero 
plans across BBGI assets (by value)
(10% weighting)

15%

17%

22%

GHG emissions as a percentage of 2019 baseline (as at 31 December 2025)

73%

70%

67%

The percentage of asset by value meeting the criteria for ‘net zero’, ‘aligned’ or ‘aligning’

23%

26%

30%

The fair value of the equity instruments awarded to the Management Board was determined using the following key parameters:

2022 Award

2021 Award

Share price at grant date

Maturity

Annual target dividend (2025)

Annual target dividend (2024)

Annual target dividend (2023)

Annual target dividend (2022)

Annual target dividend (2021)

£1.550

3 years

£0.0793

£0.0840

£0.0793

–

–

£1.760

3 years

–

£0.0771

£0.0755

£0.0741

–

2020 Award

£1.700

3 years

–

–

£0.0733

£0.0733

£0.0733

The Group also has issued restricted share awards to selected employees. The restricted share award entitles the employee to a right to receive shares 
in the Company upon meeting a service condition.

The fair value of the awards and amounts recognised as additional paid in capital in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position are as 
follows:

In thousands of Sterling

2022 Award

2021 Award

2020 Award

2019 Award

Deferred STIP

Staff Award Plan

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

407

707

1,036

–

519

444

–

354

691

445

708

304

Amount recognised in additional paid-in capital

3,113

2,502

During the year ended 31 December 2023, the 2019 Award vested, resulting in a gross entitlement before tax, of 330,253 shares. A portion of the 2019 
Award was settled in cash in order to realise sufficient funds to settle resulting tax liabilities arising from the vesting, with only the net number of shares 
being issued to each individual. The total accrued amount under the 2019 Award as at 31 December 2022 was £445,000. This amount was transferred 
from Additional paid in capital to Share capital at the settlement date plus an adjustment of £124,000 for the non-market based performance 
condition.

130 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

22. Share-based compensation (continued)
The share-based compensation expenses amount recognised as part of ‘administrative expenses’ in the Group’s consolidated income statement are  
as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

2022 Award

2021 Award

2020 Award

2019 Award

2018 Award

Deferred STIP

Staff Award Plan

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

 407 

 353 

 345 

 123 

–

522

288

–

354

345

148

(28)

718

200

Amount recognised in administrative expenses

2,038

1,737

Deferred STIP
One-third of any bonus earned under the STIP is being deferred into shares for three year holding period. The deferral component of the STIP differs 
from the Company’s share-based compensation in that there are no further vesting conditions on this earned bonus.

The Deferred STIP is valued at one-third of the anticipated outcome of the annual bonus for the Management Board. The total value of the Deferred 
STIP as at 31 December 2023 was £519,000 (31 December 2022: £708,000).

23. Commitments and contingencies
The Group has engaged, in the ordinary course of business, the services of certain entities to provide legal, custodian, audit, tax and other services to 
the Company. The expenses incurred in relation to such are treated as legal and professional fees under the administrative expenses grouping in the 
consolidated income statement.

As at 31 December 2023, the Group had utilised £1.4 million (31 December 2022: £1.3 million) of the £230 million RCF to cover letters of credit. Refer to 
Note 16 for further details on the RCF.

The BBGI Luxembourg office is leased under a cancellable operating lease agreement. The expenses incurred in relation to such lease are recognised as 
office and other expenses under administrative expenses (see Note 6).

24.  Service Concession Agreements 
As at 31 December 2023, the Group has a portfolio of 56 assets (see Note 9), with a weighted average portfolio life of 20.2 years. The Group has a 
diverse asset mix from which the service concession receivables are derived. All assets are availability-style. The rights of both the concession provider 
and concession operator are stated within the specific asset agreement.

The following table summarises the main information about the Group’s outstanding service concession agreements, which are all classified as 
availability-style social infrastructure:

Asset Name

% Equity 
Owned

Kicking Horse Canyon

50%

Golden Ears Bridge

100%

Northwest Anthony 
Henday Drive

50%

M80 Motorway

50%

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Short Description of Concession Arrangement

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Design, build, finance and operate a 26 km stretch of the Trans- 
Canada Highway, a vital gateway to British Columbia.

Operational

September 
2007

October 2030

Design, build, finance and operate the Golden Ears Bridge that spans 
the Fraser River and connects Maple Ridge and Pitt Meadows to 
Langley and Surrey, near Vancouver, British Columbia.

Partly design, build, finance and operate a major transport 
infrastructure asset in Canada, a ring road through Edmonton, capital 
of the province of Alberta.

Design, build, finance and operate 18 km of dual two/three lane 
motorway with associated slip roads and infrastructure from Stepps 
in North Lanarkshire to Haggs in Falkirk (Scotland).

Operational

June 2009

June 2041

Operational November 

October 2041

2011

Operational

July 2011

September 
2041

Annual Report 2023 

131

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

24.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Short Description of Concession Arrangement

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Asset Name

E18 Motorway

% Equity 
Owned

100%

North East Stoney Trail

100%

Ohio River Bridges

67%

Mersey Gateway Bridge 38%

M1 Westlink

100%

North Commuter 
Parkway

50%

Canada Line

27%

South East Stoney Trail

40%

William R. Bennett 
Bridge

A1/A6 Motorway

80%

37%

N18 Motorway

52%

Highway 104

50%

Champlain Bridge

25%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a 38 km dual 
carriageway in Norway, including 75 bridges and structures and 75 
km of secondary roads, carving through a rugged and beautiful 
landscape between Grimstad and Kristiansand.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a 21 km section of 
highway, forming part of a larger ring road developed in Calgary, 
Alberta, Canada.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain East End Bridge asset 
which includes a cable-stay bridge, a tunnel, and the connecting 
highway with a total length of 8 miles crossing the Ohio river in the 
greater Louisville-Southern Indiana region.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a new circa 1 km long 
six-lane toll cable-stay bridge (three towers) over the Mersey river to 
relieve the congested and ageing Silver Jubilee Bridge and upgrading 
works for 9.5 km of existing roads and associated structures.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain with significant amount 
of construction work completed in 2009 to upgrade key sections of 
approx. 60 km of motorway through Belfast and its vicinity, including 
O&M of the complete motorway.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain two new arterial 
roadways and a new river crossing located in the north area of 
Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada, and design, construct, finance, 
operate and maintain a replacement river crossing located in 
Saskatoon’s downtown core.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a 19 km rapid transit line 
connecting the cities of Vancouver and Richmond with Vancouver 
International Airport in British Columbia, Canada.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a 25 km section of 
highway, forming part of a larger ring road developed in Calgary, 
Alberta, Canada.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a 1.1 km long floating 
bridge in Kelowna, British Columbia, Canada.

Design, build finance operate and maintain the enlargement of the 
A1/A6 in the Netherlands, which involves the reconstruction and 
widening of this 2x5 lanes motorway plus 2 reversible direction lanes. 
The asset involves some 90 engineering structures.

Design, build, finance operate and maintain the extension of the N18 
motorway between Varsseveld and Enschede in the eastern part of 
the Netherlands. It comprises of 15 km of existing and 27 km of a new 
2x2-lane motorway with more than 30 ecological passages, aiming at 
a reduction in traffic in certain villages and safety improvement.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain PPP following 
completion of construction. The project consists of the construction 
of a four-lane divided highway corridor beginning at the end of the 
existing divided highway east of New Glasgow near Exit 27 at 
Sutherlands River and running for a distance of approximately 38 km 
to the existing divided highway just west of the Addington Fork 
Interchange (Exit 31) at Antigonish.

Design, construction, financing, operation, maintenance, and 
rehabilitation of a new bridge spanning the St. Lawrence River 
between Montreal and Brossard, Quebec.

Victorian Correctional 
Facilities

100%

Design, build, finance, operate, and maintain for a period of 25 years, 
two new correctional facilities for the State of Victoria, Australia (MCC 
and MRC).

132 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Operational

August 2009 August 2034

Operational November 

October 2039

2009

Operational

December 
2016

December 
2051

Operational October 2017 March 2044

Operational

February 
2006

October 2036

Operational October 2018 September 

2048

Operational

August 2009

July 2040

Operational November 

2013

September 
2043

Operational May 2008

June 2035

Operational

July 2017

June 2042

Operational

April 2018

April 2043

Operational May 2020

August 2043

Operational

December 
2020

October 2049

Operational March 2006 

May 2031

(MRC)/ 
February 
2006 (MCC)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

24.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Asset Name

Burg Correctional 
Facilities

% Equity 
Owned

90%

Avon and Somerset 
Police HQ

Northern Territory 
Secure Facilities

100%

100%

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Short Description of Concession Arrangement

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Design, build, finance, operate, and maintain for a concession period 
of 25 years, a new correctional facility for the state of Saxony-Anhalt, 
Germany.

Operational May 2009

April 2034

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain four new build police 
and custody facilities in the Avon and Somerset region (UK).

Operational

July 2014/ 
July 2015

March 2039

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a new correctional 
facility, located near Darwin, including three separate centres of the 
1,048 bed multi-classification men’s and women’s correctional centre 
and 24-bed Complex Behaviour Unit.

Operational November 

June 2044

2014

Bedford Schools

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the redevelopment of 
two secondary schools in the County of Bedfordshire.

Operational

June 2006

Coventry Schools

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain one new school and 
community facilities for the Coventry City Council.

Operational

In stages 
from March 
2006 to June 
2009

Kent Schools

50%

Scottish Borders 
Schools

Clackmannanshire 
Schools

100%

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the redevelopment, 
which included the construction of new build elements for each 
academy as well as extensive reconfiguration and refurbishment of 
six academies.

Operational

June 2007

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain three new secondary 
schools for Scottish Borders Council.

Operational

July 2009

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the redevelopment of 
three secondary schools in Clackmannanshire, Scotland.

Operational

In stages 
from January 
to May 2009

December 
2035

December 
2034

September 
2035

November 
2038

March 2039

East Down Colleges

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the three East Down 
Colleges campuses in Northern Ireland.

Operational

June 2009

May 2036

Lisburn College

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain Lisburn College in 
Northern Ireland.

Operational

April 2010

May 2036

Tor Bank School

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a new school for pupils 
with special education needs in Northern Ireland.

Operational October 2012 October 2037

Lagan College

100%

Design, build, finance operate and maintain the redevelopment of 
Lagan College in Northern Ireland.

Operational

August 2013

June 2038

Cologne Schools

50%

Design, build, finance operate and maintain the redevelopment of 
five schools in Cologne.

Operational

April 2005

Rodenkirchen Schools

50%

Design, build, finance operate and maintain a school for approx. 1200 
pupils in Cologne.

Operational November 

2007

December 
2029

November 
2034

Frankfurt Schools

50%

Design, build, finance operate and maintain the redevelopment of 
four schools in Frankfurt.

Operational

August 2007

July 2029

North West Regional 
College

Belfast Metropolitan 
College

100%

100%

Westland Town Hall

100%

Gloucester Royal 
Hospital

Liverpool and Sefton 
Clinics (LIFT)

50%

60%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the North West Regional 
College educational campus in Northern Ireland.

Operational

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the Belfast Metropolitan 
educational campus in Northern Ireland.

Operational

February 
2001

September 
2002

January 2026

August 2027

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain Westland Town Hall, a 
PPP accommodation asset consisting of a new approximately 
11,000m2 town hall for the Dutch Municipality of Westland.

Operational

August 2017 August 2042

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a hospital scheme in 
Gloucester, UK.

Operational

April 2005

February 
2034

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the primary healthcare 
facilities in Liverpool and Sefton, UK.

Operational

In 7 tranches 
starting April 
2005 and 
ending 
February 
2013

In 7 tranches 
starting April 
2033 and 
ending 
February 
2043

Annual Report 2023 

133

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

24.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Asset Name

North London Estates 
Partnership (LIFT) 

% Equity 
Owned

60%

Short Description of Concession Arrangement

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the primary healthcare 
facilities of the Barnet, Enfield and Haringey LIFT programme, UK.

Operational 

Barking Dagenham & 
Havering (LIFT)

60%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain 10 facilities/clinics in East 
London, UK with asset construction completions between 2005 and 
2009.

Operational

In 4 tranches 
starting 
February 
2006 and 
ending June 
2013

In 3 tranches 
starting 
October 
2005 and 
ending 
October 
2008

In 4 tranches 
starting 
October 2030 
and ending 
June 2043

In 3 tranches 
starting 
September 
2030 and 
ending 
September 
2033

Royal Women’s 
Hospital

100% 

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a new nine-storey Royal 
Women’s Hospital in Melbourne.

Operational

June 2008

June 2033

Mersey Care Hospital 
(part of Liverpool Sefton 
Clinics (LIFT) above)

80%

Kelowna and Vernon 
Hospitals 

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a new mental health 
in-patient facility on the former Walton hospital site in Liverpool, UK.

Operational

December 
2014

December 
2044

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain a new Patient Care 
Tower, a new University of British Columbia Okanagan Clinical 
Academic Campus and car park at Kelowna General Hospital, and a 
new Patient Care Tower at Vernon Jubilee Hospital.

Operational

January 2012 August 2042

Women’s College 
Hospital

100%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the new Women’s 
College Hospital in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Restigouche Hospital 
Centre

80%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the new Psychiatric Care 
Centre in Restigouche, New Brunswick, Canada.

Operational May 2013 
(Phase 1), 
September 
2015 (Phase 
2), March 
2016 (final 
completion).

Operational

June 2015

May 2043

October 
2044

McGill University Health 
Centre

40%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the new McGill 
University Health Centre, Montreal, Canada.

Operational October 2014 September 

2044

Stanton Territorial 
Hospital

Stoke & Staffs Rescue 
Service

Unna Administrative 
Centre

100%

85%

90%

Fürst Wrede Barracks

50%

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the new Stanton 
Territorial Hospital, Yellowknife, Northwest Territories, Canada.

Operational

December 
2018

October 
2048

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain 10 new community fire 
stations in Stoke-on-Trent and Staffordshire, UK.

Operational November 

October 2036

2011

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the administration 
building of the Unna District in Rhine-Westphalia, Germany.

Design, build, finance, operate and maintain the refurbishment and 
new construction of a 32 hectare army barracks in Munich, Germany.

Operational

July 2006

July 2031

Operational March 2008 March 2028

Poplar Affordable 
Housing & Recreational 
Centres

Aberdeen Western 
Peripheral Route

Ayrshire and Arran 
Hospital

100%

Design, construction, financing, operation, maintenance, and 
rehabilitation of separate buildings.

Operational October 2015 July 2051

33%

100%

Design, construction, financing, operations, and maintenance of 12 
km of the existing roadway (upgraded) and 47 km of new dual 
carriageway including two significant river crossings.

Design, construction, financing and maintenance of a 206-bed acute 
mental health facility and community hospital in Irvine, North 
Ayrshire, Scotland.

Operational May 2018

November 
2047

Operational March 2016 March 2041

North West Fire and 
Rescue

100%

Design, construction, financing, maintenance, and rehabilitation of 16 
new community fire stations in the North West of England.

Operational

June 2013

July 2038

134 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

24.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Asset Name

John Hart Generating 
Station

% Equity 
Owned

80%

A7 Motorway

49%

Short Description of Concession Arrangement

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Design, construction, financing, maintenance and rehabilitation of a 
new three-turbine, 132-MW hydroelectric power generation station 
on the Campbell River, British Columbia, including a 3 generating unit 
underground powerhouse, 2.1 kilometers of water passage tunnels 
and a water bypass system to protect downstream fish habitat.

Expansions and upgrades to certain critical sections of the A7 
Motorway and consists of the design, construction, financing, 
operation, maintenance, and rehabilitation of 65 km widening from 
four to six lanes of a section of the A7 Motorway between 
Bordesholm and Hamburg. The project includes 11 interchanges, six 
parking facilities, four rest areas, 79 civil engineering structures, 
c.100,000 m2 noise barriers and a c.550-metre noise enclosure tunnel.

Operational

June 2019

October 2033

Operational

December 
2019

August 2044

25.  Standards issued but not yet effective
A number of new standards and amendments to standards are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2024 and earlier application is 
permitted; however, the Group has not early adopted any of the forthcoming new or amended standards in preparing these financial statements.

The Group intends to adopt these new and amended standards, if applicable, when they become effective. The adoption of the below new standard is 
not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
The amendments specify the requirements for classifying liabilities as current or non-current and clarify:

 – What is meant by a right to defer settlement

 – That a right to defer must exist at the end of the reporting period

 – That classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral right

 – That only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its classification

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024 and must be applied retrospectively.

26.  Events after the end of the reporting period
Dividend declaration 
In February 2024, the Company declared a 2nd interim dividend of 3.965 pence per share for qualifying shareholders for the period 1 July – 31 
December 2023. The dividend is expected to be paid in April 2024.

Grant of Share Awards under LTIP 
In February 2024, each of the members of the Management Board received an award letter (‘2023 Award’). The maximum number of shares that could 
be issued under this award was determined by using the average closing price of the Company’s share price during December 2023, as ascertained 
from the Official List, which was 134.31 pence per share. Subject to the achievement of the performance conditions, the awards will vest after 31 
December 2026.

Annual Report 2023 

135

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardAudit Report
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. (the 
“Company”) as at 31 December 2023, and of its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union.

What we have audited

The Company’s financial statements comprise:
 •
 •
 •
 •
 •

the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023;
the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 on the audit profession (Law of 23 July 2016) and with International Standards on 
Auditing (ISAs) as adopted for Luxembourg by the “Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier” (CSSF). Our responsibilities under the Law of 23 
July 2016 and ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF are further described in the “Responsibilities of the “Réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for the 
audit of the financial statements” section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

We are independent of the Company in accordance with the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, including International 
Independence Standards, issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code) as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF 
together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
under those ethical requirements.

136 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Audit Report continued
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of Investment in subsidiary and loans 
receivable from subsidiary:

In assessing the impairment of investment in subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiary, we 
performed the procedures outlined below.

Refer to the financial statements (Note 3.e), 
impairment testing for investments and loans and 
receivables from subsidiary; Note 13 and Note 
14).

Investment in subsidiary and loan receivables 
from subsidiary are measured at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses. Their carrying 
amounts are GBP 354 million and GBP 243 
million, respectively, and they are the most 
significant balances on the statement of financial 
position.

The impairment assessment of the investment in 
the subsidiary and the determination of expected 
credit loss (ECL) for loans receivable from 
subsidiary is linked to the fair value of the 
underlying investments which are mainly made of 
social infrastructure investments through public 
private partnership and/or public finance 
initiatives or similar procurement models 
(“investments”) generating long-term predictable 
cash flows.

The valuation of the investments is determined 
using the discounted cash flow methodology. It 
relies on significant unobservable inputs and 
requires significant judgments from the 
Management Board. A small change in these 
assumptions could result in a significant impact 
on the fair value of the investments. As a 
consequence, there is an inherent risk that the fair 
value of these investments may not be 
appropriate.

Taking this into account, coupled with the 
magnitude of the amounts involved, we consider 
this area as a key audit matter.

We assessed that the accounting policy in relation with the impairment of the investment in 
subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiary was in compliance with the applicable 
accounting framework.

We understood and evaluated the design and implementation of key controls in place around 
the impairment of the investment in subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiary.

We obtained the management’s impairment assessment of the investment in subsidiary and 
loans receivable from subsidiary and performed an overall assessment to challenge the criteria 
and inputs used in the impairment analysis, as well as the assumptions and models used to 
calculate the ECL.

In addition, considering that the impairment of the investment in subsidiary and loans receivable 
from subsidiary is linked to the fair value of the underlying investments, we obtained substantive 
audit evidence over the valuation of the underlying investments as follows:

 - We tested key controls performed in the valuation process of investments in relation to the 

financial data included in the valuation models, the “look back” comparison of the forecast vs 
actual cash flows for the previous financial year, as well as other investment model review 
controls.

 - We inquired into the qualification of Management Board and its internal valuation team and 

concluded that they have sufficient experience and expertise.

 - We obtained the overall fair value reconciliation of opening to closing fair value of the 

underlying investments and corroborated significant fair value movements during the year, 
thereby assessing the reasonableness and completeness of the movement for the year.

 - With the support of our own valuation experts, we assessed that the Group’s valuation 

methodology was in compliance with the International Private Equity and Venture Capital 
Valuation Guidelines and market practice based on our knowledge of the investments held 
by the Group and experience of the industry in which the Group operates.

 - For a sample of assets selected via risk and value-based targeted sampling of the 

investments by value, we assessed that the key macroeconomic assumptions such as 
inflation, deposit rates, corporate tax rates, base discount rate setting were appropriate and/
or within acceptable ranges based on market search. We also checked that the selected asset 
specific discount rates were within acceptable ranges.

 - We obtained and read the valuation report prepared by Management’s external valuation 
experts which confirmed that the portfolio value prepared by the Management Board was 
appropriate.

 - Finally, for the entire portfolio, we obtained external confirmation over the existence and 

percentage of ownership of the investments held by the Group.

Annual Report 2023 

137

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardAudit Report continued
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Other information 

The Management Board is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information stated in the annual report but does 
not include the financial statements and our audit report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the Management Board and those charged with governance for the financial statements

The Management Board is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union, and for such internal control as the Management Board determines is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Management Board is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Management Board either 
intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.

Responsibilities of the “Réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for the audit of the financial statements

The objectives of our audit are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an audit report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 •

identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit 
procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of 
not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, 
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

 • obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, 

but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control;

 • evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the 

Management Board;

 •

conclude on the appropriateness of the Management Board’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our audit report to the 
related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the 
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our audit report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as 
a going concern;

 • evaluate the overall presentation, structure, and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial 

statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

138 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Audit Report continued
To the Shareholders of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit 
findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, 
and communicate to them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, 
actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our audit report unless law or regulation 
precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our 
report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

The annual report is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

We have been appointed as “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” by the General Meeting of the Shareholders on 28 April 2023 and the duration of our 
uninterrupted engagement, including previous renewals and reappointments, is one year.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Société coopérative
Represented by

Emanuela Sardi
Luxembourg, 27 March 2024

Annual Report 2023 

139

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardCompany Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Administrative expenses

Other operating expenses

Other operating income

Results from operating activities

Net finance result

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax expense

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.

Notes

2023 

2022

5

6

7

8

9

(10,525)

(3,517)

        19,761

            5,719

20,563

26,282

(532)

25,750

–

(11,617)

(22,748)

4,883

(29,482)

21,496

(7,986)

(515)

(8,501)

–

25,750

(8,501)

140 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Company Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Assets

Property and equipment

Loans receivable from subsidiary

Investment in subsidiary

Non-current assets

Loans receivable from subsidiary

Interest and other receivables from subsidiary

Other current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Equity

Share capital

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Advances from subsidiary

Tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Net asset value attributable to the owners of the Company

Net asset value per ordinary share (pence)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.

Notes

2023 

2022

13

13

13

13

10

61

233,673

354,233

587,967

–

10,750

895

4,710

16,355

73

243,212

354,233

597,518

37,663

11,164

733

18,738

68,298

604,322

665,816

11

854,669

852,391

(251,673)

(222,400)

602,996

629,991

1,326

–

–

1,326

1,326

1,200

34,496

116

35,825

35,825

604,322

665,816

602,996

629,991

84.35

88.32

13

9

11

11

Annual Report 2023 

141

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Balance as at 31 December 2022

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with the owners of the Company recognised directly in equity

Cash dividends

Scrip dividends

Shares issued on behalf of a subsidiary

Share issuance costs

Balance as at 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Balance as at 1 January 2022

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with the owners of the Company recognised directly in equity

Cash dividends

Scrip dividends

Shares issued on behalf of a subsidiary

Share issuance costs

Balance as at 31 December 2022

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.

Notes

Share
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Total
Equity

852,391

(222,400)

629,991

–

–

25,750

25,750

(53,487)

(53,487)

1,536

(1,536)

787

(45)

–

–

–

787

(45)

854,669

(251,673)

602,996

11

11

11

11

Notes

Share
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Total
Equity

850,355

(161,124)

689,231

11

11

11

–

–

1,092

971

(27)

(8,501)

(8,501)

(51,683)

(1,092)

–

–

(51,683)

–

971

(27)

852,391

(222,400)

629,991

142 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Company Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2023

In thousands of Sterling

Operating activities

Profit/(loss) for the year

Adjustments for:

  Net finance result

  Foreign currency exchange loss/(gain) – net

  Tax expense

  Depreciation

Working capital adjustments:

  Advances/other receivables from subsidiary

  Other current assets

  Trade and other payables

Cash used in operating activities

Interest received

  Taxes paid

Net cash flows used in operating activities

Investing activities

Loan repayment from subsidiary

Loans provided to subsidiary

Investment in subsidiary

Interest received

Acquisition of property and equipment

Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities

Equity instruments issue costs

Dividends paid

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Impact of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.

Notes

2023

2022

25,750

(8,501)

8

6,7

9

(20,563)

(21,496)

3,352              (4,883)

532

16

515

3

         (10,825)

(162)

19,475

(407)

273                    53

(1,627)

 (15,241)

365

(661)

24

(502)

(1,923)

(15,719)

21,148            59,557

    (200)

                 –

–

20,502

(3,780)

19,134

(9)                  (69)

          41,441

74,842

(45)

(53,487)

(53,532)

       (14,014)

              (14)

18,738

  4,710

(27)

(51,683)

(51,710)

7,413

14

11,311

18,738

13

11

11

10

10

Annual Report 2023 

143

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2023

1. Corporate information
BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A., (‘BBGI’, or the ‘Company’) is an investment company incorporated in Luxembourg in the form of a public limited liability 
company (société anonyme) with variable share capital (société d’investissement à capital variable, or ‘SICAV’) and regulated by the Commission de 
Surveillance du Secteur Financier (‘CSSF’) under Part II of the amended Luxembourg law of 17 December 2010 on undertakings for collective 
investments with an indefinite life. The Company qualifies as an alternative investment fund within the meaning of Article 1 (39) of the amended law of 
12 July 2013 on alternative investment fund managers (‘2013 Law’) implementing Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council 
of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 
and (EU) No 1095/2010 and is authorised as an internal alternative investment fund manager in accordance with Chapter 2 of the 2013 Law. The 
Company was admitted to the official list of the UK Listing Authority (premium listing, closed-ended investment fund) and to trading on the main 
market of the London Stock Exchange on 21 December 2011.

As of 1 January 2021, the main market of the London Stock Exchange is not considered as an EU regulated market (as defined by the MiFID II). As a 
result, Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004 on the harmonisation of transparency requirements 
in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and amending Directive 2001/34/EC (the 
Transparency Directive) as implemented in the Luxembourg law by the act dated 11 January 2008 on transparency requirements for issuers (the 
Transparency Act 2008), among other texts, does not apply to the Company.

The Company’s registered office is 6E, route de Treves, L-2633 Senningerberg, Luxembourg and is registered with the Registre de Commerce et des 
Sociétés Luxembourg under the number B163 879.

The Company is a closed-ended investment company that invests, through its subsidiaries, principally in a diversified portfolio of operational Public- 
Private Partnership (‘PPP’)/Private Finance Initiative (‘PFI’) infrastructure or similar style assets (‘Investment portfolio’). As at 31 December 2023, the 
Company has no indirectly held investment that is under construction (31 December 2022: one).

The Company had no employees as at 31 December 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Reporting period
The Company´s reporting period runs from 1 January to 31 December each year. The Company´s statement of comprehensive income, statement of 
financial position, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows include comparative figures as at 31 December 2022.

The amounts presented as ‘non-current’ in the Company´s statement of financial position are those expected to be recovered or settled after more 
than one year. The amounts presented as ‘current’ are expected to be recovered or settled within one year. These financial statements were approved 
by the Management Board on 27 March 2024.

2. Basis of preparation
Statement of compliance
The separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards accounting 
standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’). Please refer to Note 3d) for the accounting policy with respect to the investment in 
subsidiary.

The Company also prepares consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU.

The Company follows, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of the Standard of Recommended Practices issued by the Association of Investment 
Companies (‘AIC SORP’). If the provisions of the AIC SORP are in direct conflict with IFRS as adopted by the EU, the standards of the latter shall prevail.

The separate financial statements have been prepared using the going concern principle under the historical cost basis.

Functional and presentation currency
These financial statements are presented in Sterling, the Company’s functional currency. All amounts presented in tables throughout the report have 
been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise stated.

Changes in accounting policy
New and amended standards applicable to the Company are as follows:

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of Accounting policies
The amendments aim to help entities provide accounting policy disclosures that are more useful by replacing the requirement for entities to disclose 
their ‘significant’ accounting policies with a requirement to disclose their ‘material’ accounting policies and adding guidance on how entities apply the 
concept of materiality in making decisions about accounting policy disclosures.

Definition of Accounting Estimate - Amendments to IAS 8
The amendments introduce a definition of ‘accounting estimates’ and clarify the distinction between changes in accounting estimates and changes in 
accounting policies and the correction of errors. Also, they clarify how entities use measurement techniques and inputs to develop accounting 
estimates.

These amendments had no significant impact on the Company financial statements as there were no modifications of the Company’s financial 
instruments during the period.

144 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

3. Summary of material accounting policies
a)  Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at the exchange rate on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated into Sterling at the exchange rate on that date.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are translated into Sterling at the exchange rate 
on the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income as a gain or loss on currency translation.

b)  Foreign currency translations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to Sterling at the exchange rates on the reporting date. The income and expenses of 
foreign operations are translated to Sterling at the average exchange rates during the year, if such does not significantly deviate from the exchange 
rates at the date on which the transaction is entered into. If significant deviations arise, then the exchange rate at the date of the transaction is used.

c)  Financial instruments
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial assets are classified at initial recognition at either: (i) amortised cost; (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income – debt instruments; 
(iii) fair value through other comprehensive income – equity instruments; or (iv) fair value through profit or loss.

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the Company’s 
business model for managing them. With the exception of trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the 
Company has applied the practical expedient, the Company initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at 
fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs.

The Company’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. The business 
model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, or both. The Company’s financial 
assets classified and measured at amortised cost are held within a business model with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect 
contractual cash flows which represents solely payments of principal and interests.

In general, the Company derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to 
receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any 
interest in such transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Company is recognised as a separate financial asset or liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company has a 
legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

At the date of the statement of financial position, all financial assets of the Company have been classified as financial assets at amortised cost. Financial 
assets of the Company consist of investment in subsidiary, loan receivables from subsidiary, interest and other receivables from subsidiary and cash 
and cash equivalents.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is primarily derecognised when:

 – The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or

 – The Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full 

without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) the Company has transferred substantially all the risks 
and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Company has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has 
transferred control of the asset.

Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses 
are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income when the asset is derecognised, modified, or impaired.

Financial liabilities
The Company classifies financial liabilities at amortised cost. Such financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value less any direct attributable 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the EIR method.

The Company derecognises a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) from the statement of financial position when, and only when, it is 
extinguished or when the obligation specified in the contract or agreement is discharged or cancelled or has expired. The difference between the 
carrying amount of a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including 
any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is considered in the statement of comprehensive income. 

d)  Investments in subsidiary
The investment in subsidiary is held at cost less any impairment.

Annual Report 2023 

145

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

3. Summary of material accounting policies (continued)
e)  Impairment testing for investments and loans and receivables from subsidiary
The investment in subsidiary and loan receivables from subsidiary are measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. The impairment losses are 
based on expected credit loss (‘ECL’) on such receivables. The loans and receivables of the Company from its subsidiary are directly linked to the PPP/ 
PFI portfolio financed by this subsidiary either through loans and/or equity investments. The ECL, if any, of the Company from its loans and receivables 
from subsidiary has a direct link with the fair value of the Company´s Investment portfolio. The Company performs a fair valuation of the underlying 
Investment portfolio every six months and considers any ECL on the loans and receivables, among others based on the results of the valuation. The fair 
valuation of the underlying Investment portfolio is done by calculating the net present value of the cash flows from these assets, based on internally 
generated models. The net present value of each asset is determined using future cash flows, applying certain macroeconomic assumptions for the 
cash flows which include indexation rates, deposit interest rates, corporate tax rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The cash flows are discounted 
at the applicable discount rate for companies involved in service concession assets. A material change in the macroeconomic assumptions and discount 
rates used for such valuation could have a significant impact on the net present value of the future cash flows. The determined fair value will be 
considered as the recoverable amount to be compared to the carrying amount of investment in subsidiary to determine possible impairment. Excess of 
the carrying amount of the investment in subsidiary over the recoverable amount is recognised as an impairment loss. As of 31 December 2023, the 
Company identified no ECL to be recorded on its loans and receivables from subsidiary (2022: nil) nor any impairment on its investment in subsidiary.

f)  Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it 
is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future 
cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to a liability. The unwinding of 
such discount is recognised as a finance cost.

g)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash balances and term deposits with maturities of three months or less from the date when the deposits were 
made and that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in their fair value, and are used by the Company in the management of its short-term 
commitments.

h)  Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares, or which are associated with the establishment of the 
Company, that would otherwise have been avoided are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

i)  Finance income and finance costs
Interest income and expenses are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income using the EIR method.

The EIR is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments and receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument (or, 
where appropriate, a shorter period) to the carrying amount of the financial instrument. When calculating the EIR, the Company estimates future cash 
flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, but not future credit losses.

Interest received or receivable and interest paid or payable are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income as finance income and finance 
costs, respectively.

j)  Tax
According to the Luxembourg regulations regarding SICAV companies, the Company itself, as an undertaking for collective investment, is exempt from 
paying income and/or capital gains taxes in Luxembourg. It is, however, liable to annual subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on its consolidated net asset 
value (‘NAV’) payable quarterly and assessed on the last day of each quarter. Subscription tax is recognised as a tax expense in the Company statement 
of comprehensive income for the period in which it is incurred.

k)  Current versus non-current classification
The Company presents assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on current/non-current classification. An asset is current when 
it is:

 – Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle

 – Held primarily for the purpose of trading

 – Expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period or

 – Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period All 

other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 – It is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle

 – It is held primarily for the purpose of trading

 – It is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period or

 – There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period

146 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

3. Summary of material accounting policies (continued)
k)  Current versus non-current classification (continued)
The terms of the liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its 
classification.

The Company classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

4. Material accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Management Board to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, and expenses. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the 
estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

In the process of applying the Company´s accounting policies, the Management Board has made the following judgements that would have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Company’s financial statements.

4.1 Impairment testing for investments
Refer to Note 3e)  for the discussion of this topic.

4.2 Going concern basis of accounting
The Management Board has examined significant areas of possible financial risk including cash and cash requirements. It has not identified any material 
uncertainties which would cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of 12 months from the end of this 
reporting period. The Management Board has satisfied itself that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. After due consideration, the Management Board believes it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements.

5. Administrative expenses

In thousands of Sterling

Support agreement fees (Note 13)

Legal and professional fees

Supervisory Board fees

Others

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

7,593

2,201

315

416

8,914

2,207

260

236

10,525

11,617

Included in the legal and professional fees expensed during the year are those amounts charged by the Company’s external auditor which include audit 
fees of £248,000 (2022: £201,000) and audit related fees of £89,000 (2022: £73,000). Non-assurance services charged by the Company’s external 
auditors during the year amounted to £nil (2022: £5,000). Also included in the legal and professional fees are depositary and custodian related charges 
which amounted to £395,000 (2022: £383,000) 

6. Other operating expenses

In thousands of Sterling

Foreign currency exchange loss – net

Acquisition-related costs and others (including unsuccessful bid costs)

Foreign exchange indemnity agreement expense (Note 13) 

7. Other operating income

In thousands of Sterling

Foreign exchange indemnity agreement income (Note 13)

Foreign currency exchange gain – net

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

3,352

165

–

3,517

–

422

22,326

22,748

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

19,761

–

19,761

–

4,883

4,883

Annual Report 2023 

147

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

7. Other operating income (continued) 
The net foreign currency exchange gains are mainly attributable to the unrealised gains on the translation of foreign currency denominated loans 
receivable from the Company’s subsidiary.

8. Net finance result

In thousands of Sterling

Finance income from multi-currency facility (Note 13)

Interest income from deposits

Other finance costs

9. Taxes
As at 31 December 2023, tax payable with respect to subscription tax amounted to £nil (2022: £129,000).

A reconciliation of the tax expense and the tax at applicable tax rate is as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

Profit/(loss) before tax

Income tax using the Luxembourg domestic tax rate of 24.94%

Effect of tax-exempt deductions/(income)

Subscription tax expense

Tax charge for the year

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

20,198

21,474

365

–

24

(2)

20,563

21,496

Year ended
31 December
2023

Year ended
31 December
2022

26,282

6,555

(6,555)

532

532

(7,986)

(1,991)

1,991

515

515

The Company, as an undertaking for collective investment, pays an annual subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on its consolidated NAV. For the year ended 
31 December 2023, the Company incurred a subscription tax charge of £532,000 (2022: £515,000).

10. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents relate to bank deposits amounting to £4,710,000 (2022: £18,738,000). 

11. Share capital
Changes in the Company´s share capital are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

Share capital as at 1 January

Share capital issued through scrip dividends

Shares issued as share based compensation

Shares issuance cost

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

852,391

850,355

1,536

1,092

787

(45)

971

(27)

854,669

852,391

BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r.l. (‘MHC’), a wholly owned direct subsidiary of the Company, provides share-based compensation to senior executives 
whereby it issues a certain number of shares of the Company to entitled executives calculated based on the conditions of the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’) rules and the respective LTIP Award letters. During the year, the Company issued 175,242 shares, in connection with the 2019 LTIP award at 
150.9 pence per share for a total amount of £264,000 (2022: £604,000). The amount of £264,000 was recorded as an advance made by the Company to 
MHC during the year (2022: £604,000).

Deferred STIP
The STIP provided to senior executives at MHC include a deferred component with one-third of any bonus earned under the STIP is being deferred into 
shares of the Company for three year holding period. The deferral component of the STIP differs from the Company’s share-based compensation as 
there are no further vesting conditions on this earned bonus. The amount of £398,000 was recorded as an advance made by the Company to MHC 
during the year (2022: £366,000).

148 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

11. Share capital (continued)  
The changes in the number of ordinary shares of no-par value issued by the Company are as follows:

In thousands of shares

In issue at beginning of the year

Shares issued through scrip dividends

Shares issued as share based compensation

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

713,331

712,126

1,017

529

649

556

714,877

713,331

All the ordinary shares issued rank pari passu. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time, and are 
entitled to one vote per share at general meetings of the Company.

The Company meets the minimum share capital requirement as imposed under the applicable Luxembourg regulation.

Dividends
The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2023 are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling except as otherwise stated

2022 2nd interim dividend of 3.740 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 July 2022 to 31 December 2022

2023 1st interim dividend of 3.965 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 January 2023 to 30 June 2023

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
2023

26,679

28,345

55,024

The 31 December 2022 2nd interim dividend was paid in April 2023. The value of the scrip election was £1,536,000, with the remaining amount of 
£25,143,000 paid in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

The 30 June 2023 1st interim dividend was paid in October 2023. Cash dividend was £28,345,000. The scrip alternative was not available with this 
dividend payment.

The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2022 are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling except as otherwise stated

2021 2nd interim dividend of 3.665 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 July 2021 to 31 December 2021

2022 1st interim dividend of 3.740 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 January 2022 to 30 June 2022

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
2022

26,099

26,676

52,775

The 31 December 2021 2nd interim dividend was paid in April 2022. The value of the scrip election was £964,000, with the remaining amount of 
£25,135,000 paid in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

The 30 June 2022 1st interim dividend was paid in October 2022. The value of the scrip election was £127,000 with the remaining amount of 
£26,548,000 paid in cash to those investors that elected for a cash dividend.

Net asset value ('NAV')
The Company NAV and NAV per share as of 31 December 2023, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 were as follows:

In thousands of Sterling/pence

NAV attributable to the owners of the Company

NAV per ordinary share (pence)

2023

2022

2021

602,996

629,991

689,231

84.35

88.32

96.78

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management
Risk management framework
The Management Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and control of the Company’s risk management framework.

The Company has exposure to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of these 
risks, the Company’s objectives, policies, and processes for measuring and managing risk and the Company’s management of capital. This note also 
presents the result of the review performed by management on these risk areas.

Annual Report 2023 

149

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management (continued)
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation or commitment that it has entered into with the 
Company, resulting in:

1)  impairment or reduction in the amounts recoverable from receivables and other current and non-current assets; and

2)  non-recoverability, in part or in whole, of cash and cash equivalents deposited with banks.

A significant part of receivables of the Company are receivables from a subsidiary. This subsidiary has the ability to pay based on the projected cash 
flows to be received by such subsidiary from their respective investments.

Exposures to credit risks
The Company is exposed to credit risks on the following items in the Company’s statement of financial position:

In thousands of Sterling

Loans and other receivable to subsidiary (including accrued interest)

Cash and cash equivalents

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

244,423

4,710

249,133

292,039

18,738

310,777

The maximum exposure to credit risk on receivables that are neither overdue nor impaired as of 31 December 2023, amounts to £244,423,000 (2022: 
£292,039,000).

Recoverable amounts of receivables and other current and non-current assets
The Company establishes when necessary an allowance for impairment, based on ECL specific to the asset. Currently there are no recorded allowances 
for impairment. All the Company’s receivables are recoverable and no significant amounts are considered as overdue, impaired, or subject to ECL.

Cash and cash equivalents
The cash and cash equivalents are maintained with reputable banks with ratings that are acceptable based on the established internal policy of the 
Company. Based on the assessment of the Management Board, there are no significant credit risks related to the cash and cash equivalents. The main 
counterparty banks of the Company have S&P/Moody’s credit rating between A+/Aa3 and AA-/Aa2.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by 
delivering cash or another financial asset.

The Company’s policy over liquidity risk is that it will seek to have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities and obligations when they fall due.

The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash and cash equivalents and access to borrowing facilities to finance day-to-day 
operations and medium to long-term capital needs. The Company also regularly monitors the forecast and actual cash requirements and matches the 
maturity profiles of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities.

The Company has the possibility to raise capital through the issuance of shares in order to finance further acquisitions. The following are the 
undiscounted contractual maturities of the financial liabilities of the Company:

31 December 2023 
In thousands of Sterling

Trade and other payables

31 December 2022 
In thousands of Sterling

Trade and other payables

Advances from subsidiary

150 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Carrying
amount

1,326

Carrying
amount

1,200

34,496

35,696

Contractual cash flows

Total

1,326

Within
1 year

1,326

Contractual cash flows

Total

1,200

34,496

35,696

Within
1 year

1,200

34,496

35,696

1-5
years

–

1-5
years

–

–

–

 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management (continued)
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Company’s income 
or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within 
acceptable parameters, while optimising the returns.

Currency risk 
The Company is exposed to currency risk as a result of its cash and cash equivalents being denominated in currencies other than Sterling.

The currencies in which these items are primarily denominated are Australian Dollar (A$), Canadian Dollar (C$), Euro (€), Norwegian Krone (NOK) and 
US Dollar (US$).

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than Sterling, the Company’s policy is to ensure that its net exposure 
is kept at an acceptable level. The Management Board believes that there is no significant concentration of currency risk in the Company.

The summary of the quantitative data about the Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk provided to the Management Board is as follows:

31 December 2023 
In thousands of Sterling

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

31 December 2022 
In thousands of Sterling

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

A$

1,177

–

1,177

A$

13

–

13

C$

9

(7)

2

C$

7

–

7

€

473

(839)

(366)

€

277

(745)

(468)

NOK

US$

2

–

2

2

–

2

NOK

US$

2

–

2

1

–

1

The Company has loans and receivables from MHC denominated in foreign currency but the Company is not exposed to fluctuations in foreign 
exchange rates in relation to these receivables due to the foreign exchange indemnity agreement entered into between the Company and MHC (see 
Note 13).

The significant exchange rates applied during the year ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 are as follows:

A$ 1

C$ 1

€1

NOK 1

US$ 1

A$ 1

C$ 1

€1

NOK 1

US$ 1

31 December 2023

Average £

Spot rate £

0.535

0.596

0.870

0.076

0.804

0.535

0.593

0.867

0.077

0.785

31 December 2022

Average £

Spot rate £

0.562

0.623

0.853

0.084

0.811

0.564

0.610

0.885

0.084

0.827

The impact of a strengthening or weakening of Sterling against the A$, C$, NOK and US$, as applicable, by 5 per cent as at 31 December 2023 and 31 
December 2022 would not have a significant impact on the Company’s statement of comprehensive income and net equity. This assumes that all other 
variables, in particular, interest rates, remain constant and ignores any impact of forecast revenues, hedging instruments and other related costs.

Annual Report 2023 

151

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardNotes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management (continued)
Fair values versus carrying amounts 
The below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 – Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 – Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 

(i.e. derived from prices).

 – Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and payables approximates their fair value due to their short-term nature with maturity 
of one year or less, or on demand.

The fair value of loans and other receivables from subsidiary and investment in subsidiary, with a total carrying value of £587,906,000 (2022: 
£635,108,000), amounts to £1,047,000 (2022: £1,104,000). The fair value of these loans receivable and investment in subsidiary is determined by 
discounting the future cash flows to be received from such assets using applicable market rates (Level 3).

Capital risk management
The Company’s objective when managing capital is to ensure the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns to 
shareholders and benefits for further stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure. The Company views the share capital (see Note 11) as 
capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividend paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, avail of additional debt financing, pay down debt, or issue new shares.

The Company regularly reviews compliance with Luxembourg regulations regarding restrictions on minimum capital. During the year, the Company 
complied with all externally imposed capital requirements and made no changes in its approach to capital management.

The portfolio continued its strong performance over the reporting period with no material adverse effect on valuation. This strong performance is 
primarily as a result of the Company holding a low-risk, 100 per cent availability-style underlying portfolio, coupled with strong stakeholder 
collaboration during the reporting period.

13.  Related parties and key contracts
Supervisory Board fees
During the year 31 December 2023, the aggregate remuneration paid to the Supervisory Board was £315,000 (2022: £260,000).

Loans and receivables from subsidiary - multicurrency facility agreement 
On 1 January 2017, the Company as a lender and MHC as a borrower, entered into a multicurrency credit facility agreement (‘MCF’). Pursuant to this 
agreement the Company has and will continue to make available an interest-bearing loan to MHC for the purposes of funding its initial and 
subsequent acquisitions of interests in Investment portfolio. The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the MCF is £680,000,000. The Company 
engages a third-party transfer pricing specialist to determine the reasonable ranges of interest rates to be applied on borrowings under the MCF.

Movements in the MCF during the year are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

1 January 

Capitalisation of interest under MCF

Principal payments received

Foreign exchange movements

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

243,212

243,638

90

(6,408)

(3,221)

94

(5,253)

4,733

233,673

243,212

During the year, the finance income from the MCF amounted to £20,198,000 (2022: £21,474,000).

Loans receivable from subsidiary - interest free loan agreements
The Company has entered into various interest free loan agreements (‘IFL’) with MHC, a direct 100 per cent owned subsidiary. These IFLs have a term of one 
year with the possibility to extend and to introduce an arm’s length interest rate. The details of the interest free loans receivable from MHC are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

IFL receivable from MHC

152 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

–

37,663

 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

13.  Related parties and key contracts (continued) 
Interest and other receivables from subsidiary
The details of the interest and other receivables from subsidiary are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

Interest receivable from MCF

Other advances to MHC

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

10,564

186

10,750

11,164

–

11,164

Foreign exchange indemnity agreement
The Company and MHC have entered into a foreign exchange indemnity agreement (‘Indemnity Agreement’) whereby the Company will indemnify 
MHC for any net losses incurred by MHC in relation to foreign exchange movements, including losses incurred on foreign exchange forward contracts. 
The agreement also stipulates that where MHC makes a net gain on foreign exchange movements, then it shall pay an equivalent amount to the 
Company. As at 31 December 2023, the Company recorded an Indemnity Agreement income amounting to £19,761,000 (2022: £22,326,000 expense).

Support agreement with MHC
The Company and MHC have entered into a support agreement (‘Support Agreement’) whereby MHC provides support and assistance to the Company 
with respect to the day-to-day operations. As at 31 December 2023, the Company recorded Support Agreement expenses amounting to £7,593,000 
(2022: £8,914,000).

Advances from subsidiary
This account is non-interest bearing and relates to remaining liabilities arising from the foreign exchange indemnity agreement, support agreement 
and other unsettled advances received from MHC that is usually settled in the next 12 months. Advances from subsidiary as at 31 December 2023 
amounted to £nil (2022: £34,496,000).

Investment in subsidiary
The Company’s total equity investment in MHC amounted to £354,233,000 as of 31 December 2023 (2022: £354,233,000). The movements in the 
Company’s investment in MHC are as follows:

In thousands of Sterling

1 January

Additional investment through capital contribution

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

354,233

350,453

–

3,780

354,233

354,233

The Company’s investments portfolio, were made and will continue to be made through MHC.

14.  Commitments and contingencies
The Company is an obligor under the Group’s Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’), and as a result has pledged all its current and future financial assets and 
shares in its investments in subsidiary.

Based on the provisions of the RCF, where there is a continuing event of default by MHC as borrower, the lenders will, among other things, have the 
right to cancel all commitments and declare all or part of utilisations to be due and payable, including all related outstanding amounts, and exercise or 
direct the security agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the RCF. There was £nil outstanding principal from the 
RCF as at the 31 December 2023.

15.  Standards issued but not yet effective
A number of new standards and amendments to standards are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2024 and earlier application is 
permitted; however, the Company has not early adopted any of the forthcoming new or amended standards in preparing these financial statements. 
The Company intends to adopt these new and amended standards, if applicable, when they become effective. The adoption of the below new standard 
is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
The amendments specify the requirements for classifying liabilities as current or non-current and clarify:

 – What is meant by a right to defer settlement

 – That a right to defer must exist at the end of the reporting period

 – That classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral right

 – That only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its classification

Annual Report 2023 

153

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management Board 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

16.  Events after the reporting period
Dividend declaration 
In February 2024, the Company declared a 2nd interim dividend of 3.965 pence per share for qualifying shareholders for the period 1 July – 31 
December 2023. The dividend is expected to be paid in April 2024.

154 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

Board Members,  
Agents and Advisers

Supervisory Board 
Sarah Whitney (Chair) 
Andrew Sykes (Senior Independent Director) 
June Aitken 
Jutta af Rosenborg 
Christopher Waples

Management Board
Duncan Ball (Chief Executive Officer)
Michael Denny (Chief Financial and Operations Officer)
Frank Schramm (retired on 31 January 2024)
Andreas Parzych (appointed as of 31 January 2024) 
(Executive Director)

Registered Office 
6E route de Trèves
L-2633 Senningerberg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, Société cooperative
2 rue Gerhard Mercator
B.P. 1443
L-1014 Luxembourg 
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Central Administrative Agent,  
Luxembourg Registrar and Transfer Agent, Depositary 
and Principal Paying Agent
CACEIS Investor Services Bank S.A.
14 Porte de France
L-4360 Esch-sur-Alzette
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Depository, Receiving Agent and UK Transfer Agent 
Link Market Services Trustees Limited
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL
United Kingdom

Corporate Brokers
Jefferies International Limited
100 Bishopsgate
London EC2N 4JL
United Kingdom 

EEA based Centralised Securities Depository
LuxCSD S.A.
42 Avenue John F. Kennedy
L-1855 Luxembourg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Communications Adviser
H/Advisors Maitland
3 Pancras Square
London N1C 4AG
United Kingdom 

Corporate Brokers
Winterflood Securities Limited
Cannon Bridge House
25 Dowgate Hill
London EC4R 2GA
United Kingdom

Luxembourg CSD Principal Agent
Banque Internationale à Luxembourg S.A.
69 route d’Esch
Office PLM 018A
L-2953 Luxembourg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés Luxembourg B163879

Listing 

 Chapter 15 premium listing, closed-ended investment company

Trading 

Main Market

ISIN 

LU0686550053

SEDOL 

B6QWXM4

Ticker 

BBGI

Indices 

FTSE 250, FTSE 350, FTSE 350 High Yield and FTSE All-Share

Annual Report 2023 

155

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardGlossary

AIC
The UK Association of Investment Companies, 
the trade association for closed-ended 
investment companies in the UK

AGM
Annual General Meeting of the Company’s 
shareholders

AIC Code
The 2019 AIC Code of Corporate Governance

AIC SORP
Standard of Recommended Practices issued by 
the AIC

AIF
Alternative Investment Fund

AIFM Law/2013 Law
The Luxembourg amended law of 12 July 2013 
on Alternative Investment Fund Managers 

AIFMD
EU Alternative Investment Fund Managers 
Directive

APM
Alternative Performance Measures

Availability-style
Availability-style, unlike ‘demand-based’ means 
that revenues are paid provided the asset is 
available for use

BBGI/Company
BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. 

CAPM
Capital Asset Pricing Model

Carbon neutral
A state where the residual GHG emissions have 
been balanced out by financing activities that 
remove atmospheric CO₂ (‘offsets’)

Circular 18/698
CSSF circular 18/698, published 23 August 2018, 
concerning Authorisation and organisation of 
investment fund managers incorporated under 
Luxembourg law; Specific provisions on the fight 
against money laundering and terrorist financing 
applicable to investment fund managers and 
entities carrying out the activity of registrar agent

Corporate Emissions
GHG emissions that pertain to our business 
activities

CSSF
Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier, 
the public institution that supervises the 
professionals and products of the Luxembourg 
financial sector, including the Company

CPI
Consumer Price Index

DTR
The UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules

ECL
Expected Credit Losses

156 

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

EIR 
Effective Interest Rate

O&M
Operation and Maintenance

ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance

ESMA
European Securities and Markets Authority 

FCA
The UK Financial Conduct Authority

Financed Emissions
GHG emissions from our investments

FRC
Financial Reporting Council, the UK’s regulator 
of auditors, accountants and actuaries, and 
responsible for setting the UK’s Corporate 
Governance and Stewardship Codes

FRC Code
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

Offsets
Removing CO2 from the atmosphere, by 
financing projects which are either creating 
natural carbon dioxide sinks or technology that 
captures carbon dioxide from the air. The 
long-term removals must be measurable, 
verifiable, permanent and additional. Offsets 
cannot be done in isolation to combat climate 
change, they must be supported by science-
based targets and GHG reduction pathways

OGC
Ongoing Charges

Pathways
Net zero pathways show how much and how 
quickly companies need to reduce their GHG 
emissions to reach their science-based GHG 
reduction targets

GDP
Gross Domestic Product 

GHG
Greenhouse Gas

PFI
Private Finance Initiative

PPP
Public Private Partnership 

Group
The Company and its subsidiaries

IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union

Investments at FVPL
Investments at fair value through profit or loss 

PwC
PricewaterhouseCoopers société cooperative, 
the Company’s External Auditor 

RCF
Revolving Credit Facility for up to £230 million, 
with the possibility of increasing the quantum 
to £300 million by means of an accordion 
provision, and matures in May 2026

IPO
Initial Public Offering

KPI
Key Performance Indicator

LIBOR
London Interbank Offered Rate 

LIFT
The UK’s Local Improvement Finance Trust

Lock-up
In a PPP project, a lock-up period refers to a 
contractual restriction that prevents equity 
holders from distributing profits or dividends to 
ensure financial stability and reinvestment in 
the project during its critical phases

LTIP
Long-Term Incentive Plan

Management Board
The Executive Directors of the Company

NAV
Net Asset Value

NED
Independent Non-Executive Director, a member 
of the Supervisory Board

NPPR
The UK’s National Private Placement Regime

NZAM
The Net Zero Asset Managers Initiative

RPI
Retail Price Index

Science-based targets
Targets adopted by companies to reduce  
GHG emissions are considered ‘science-based’ 
if they follow a pathway that is consistent with 
the latest climate science and keeping warming 
to below 1.5°C

SDG, SDGs
The UN Sustainable Development Goals

SFDR
Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation

SONIA
Sterling Overnight Index Average 

STIP
Short-Term Incentive Plan

Supervisory Board
The independent Non-Executive Directors  
of the Company

TCFD
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures 

TSR
Total Shareholder Return

UNGC
UN Global Compact

Cautionary Statement

Certain sections of this Annual Report, including, 
but not limited to, the Chair’s Statement and 
the Strategic Report of the Management Board, 
have been prepared solely to provide additional 
information to shareholders to assess the 
Group’s strategies and the potential for those 
strategies to succeed. This additional 
information should not be relied on by any 
other party or for any other purpose.

These sections may include statements that  
are, or may be deemed to be, ‘forward-looking 
statements’. These forward-looking statements 
can be identified using forward-looking 
terminology, including the terms: ‘believes’, 
‘estimates’, ‘anticipates’, ‘forecasts’, ‘projects’, 
‘expects’, ‘intends’, ‘may’, ‘will’ or ‘should’ or,  
in each case, their negative or other variations 
or comparable terminology. 

These forward-looking statements include 
matters that are not historical facts. They appear 
throughout this document and include 
statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or 
current expectations of the Management and 
Supervisory Boards concerning, among other 
things, the investment objectives and 
investment policy, financing strategies, 
investment performance, results of operations, 
financial condition, liquidity, prospects and 
distribution policy of the Group, and the 
markets in which it invests.

By their nature, forward-looking statements 
involve risks and uncertainties because they 
relate to events and depend on circumstances 
that may or may not occur in the future. 
Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee 
of future performance. The Group’s actual 
investment performance, results of operations, 
financial condition, liquidity, distribution policy 
and the development of its financing strategies 
may differ materially from the impression 
created by the forward-looking statements 
contained in this document.

Subject to their legal and regulatory obligations, 
the Management and Supervisory Boards 
expressly disclaim any obligations to update or 
revise any forward-looking statement contained 
herein to reflect any change in expectations 
with regard thereto or any change in events, 
conditions, or circumstances on which any 
statement is based. 

In addition, these sections may include target 
figures and guidance for future financial 
periods. Any such figures are targets only  
and are not forecasts.

This report has been prepared for the Group, 
and therefore gives greater emphasis to those 
matters that are significant to BBGI Global 
Infrastructure S.A. and its subsidiaries when 
viewed as a whole.

Annual Report 2023 

157

Corporate governanceStrategic reportFinancial statementsStrategic report of the Management BoardBoard photography by Danish Apple Photography

www.bb-gi.com

Registered Office:
6E route de Trèves
L-2633 Senningerberg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg